Pre-bid Meeting Minutes/ Addendum #1

Transcript

901 Dulaney Valley Road Suite 301 Towson, MD 21204 Phone:410-494-1111 PRE-BID MEETING MINUTES/ ADDENDUM #1 Project Name: Darlington Elementary School HVAC Systemic Renovation Kibart W.O. #: 14043.00 01/29/2015 Harford County Public Schools 102 South Hickory Avenue Bel Air, Maryland 21014 MINUTES OF MEETING Distribution List: (Name) Owner: Meeting Date: 01/27/2015 (Email) Harry Miller, Jr. Mohan Kohli Brenda R. Taylor Terri Zell Kim Coakley Neil Casteel [email protected] [email protected] [email protected] [email protected] [email protected] [email protected] Consultants: Steve Brzezenski Matt Harvill Dave Panek Brian Eschman Fred Morabito Dana Ellenberger Jimmy Cachola [email protected] [email protected] [email protected] [email protected] [email protected] [email protected] [email protected] Contractors: Chris Bobes Robert Lefever Jack Bannon Mark Hunter Ted Gensicki Brian Giro David Flanagan Phil Loverde Adam Sparr [email protected] [email protected] [email protected] [email protected] [email protected] [email protected] [email protected] [email protected] [email protected] ATTENDEES: Name Harry Miller, Jr. Mohan Kohli Steve Brzezenski Company HCPS HCPS Kibart Phone 410-809-6120 410-809-6120 410-494-1111 Email/Fax [email protected] [email protected] [email protected] KIBART | 901 Dulaney Valley Road, Suite 301 | Towson, Maryland 21204 | Phone: 410-494-1111 | www.kibart.com Page 2 Matthew Harvill Dave Panek Terri Zell Neil Casteel Chris Bobes Robert Lefever Jack Bannon Mark Hunter Ted Gensicki Brian Giro David Flanagan Phil Loverde John Simmers Andrew Barilla Adam Sparr Stephen Fantasie Kibart Kibart HCPS HCPS Temp Air Co. Frey Lutz G.E. Tignall J.F. Fischer Action Electrical Dynastics Inc. Phillips Way Key Systems Roane’s Rigging HCPS JCI HCPS 410-494-1111 410-494-1111 410-638-3700 410-638-3700 410-358-8078 717-898-6808 410-666-3000 410-866-4800 410-879-5887 410-247-6750 410-526-0966 410-335-5400 410-372-4052 [email protected] [email protected] [email protected] [email protected] [email protected] [email protected] [email protected] [email protected] [email protected] [email protected] [email protected] [email protected] 410-310-1051 [email protected] MINUTES: 1) General: a) Documents available at Harford County Public Schools Planning & Construction Department, 102 South Hickory Avenue, Bel Air, Maryland 21014. Drawings are $100.00 for one set including CD, refundable deposit, provided documents returned in good condition. b) Sealed bids will be received by the Harford County Public Schools Planning and Construction Department, at location above, Tuesday, February 17th 2015 at 2:00 p.m. local time. c) Bid Opening Dates: i) BOE Approval – March 9, 2015 ii) IAC Approval – April 3, 2015 iii) NTP – April 4, 2015 iv) Substantial Completion – August 2015 d) Contractor Qualification Statement: i) Contractor’s wishing to submit proposals issued by Harford County Public Schools shall be pre-qualified by HCPS as set forth by the Code of Maryland Regulations (COMAR), Article 21.05.02.05. Contractor shall submit a Contractor’s Qualification Statement (AIA Document 305 – 1986) three (3) days prior to receipt of bids, to HCPS Planning & Construction Department. Can be emailed to: [email protected] e) Prevailing Wage: i) f) Maryland State Prevailing Wage rates will apply to this project because there is more than 50% State Participation. Alternates: i) Windows and Doors Replacement ii) LED Lighting Upgrade iii) Fire Alarm Replacement iv) Mortar Replacement v) Waterproofing Page 3 2) Minority Business Enterprise Procedures: a) Required Documentation: i) ii) Bid Bond Affidavit of Qualification to Bid b) Required Documentation within 30 minutes of bid proposal: i) ii) Attachment “A” – Certified MBE Utilization and Fair Solicitation Affidavit Attachment “B” – MBE Participation Schedule c) Required Documentation by low bidder within 10 days: i) ii) iii) iv) 3) Outreach Efforts Compliance Statement Statement of Intent Request for Exception Form Minority Business Contractor Unavailability Certificate. Pre-Bid Questions: The Last day for questions is Wednesday, February 11th 2015. a) Will the exterior lights need to be tied into the JCI metasys? i) Yes. b) What will be salvaged by HCPS? i) Mostly just lighting fixtures, no major equipment. c) Is the generator diesel or natural gas? i) Diesel. d) Is this a single or multiple prime project? i) A single prime contractor, likely mechanical. 4) Specification Changes: a) Invitation to Bid DES HVAC i) Added bid number to top of page. b) Specification 00300 – Form of Proposal i) Added Alternate #5 ii) Corrected formatting error. c) Specification 01010 – Summary of Work i) Revised Asbestos paragraph to not require contractor abatement. ii) Revised Electrical Summary d) Specification 02588 – Underground Ducts and Raceways for Electrical i) Removed reinforcement from ductbanks. ii) Removed Handholes e) Specification 01030 – Alternates i) Added Alternate #5 f) Specification 07130 – Sheet Waterproofing i) This section is new. g) Specification 09220 – Portland Cement Plaster Page 4 i) This section is new. h) Specification 13850 – Fire Detection and Alarm i) Revised to indicate voice evacuation system. ii) Added exterior and harsh environment duct smoke detectors iii) Removed water flow detectors and valve supervisory switches i) j) Specification 15701 i) Bidders shall submit qualifications with A305 form, not with bid documents. Specification 15900 i) Removed In-Warranty Quarterly Inspections. k) Specification 16230 – Packaged Generator Assemblies i) Revised code references. ii) Revised performance parameters. iii) Added service platform l) 5) Contractor Qualification Statement i) Referenced requirements for VRF experience. Drawing Changes: a) CS1 i) Bid number has been added to sheet. b) A105 i) Alternate 5 – Waterproofing has been added c) MP101 thru MP301 i) General note formatting has changed. d) MP205 i) Backwater valve symbol has been revised. e) MP602 i) Clarified that the VRF cassettes shall use the wall thermostat rather than return air temp for operation. f) MP801 i) Air filter mid-life pressure drop has been removed from schedule. g) E001 i) Revised note for add alternate #3. h) E002 i) Revised drawing note for admin trailer. ii) Revised generator and connections i) E101 i) Revised note to indicate demolition of air compressors. j) E102 i) Revised note for ceiling devices in multi-purpose room. k) E201 i) Revised classroom vacancy sensors to be dual-technology. ii) Revised mounting of type ‘G’ lights l) E202 i) Revised classroom vacancy sensors to be dual-technology. m) E301 i) Revised layout of emergency electrical equipment ii) Revised and clarified fire alarm. n) E302 i) Revised fire alarm equipment layout in Entry 213. ii) Show existing motion detectors to be relocated in new ceiling. Page 5 iii) o) E601 i) p) E602 i) q) E701 i) r) E702 i) 6) Revised fire alarm devices. Revised fire alarm riser. Revised fire alarm annunciator. Revised note for existing MDP to be removed. Revised panel schedules. Attachments (Print Size): a) Pre-Bid Attendance Sheet (8.5”x11”) b) Specification Cover Sheet (8.5”x11”) c) Invitation to Bid DES HVAC (8.5”x11”) d) Contractor Qualification Statement Form A305 (8.5”x11”) e) Specification section 00300 – Form of Proposal (8.5”x11”) f) Specification section 01010 – Summary of Work (8.5”x11”) g) Specification section 01030 – Alternates (8.5”x11”) h) Specification section 02588 – Underground Ducts and Raceways for Electrical (8.5”x11”) i) Specification section 07130 – Sheet Waterproofing (8.5”x11”) j) Specification section 09220 – Portland Cement Plaster (8.5”x11”) k) Specification section 13850 – Fire Detection and Alarm (8.5”x11”) l) Specification section 15701 – Variable Refrigerant Flow Split System Air Conditioners (8.5”x11”) m) Specification section 15900 – Controls and Instrumentation for HVAC n) Specification section 16230 – Packaged Generator Assemblies (8.5”x11”) o) Drawing – CS1 (30”x42”) p) Drawing – A105 (30”x42”) q) Drawing – MP101 (30”x42”) r) Drawing – MP102 (30”x42”) s) Drawing – MP103 (30”x42”) t) Drawing – MP201 (30”x42”) u) Drawing – MP202 (30”x42”) v) Drawing – MP203 (30”x42”) w) Drawing – MP204 (30”x42”) x) Drawing – MP205 (30”x42”) y) Drawing – MP301 (30”x42”) z) Drawing – MP602 (30”x42”) aa) Drawing – MP801 (30”x42”) bb) Drawing – E001 (30”x42”) cc) Drawing – E002 (30”x42”) dd) Drawing – E101 (30”x42”) ee) Drawing – E102 (30”x42”) ff) Drawing – E201 (30”x42”) gg) Drawing – E202 (30”x42”) hh) Drawing – E301 (30”x42”) ii) Drawing – E302 (30”x42”) jj) Drawing – E601 (30”x42”) kk) Drawing – E602 (30”x42”) ll) Drawing – E701 (30”x42”) mm) Drawing – E702 (30”x42”) Page 6 These minutes constitute the understanding of Kibart, Inc. in regard to the subjects discussed at this meeting. If the above is not your understanding, please notify the undersigned author, in writing, within 5 days of the date of these minutes otherwise these minutes shall become a matter of record. Sincerely, Matthew G. Harvill Matthew G. Harvill Mechanical Project Engineer cc: Distribution List CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENT SPECIFICATIONS FOR HARFORD COUNTY PUBLIC SCHOOLS DARLINGTON ELEMENTARY SCHOOL HVAC SYSTEMIC RENOVATION 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, Maryland 21034 PSCP Number: 12.056.15SR Bid Number: HRM 01-15 Prepared by: 901 Dulaney Valley Road Suite 301 Towson, MD 21204 (410)-494-111 January 15, 2015 HARFORD COUNTY PUBLIC SCHOOLS DARLINGTON ELEMENTARY HVAC SYSTEMIC RENOVATION PROJECT INVITATION TO BID BID NUMBER: HRM 01-15 The Board of Education of Harford County will receive sealed, lump-sum bids for the Darlington Elementary HVAC Systemic Renovation Project, located at 2119 Shuresville Road, Darlington, Maryland 21034. The Board of Education will receive bids until 2:00 p.m. local time on February 17, 2015, at the Harford County Public Schools Administration Building, main lobby, 102 South Hickory Avenue, Bel Air, Maryland 21014. Plans and Specifications may be obtained only by INTERESTED CONTRACTORS on or after January 20, 2015 at Harford County Public Schools Planning & Construction Department, 102 South Hickory Avenue, Bel Air, Maryland 21014. Interested Contractors may secure a loan of one (1) set of plans and specifications and one (1) compact disc upon depositing One Hundred Dollars ($100.00) per set. Checks shall be made payable to the Harford County Public Schools. Those who submit prime bids (General Contractors) may obtain a refund of deposit of plans and specifications by returning documents in good condition no later than 10 calendar days after Proposals have been opened. Those failing to submit prime bids will forfeit deposits. Portions of plans and specifications will not be issued to any Contractor or Subcontractor. It is mandatory that all Contractors and Subcontractors desiring plans and specifications procure an entire set. Subcontractors may purchase (non-refundable) complete sets of plans and specifications in the amount of $100.00 per set. All bidders and interested subcontractors are invited to attend a Pre-Bid Conference to be held for this project, which will be held on January 27, 2015. This conference will begin at 2:00 p.m. local time, in the Darlington Elementary School Cafeteria, 2119 Shuresville Road, Darlington, Maryland 21034. Attendance of the Pre-Bid Conference is strongly encouraged. Construction contractors wishing to submit proposals issued by Harford County Public Schools shall be prequalified by Harford County Public Schools by submitting a Contractor’s Qualification Statement (AIA Document A305-1986) three (3) days prior to receipt of bids, as described in the solicitation documents, to Harford County Public Schools Planning & Construction Department, 102 South Hickory Avenue, Bel Air, Maryland 21014. Certified Minority Business Enterprises are encouraged to respond to this solicitation notice. The bidder or offeror is required to submit with its bid or proposal a completed Utilization and Fair Solicitation Affidavit and Attachment B – MBE Participation solicitation documents within thirty (30) minutes of submitting the bid proposal; Business Enterprise goal or sub goals established for the package, then only Utilization and Fair Solicitation Affidavit is required at time of bid. Attachment A – Certified MBE Schedule, as described in the If there is no overall Minority Attachment A - Certified MBE The apparent low bidder shall submit additional minority business enterprise material and supporting data, which is specified in the bid documents within ten (10) working days after notification that the firm is the apparent low bidder. Note: The MBE Goal Percentage for the bid, Darlington Elementary HVAC Renovation Project shall be 25% with the following subgoals: 7% African-American Owned and 4% Asian-American Owned. Individual MBE goals as referenced above have been established for each Prime Construction Trade Package as listed in this invitation. All prime contractors and subcontractors including certified MBE firms are required to attempt to achieve the MBE goals from certified MBE firms approved by the Maryland Department of Transportation (MDOT). Instructions pertaining to the bid bond, surety checks and bid performance and materials payment bond requirements are set forth in the specifications and compliance with same shall be the responsibility of the Contractor submitting the bid. The Board of Education reserves the right to accept or reject any or all bids and to waive any informalities in bids received. Harford County Public Schools is an Equal Opportunity Employer and strongly encourages minority participation. Board of Education of Harford County Barbara P. Canavan INVITATION TO BID 00020 Superintendent of Schools INVITATION TO BID 00020 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Addendum #1 01/28/2015 Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 SECTION 00300 - FORM OF PROPOSAL Proposal of: Re: (firm name) Darlington Elementary School HVAC Systemic Renovation Location: 2119 Shuresville Road, Darlington, Maryland 21034 Date: To: Board of Education of Harford County Harford County Public Schools 102 South Hickory Avenue Bel Air, Maryland 21014 Gentlemen Having examined the Instruction to Bidders, the Drawings and the Specification, including Addenda Nos. , , , , and , thereto, and other proposed Contract Documents prepared by Kibart, Inc. and having examined the site and other conditions affecting the construction, the undersigned hereby proposes to furnish all labor, materials, equipment and services to perform all work required for the Darlington Elementary HVAC Systemic Renovation in strict accordance with the Contract Documents for the sums listed in the following bid items: It is understood that if no figure is listed for an Alternate, that the Alternate may be accepted and there shall be no change in the Base Bid amount indicated below: 1. BASE BID ITEM 1: The Lump Sum Base Bid A: 2. , Dollars ($ ) , Dollars ($ ) BASE BID ITEM 2: The Lump Sum Base Bid B: 3. TOTAL BASE BID (Item 1 + Item 2 + Item 3+ Item 4) , 4. Dollars ($ ) ADD ALTERNATE 1: Window and Door Replacement Add , Dollars ($ ) Dollars ($ ) ADD ALTERNATE 2: LED Lighting Upgrade Add , ADD ALTERNATE 3: Fire Alarm Replacement FORM OF PROPOSAL 00300 - 1 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Addendum #1 01/28/2015 Add Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 , Dollars ($ ) , Dollars ($ ) , Dollars ($ ) ADD ALTERNATE 4: Mortar Replacement Add ADD ALTERNATE 5: Waterproofing Add 5. UNIT PRICES: Unit Prices include overhead and profit (including bond), and shall be total compensation for added or deleted work. All materials and workmanship shall be equal in character as specified or as shown on the drawings and complete, installed and finished. Unit Price Schedule: Unit # 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 FORM OF PROPOSAL Description Unit Ductwork Insulation: 1 1/2” flexible blanket 1.5-lb. density Sq. ft. with FSK vapor barrier wrap. Duct Liner:1” Non-Fiber: Sq. ft. Dynamic Fire Damper: Sq. ft. Refrigerant tubing and Insulation: 3/8” 1/2” 5/8” LF 3/4” 7/8” 1-1/8” 1-3/8” Manual Opposed Blade Volume Dampers: Sq. ft. Refrigerant: R-410A Lb. 2" copper pipe and insulation 1-1/2" copper pipe and insulation 1-1/4" copper pipe and insulation 1" copper pipe and insulation 3/4" copper pipe and insulation 1/2" copper pipe and insulation 2" copper fittings and insulation 1-1/2" copper fittings and insulation 1-1/4" copper fittings and insulation 1" copper fittings and insulation 3/4" copper fittings and insulation 1/2" copper fittings and insulation Price ($) 4.24 10.25 410.00 1.49 2.06 2.76 3.30 6.70 9.00 12.20 65.00 34.00 48.80 36.70 32.10 26.25 21.90 LF (Pipe)/ 19.10 EA. 167.90 (Fitting) 121.10 97.30 84.20 65.30 58.90 Remove existing branch circuit conduit/wire to allow for installation of new mechanical ducts, piping, etc. above ceilings. Unit Price shall include all labor and materials including removal of existing EMT conduit/wire (up to 3/4” LF EMT and 4#10’s), installation of new aluminum-clad MC cable of matching wire size/quantity, and splicing/connection of new MC cable into existing branch circuit at each end of relocated section. Remove existing copper plumbing piping to allow for LF 6.30 $23.75 00300 - 2 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Addendum #1 01/28/2015 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 FORM OF PROPOSAL Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 installation of new mechanical ducts, piping, etc. above ceiligns. Unit price shall include all labor and materials including removal of existing Copper piping and Insulation (1” to 1-1/2”), relocating the copper piping with new insulation and hangers and supports. Remove existing copper plumbing piping to allow for installation of new mechanical ducts, piping, etc. above ceiligns. Unit price shall include all labor and materials including removal of existing Copper piping and Insulation (3/4” and smaller), relocating the copper piping with new insulation and hangers and supports. Receptacle: NEMA 5-20R receptacle complete with 50 ft. of 2 # 12 and 1 #12G in 3/4-inch EMT conduit. Emergency LED exist sign, single face, complete with 50 feet of 2 #12 and 1#G in /4-inch EMT conduit. 4” No-Hub Cast Iron Storm Water Pipe and Insulation 4” No-Hub Cast Iron Storm Water Fittings and Insulation Trench Excavation Onsite: Trench excavation and soil disposal onsite. Contaminated Soil: Excavate and legally dispose offsite petroleum contaminated soil. Sodding Permanent Seeding and Mulch Damaged Paving: Saw, Cut and remove damaged paving, dispose of legally offsite, replace with 4” base course and 11/2” surface course. Concrete Curb and Gutter Firestopping Method I: Fill large voides per specs and drawings with 2” mineral wool batts at 6” to 8” openings Fire Stopping Method II (up to 5 Sq. Ft.) Drywall construction for openings greater than 8” Firestopping Method III: (Over 5 Sq. Ft.) Drywall construction for openings greater than 8” Vinyl Composition Tile (VCT) Replacement Painting Wall Board Painting CMU Install Opening through Masonry: Includes masonry lintel and demolition. 12” and greater width Infill Opening in Masonry Telephone Drop: Cat 5E telephone jack complete with testing and termination. Include 150’ of CAT 5E Data Drop: Cat 5E data jack complete with testing and termination. Include 150’ of CAT 5E Fire Alarm Strobe: 100 cd wall mounted fire alarm strobe complete with 50 feet of wiring in 3/4 inch EMT conduit. Include testing and programming. Fire Alarm/Horn Strobe: 100 cd wall mounted fire alarm strobe and horn complete with 50 feet of wiring in 3/4 inch EMT conduit. Include testing and programming. LF $19.60 Unit $480 Unit $615 LF Each Cubic Yard Cubic Yard Sq. Yard. Sq. Yard. Sq. Yard. $51.10 $95.60 $15.00 LF Each $18.00 $40.00 Each $50.00 Sq. Ft. $10.00 Sq. Ft. Sq. Ft. Sq. Ft. Each $1.90 $0.45 $0.50 $500.00 Sq. Ft. Each $15.00 $200.00 Each $200.00 Each $400.00 Each $450.00 $275.00 $4.25 $1.50 $55.00 00300 - 3 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Addendum #1 01/28/2015 Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 SUBSTITUTIONS REQUESTS: Indicate proposed substitutions below and attach copies of “Substitution Request Form” referenced in Section 01630A. Proposed Substitution Price Change $ $ EXECUTION: The undersigned affirms that the Base Bid stated above represents the entire cost of the Project in accordance with the Bid Documents and that no claim shall be made on account of any increase in wage, scales, material prices, taxes, insurance, cost indexes, or any other rate affecting the construction industry and/or this project. The undersigned agrees, upon receipt of written notice of the acceptance of this bid within (90) calendar days after the date of opening of bids to execute the standard form of contract in accordance with the bid as accepted, and to give performance and payment bond with good and sufficient surety or sureties, for the faithful performance of the contract and for the protection of all persons supplying labor and materials in the prosecution of the work, within ten (10) calendar days after the prescribed forms are presented for signature. Signature of: X_________________________________________________________________ Bidder if the bidder is an individual __________________________________________________________________ Name and Title (printed) Registered Maryland Contractor No. _____________________________________ OR X_________________________________________________________________ Partner if the bidder is a partnership __________________________________________________________________ Name and Title (printed) Registered Maryland Contractor No. _____________________________________ OR X_________________________________________________________________ Officer if bidder is a corporation __________________________________________________________________ Name and Title (printed) Registered Maryland Contractor No. ____________________________________ FORM OF PROPOSAL 00300 - 4 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Addendum #1 01/28/2015 Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 ALL Subscribed and sworn before me this ______ day of ____________, 2015. X__________________________________________ Notary Public My Commission expires:________________________ NOTE: The following items shall be completed and submitted as attachments to the Bid at the time of the Bid opening: *□1. Section 00500 Bid Bond *□2. Section 00660 Minority Business Enterprise Utilization Affidavit – Attachment A *□3. Section 00660 Minority Business Enterprise Schedule of Participation – Attachment B □4. Section 00640 Affidavit of Qualification to Bid *NOTE: Items 1, 2, and 3 must be submitted in proper form and content at the time of bid opening or the bid will be rejected as non-responsive. FORM OF PROPOSAL 00300 - 5 AJA DocumentA30S™ -1986 Contractor's Qualification Statement Th~ Undersigned certifies under oath that the information provided herein is true and sufficiently complete so as not to be misleading. SUBMITTED TO: ADDRESS: SUBMITTED BY: NAME: ADDRESS: PRINCIPAL OFFICE: Corporation Partnership Individual Joint Venture Other NAME OF PROJECT: (if applicable) Darlington Elementary School Systemic HV AC Renovation TYPE OF WORK: (file separate form for each Classification of Work) General· Construction HVAC Electrical Plumbing Other: (Specify) ADDIT.JGNS AND DELETIONS: The author of this document has added information needed for its completion. The author may also have revised the text of the original AIA standard form. An Additions and Deletions Report that notes added information as well as revisions to the standard form text is available from the author and should be reviewed. A vertical line in the left margin of this document indicates where the author has added necessary information and where the author has added to or deleted from the original AIA text. This document has important legal consequences. Consultation with an attorney is encouraged with respect to its completion or modification. This form is approved and recommended by the American Institute of Architects (AIA) and The Associated General Contractors of America (AGC) for use in evaluating the qualifications of contractors. No endorsement of the submitting party or verification of the information is made by AIA or AGC. § 1 ORGANIZATION § 1.1 How many years has your organization been in business as a Contractor? § 1.2 How many years has your organization been in business under its present business name? § 1.2.1 Under what other or former names has your organization operated? § 1.3 If your organization is a corporation, answer the following: § 1.3.1 Date of incorporation: § 1.3.2 State of incorporation: § 1.3.3 President's name: § 1.3.4 Vice-president's name(s) AIA Document A305™ -1986. Copyright© 1964, 1969, 1979 and 1986 byThe American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This A!A" Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this A!A® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 16:16:04 on 01/28/2015 under Order No. 0749327277 which expires on 01/28/2016, and is not for resale. User Notes: (3B9ADA35) 1 § 1.3.5 Secretary's name: § 1.3.6 Treasurer's name: § 1.4 If your organization is a partnership, answer the following: § 1.4.1 Date of organization: § 1.4.2 Type of partnership (if applicable): § 1.4.3 Name(s) of general partner(s) § 1;5 If your organization is individually owned, answer the following: § 1.5.1. Date of organization: § 1.5.2 Name of owner: § 1.6 If the form of your organization is other than those listed above, describe it and name the principals: § 2 LICENSING § 2.1 List jurisdictions and trade categories in which your organization is legally qualified to do business, and indicate registration or license numbers, if applicable. § 2.2 List jurisdictions in which your organization's partnership or trade name is filed. § 3 EXPERIENCE § 3.1 List the categories of work that your organization normally performs with its own forces. § 3.2 Claims and Suits. (If the answer to any of the questions below is yes, please attach details.) § 3.2.1 Has your organization ever failed to complete any work awarded to it? § 3.2.2 Are there any judgments, claims, arbitration proceedings or suits pending or outstanding against your organization or its officers? § 3.2.3 Has your organization filed any law suits or requested arbitration with regard to construction contracts within the last five years? § 3.3 Within the last five years, has any officer or principal of your organization ever been an officer or principal of another organization when it failed to complete a construction contract? (If the answer is yes, please attach details.) § 3.4 On a separate sheet, list major construction projects your organization has in progress, giving the name of project, owner, architect, contract amount, percent complete and scheduled completion date. AJA Document A305™ - 1986. Copyright© 1964, 1969, 1979 and 1986 byThe American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This A!A® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 16:16:04 on 01/28/2015 under Order No. 0749327277 which expires on 01/28/2016, and is not for resale. User Notes: (3B9ADA35) 2 § 3.4.1 State total worth of work in progress and under contract: § 3.5 On a separate sheet, list the major projects your organization has completed in the past five years, giving the name of project, owner, architect, contract amount, date of completion and percentage of the cost of the work performed with your own forces. § 3.5.1 State average annual amount of construction work performed during the past five years: § 3.6 On a separate sheet, list the construction experience and present commitments of the key individuals of your organization. § 3.7 Provide proof of installation of three (3) similar sized VRF projects per specification 15701-1.11 requirements. § 4 ~.EF.ERENCES § 4.1 Trade References: § 4.2 Bank References: § 4.3 Surety: § 4.3.1 Name of bonding company: § 4.3.2 Name and address of agent: § 5 FINANCING § 5.1 Financial Statement. § 5.1.1 Attach a financial statement, preferably audited, including your organization's latest balance sheet and income statement showing the following items: Current Assets (e.g., cash, joint venture accounts, accounts receivable, notes receivable, accrued income, deposits, materials inventory and prepaid expenses); Net fixed Assets; Other Assets; AIA Document A305™ - 1986. Copyright© 1964, 1969, 1979 and 1986 byThe American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA" Document is protected by U.S. Copyright law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA"' Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 16:16:04 on 01/28/2015 under Order No. 0749327277 which expires on 01/28/2016, and is not for resale. User Notes: (3B9ADA35) 3 Current Liabilities (e.g., accounts payable, notes payable, accrued expenses, provision for income taxes, advances, accrued salaries and accrued payroll taxes); Other Liabilities (e.g., capital, capital stock, authorized and outstanding shares par values, earned surplus and retained earnings). § 5.1.2 Name and address of firm preparing attached financial statement, and date thereof: § 5.1.3 Is the attached financial statement for the identical organization named on page one? § 5.1.4 If not, explain the relationship and financial responsibility of the organization whose financial statement is provided (e.g., parent-subsidiary). § 5.2 Will the organization whose financial statement is attached act as guarantor of the contract for construction? § 6 SIGNATURE § 6.1 Dated at this day of Name of Organization: By: Title: §6.2 M being duly sworn deposes and says that the information provided herein is true and sufficiently complete so as not to be misleading. Subscribed and sworn before me this day of Notary Public: My Commission Expires: AIA Document A305™ - 1986. Copyright© 1964, 1969, 1979 and 1986 byThe American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AlA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and lntemational Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AlA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the !aw. This document was produced by AIA software at 16:16:04 on 01/28/2015 under Order No. 0749327277 which expires on 01/28/2016, and is not for resale. (3B9ADA35) User Notes: 4 Additions and Deletions Report for ® TM AJA Document A305 - 1986 This Additions and Deletions Report, as defined on page 1 of the associated document, reproduces below all text the author has added to the standard form AIA document in order to complete it, as well as any text the author may have added to or deleted from the original AIA text. Added text is shown underlined. Deleted text is indicated with a horizontal line through the original AIA text. Note: This Additions and Deletions Report is provided for information purposes only and is not incorporated into or constitute any part of the associated AIA document. This Additions and Deletions Report and its assodated document were generated simultaneously by AIA software at 16:16:04 on 01/28/2015. PAGE 1 NAME OF PROJECT: (if applicable) Darlington Elementary School Systemic HVAC Renovation PAGE3 § 3.7 Provide proof of installation of three (3) similar sized VRF projects per specification 15701-1.11 requirements. Additions and Deletions Report for AIA Document A305™ - 1986. Copyright© 1964, 1969, 1979 and 1986 byThe American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA"' Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA" Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 16:16:04 on 01/28/2015 under Order No. 0749327277 which expires on 01/28/2016, and is not for resale. (3B9ADA35) User Notes: 1 Certification of Document's Authenticity AIA® Document 0401 TM - 2003 I, Paul Edwin Abbott, Jr., hereby certify, to the best of my knowledge, information and belief, that I created the attached final document simultaneously with its associated Additions and Deletions Report and this certification at 16:16:04 on 01/28/2015 under Order No. 0749327277 from AIA Contract Documents software and that in preparing the attached final document I made no changes to the original text of AIA ®Document A305™ - 1986, Contractor's Qualification Statement, as published by the AIA in its software, other than those additions and deletions shown in the associated Additions and Deletions Report. (Signed) (Title) (Dated) AIA Document D401™ -2003. Copyright© 1992 and 2003 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This A!A" Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA" Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 16:16:04 on 01/28/2015 under Order No. 0749327277 which expires on 01/28/2016. and is not for resale. User Notes: (3B9ADA35) 1 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Addendum #1 01/28/2015 Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 SECTION 01010 SUMMARY OF WORK PART1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Systemic renovations to the existing Harford County Public School’s Darlington Elementary School. B. Abatement of hazardous materials as described in appropriate sections of these specifications. C. Replacements and upgrades to mechanical systems and equipment including HVAC, plumbing, and controls. D. Replacement and upgrades to electrical systems and equipment including electrical distribution, branch circuits, lighting and wiring devices. E. Architectural renovations including replacement of all existing ceilings and repairing unused wall penetrations. F. The Work as indicated on the Construction Drawings is for the Darlington Elementary School, Darlington, Maryland. G. Description of the Work: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Demolition: a. Provide for all demolition work of this project, including coordination and performance of work by qualified hazardous materials abatement contractors, where such demolition involves such materials. Earthwork: a. Provide excavation, backfill and related work required for removal of existing fuel oil tank. b. Provide restoration of all grading, seeding, sodding, etc. to restore all surface features to prior condition at the end of the project. Sitework: a. Provide cast in place concrete equipment pads for exterior equipment (i.e. generator). b. Removal of existing condenser concrete pad. c. Provide Temporary Administration Trailer with Power, Data, and Telephone. Mechanical Systems: a. Remove existing four-pipe system boiler/chiller, pumps and piping throughout building. b. Provide new HVAC system including VRF, Roof Top Units, exhaust fans, etc. c. Provide new terminal heating units. d. Provide new DDC control and actuation for all new HVAC system equipment. Remove existing pneumatic system. Plumbing Systems: a. Provide condensate drainage system for all HVAC equipment. Electrical Systems: 01010 - 1 Summary of Work Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Addendum #1 01/28/2015 Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 a. b. 7. 8. 9. Remove and replace existing switchboards. Provide emergency generator and associated transfer switches and distribution panels. c. Remove and replace existing lighting fixtures throughout school to permit ceiling removal and replacement. Provide new fixtures, as shown. d. Provide power, low voltage system, and fire alarm connections to portable classroom office trailers for duration of this project. e. Provide electrical connections to all HVAC equipment and HVAC and other equipment requiring power connections. f. Recircuit existing admin. area for emergency power. g. Provide new fire alarm control panel and devices, as shown. Architectural Work: a. Provide for modifications to existing roof for new equipment, penetrations, including curbs, flashing, etc. b. Remove all ceilings throughout building to permit replacements of MEP systems, and replace all ceilings with new, as indicated. c. Miscellaneous cutting, patching, repairs and fire stopping. d. Provide new finishes, where indicated. Structural Work: a. Provide for steel modifications for support of rooftop equipment, interior piping and equipment. Hazardous Materials: Asbestos/asbestos containing material (ACM): In the event that the a. contractor encounters any materials suspected of being asbestos or containing asbestos, the contractor shall immediately stop work and notify the HCPS project manager. In the event asbestos identification and/or abatement is required, the same shall be performed by the contractor. The Ahera management plan for each building is available for review and the contractor is to make full use of this document. Asbestos removal and abatement is the contractor's responsibility or obligation. If the contractor encounters ACM, the contractor shall immediately stop work and notify the HCPS project manager. No materials provided under this contract shall contain asbestos. Asbestos/asbestos containing material (ACM): In the event that the contractor encounters any materials suspected of being asbestos or containing asbestos, the contractor shall immediately stop work and notify the HCPS project manager. In the event asbestos identification and/or abatement is required, the same shall be performed by HCPS and not the contractor. The Ahera management plan for each building is available for review and the contractor is to make full use of this document. Unless otherwise specified in the contract, asbestos removal and abatement is not the contractor's responsibility or obligation. If the contractor encounters ACM, the contractor shall immediately stop work and notify the HCPS project manager. In the event that the contractor performs any work with respect to any materials suspected of being ACM or containing ACM after encountering same, the contractor shall pay and indemnify HCPS with respect to any and all cost(s) of remediation or damages arising out of the contractor's continuation of work after encountering materials which are suspected of containing ACM or being ACM. No materials provided under this contract shall contain asbestos. HCPS shall be entitled to pursue all remedies including but not limited to immediate termination of the contract in the event that the contractor fails to comply with any obligation set forth above. 01010 - 2 Summary of Work Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Addendum #1 01/28/2015 H. Project Administration: 1. 2. 3. 1.2 Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to the Work of this Section. RELATED SECTIONS A. 1.4 Division 0 and Division 1 Specification Sections. REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. State of Maryland, Department of Licensing and Regulation, Division of Labor and Industry - Prevailing Wage Rates and Instructions. B. Building Code of the State of Maryland: 1. 1.5 The Contractor is responsible for project budget, project construction schedule, project coordination, project administration and overall site management, including safety and security. The Contractor shall be responsible for coordination of demolition and new construction work between various trades and the hazmat abatement contractor. All demolition, cutting, removal, etc. regardless of discipline, shall be performed by the abatement contractor, where such conditions warrant, and in accordance with the abatement drawings and specifications. Contractor shall comply with the directives of the Owner, and respond to the comments from the Engineer for this Project. RELATED DOCUMENTS A. 1.3 Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 Comply with requirements of International Building Code (2012) and adopted Supplements. C. The State Fire Prevention Code (COMAR 12.03.01). D. Regulations Governing Construction of facilities for the Handicapped by the State of Maryland (COMAR 05.02.02), and the “ADA Accessibility Guidelines for Building and Facilities” published by the U.S. Department of Justice, 28 CFR Part 36, as amended to date. E. Life Safety Code - NFPA 101 - 2012, and NFPA 1 - 2012, inclusive of all supplements and modifications. F. Compliance with the “2011 Maryland Standards and Specifications for Soil Erosion and Sediment Control” published by the State of Maryland, Department of the Environment, as amended to date. QUALITY CONTROL and QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Coordinate with requirements of Division 1 Specification Sections. B. The Contractor shall take note of the following: 01010 - 3 Summary of Work Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Addendum #1 01/28/2015 1. When the words Quality, Quality Control, and Quality Assurance are used within the Contract Documents the work of providing qualitative control, monitoring and documenting the quality of the contract is the sole responsibility of the Contractor, as described herein and in Section 01450. C. The Contractor is fully and wholly responsible for Quality Control of the Project. D. The Contractor shall employ a full time, on-site Quality Control Manager (QCM) for the duration of the contract to provide and implement Quality Control measures and services identified in the Contract Documents and in accordance with the Contractor’s written Quality Control Program as reviewed and approved by the State. E. The Owner is responsible for Quality Assurance of the Project. G. Provide an independent Environmental Inspection & Testing Firm to perform environmental inspection & laboratory testing. The Contractor’s independent Environmental Inspection & Testing Firm shall be known as Environmental Inspection & Testing Agency (EITA). H. Provide for specified Quality Control services and environmental inspection and testing services through independent inspection & testing agencies (EITA) employed by the Contractor. 1. 2. I. In Sections, services may be identified to be provided by the Contractor or may refer only to field and/or laboratory testing and inspection requirements. These services and requirements are the sole responsibility of Contractor. In all cases and circumstances the Contractor shall provide and pay for these services. In Sections, environmental services may be identified to be provided by the Environmental Inspection & Testing Agency (EITA) or may refer to environmental inspection, laboratory testing and analysis requirements. These services and requirements are the sole responsibility of contractor. In all cases and circumstances the Contractor shall provide and pay for these services. The Owner reserves the right to ensure that the contractor has complied with Quality Control testing, inspection, environmental inspection, laboratory testing and analysis requirements. 1. 2. 3. 1.6 Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 Through a Quality Assurance Program, the Owner will employ services of independent agencies under separate contracts, to periodically test, inspect, review fabrications, construction activities, work in place, or other testing by the Contractor. Through a Quality Assurance Program, the Owner will employ services of independent environmental professionals to inspect and review the environmental sampling, testing and analysis data performed by EITA. These activities by the Owner do not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility for providing Quality Control activities in compliance with the Contract Documents. USE OF PREMISES A. General: 1. 2. 3. Confine operations to areas indicated by Contract Documents. Do not unreasonably encumber site areas with materials or equipment. When required by other construction activities, relocate, move and/or remove 01010 - 4 Summary of Work Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Addendum #1 01/28/2015 4. 5. B. materials and temporary facilities as directed by the Owner. HCPS will provide space for on-site storage or work areas needed for Contractor's operations. Parking for contractor personnel on site, however, will be limited. Partial Owner Occupancy: 1. 2. C. Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 Owner reserves right to occupy, place, and install equipment in completed or partly completed areas of Project or site prior to, on, during, or following Substantial Completion. The Owner will occupy and utilize the building throughout the construction period. The occupancy may include maintenance staff, administrative staff or full student population, depending on day and time. Placing of equipment and partial occupancy by the Owner shall not constitute final acceptance of the Work. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Prior to partial Owner occupancy, mechanical equipment and electrical systems shall be fully operational. Required inspections and tests shall have been successfully completed. Upon occupancy, the Owner will provide operation and maintenance of mechanical and electrical systems in occupied portions of the building. A Certificate of Substantial Completion will be executed for each specific portion of the Work to be occupied prior to Owner occupancy. Contractor shall obtain a Certificate of Occupancy from local building officials prior to Owner occupancy. Areas of the building may be occupied during the period of construction only if all required exits and all required fire protection features are in place and continuously maintained for the parts occupied. (NFPA 101,1-3.11.1). D. When Owner has occupied a portion of the project prior to final completion, Contractor's employees shall not use facilities within occupied portion of building, unless they are instructed to do so as part of construction work. E. Contractor Use of Premises 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. F. Coordinate use of premises under direction of Owner. Other concurrent and contiguous contracts will be ongoing during the term of this Contract. Follow directions provided by the Owner regarding locations of temporary facilities and utilities, storage areas, stockpile areas, and staging areas to prevent interference with Work by other Contractors. Assume full and sole responsibility for protection and safekeeping of materials and products under this Contract. When not indicated, the Owner will assist the Contractor in identifying on-site staging and storage areas or work areas needed for operations under this Contract. If on-site storage areas are not available, the Contractor shall obtain and pay for use of off-site storage or work areas. Related Contract Documents: 1. Contractor may contact the Owner to review and/or obtain copies of other site documents, past renovation projects, etc. prepared under separate contracts for 01010 - 5 Summary of Work Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Addendum #1 01/28/2015 2. 1.7 A. Do not exceed the number of calendar days established from Notice-to-Proceed (NTP) date based on the Contract Time and Completion Date and as further defined in the General Conditions and the Construction Agreement between the Owner and the Contractor. B. All work will be totally complete by the established Substantial Completion date and dates indicated herein. D. In accordance with the General Conditions the Final Inspection Date shall be established following the Substantial Completion Date. The Final Inspection Date shall be established between the Owner and the Contractor and shall not exceed thirty (30) calendar days beyond the established Substantial Completion Date nor shall the Final Inspection Date be after the Contract Time and Completion Date established for this project. The Contractor shall identify the Substantial Completion date in the initial and all subsequent cost and labor loaded CPM Schedules. E. Thirty (30) calendar days following NTP the Contractor shall submit to the Owner and the Engineer the cost and labor loaded CPM schedule and “Shop Drawing” Submittal Log in duplicate. Submittal Log shall be a report generated directly from the cost and labor loaded CPM schedule and shall indicate the early and late start and finish dates for each Submittal item. No Submittals may be submitted for review and approval until the Contractor’s Shop Drawing Submittal Log includes all Project Submittals, and reviewed and approved by the Owner and Engineer as contract compliant. F. Fourteen (14) calendar days following CPM schedule and Submittal Log review and approval by the Owner and Engineer, initiate submittals, order materials, perform field investigations, secure clearances, store materials in designated staging areas, and other related initial activities. G. The Contractor shall notify the Owner in writing seven (7) calendar days in advance of the exact day construction is to start within the Project limits. H. Time Extensions: 1. Comply with General Conditions for severe weather conditions. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES A. 1.9 Harford County. Duplication costs of other such documents are the responsibility of the Contractor. CONSTRUCTION PERIOD 1. 1.8 Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 If the work is not Substantially Complete as stipulated in the General Conditions and as established in Article 1.7 of this Section, the Contractor shall be liable for liquidated damages of $ 500.00 for each calendar day, as provided in the General Conditions. CONTRACTOR'S COORDINATION A. Submit coordination drawings in compliance with requirements of the Contract Documents and in compliance with Section 01330 “Submittal Procedures”, and as directed by the Engineer and/or Owner. 01010 - 6 Summary of Work Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Addendum #1 01/28/2015 B. Coordinate openings and locations for the work between various Sections to include, but not necessarily limited to the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 1.10 Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 HVAC Systems. Plumbing. Electrical Mechanical. Communications. CONTRACTOR'S COORDINATION OF OTHER WORK A. HCPS may contract for other work to be performed in the building or on the site during the duration of this contract. The contractor for this project shall coordinate and cooperate with work performed by other contractors who may be required to work during the same periods. 1.11 OWNER OCCUPANCY A. Owner reserves the right to, and plans to occupy completed portions of the work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 CONTRACT COMPLETION A. The Contractor is ultimately responsible for a complete, operational, functional, and final project that includes: 1. All portions of the work as defined in the Contract Documents for this Project. A. In the event that scheduled work must extend beyond the required completion dates, the Contractor must make all provisions to complete the remaining work in the timeliest fashion. Such means as overtime, double shifts, night/weekend work shall be employed to reach final completion of each Phase. B. Where unfinished work is exposed or accessible to the students, the Contractor shall erect barriers, walls, etc. to maintain safety and functions of the school while the work is completed. END OF SECTION 01010 01010 - 7 Summary of Work Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Addendum #1 01/28/2015 Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 SECTION 01030 ALTERNATES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements governing Alternates. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Definition: An alternate is an amount proposed by bidders and stated on the Bid Form for certain work defined in the Bidding Requirements that may be added to or deducted from the Base Bid amount if the Owner decides to accept a corresponding change in either the amount of construction to be completed, or in the products, materials, equipment, systems, or installation methods described in the Contract Documents. 1. 1.4 The cost or credit for each alternate is the net addition to or deduction from the Contract Sum to incorporate the Alternate into the Work. No other adjustments are made to the Contract Sum. PROCEDURES A. Selection: The Owner reserves the right to accept or reject selected Alternates. Alternates may be selected in any order or combination. Alternates need NOT be selected in numerical order, cost magnitude, or any other defined procedure. B. Coordination: Modify or adjust affected adjacent Work as necessary to completely and fully integrate that Work into the Project. 1. Include as part of each alternate, miscellaneous devices, accessory objects, and similar items incidental to or required for a complete installation whether or not mentioned as part of the Alternate. C. Notification: Immediately following the award of the Contract, notify each party involved, in writing, of the status of each alternate. Indicate whether alternates have been accepted, rejected, or deferred for later consideration. Include a complete description of negotiated modifications to alternates. D. Execute accepted alternates under the same conditions as other Work of this Contract. E. Schedule: A "Schedule of Alternates" is included at the end of this Section. Specification Sections referenced in the Schedule contain requirements for materials necessary to achieve the Work described under each alternate. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) 01030 - 1 Alternates Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Addendum #1 01/28/2015 Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SCHEDULE OF ALTERNATES Add Alternate No. 1 Window and Door Replacement Replace existing windows and exterior doors on addition wing. Base Bid: Existing all existing windows and doors to remain. Add Alternate No. 2 LED Lighting Upgrade Replace all existing lighting fixtures with LED lighting fixtures. Provide all required mounting equipment and hardware. Base Bid: Replace all existing lighting fixtures with florescent lighting indicated in the Contract Drawings. Add Alternate No. 3 Fire Alarm Replacement Replace entire existing fire alarm system including; panels, strobes, detectors, wiring, etc. Base Bid: Install a new fire alarm panel to tie in with new HVAC equipment. This panel will monitor the existing panel. Add Alternate No. 4 Mortar Replacement Replace morar on addition wing exterior to match the original wing. Base Bid: Existing mortar to remain. Add Alternate No. 5 Waterproofing Excavate area around front portion of old gymnasium, waterproof foundation, and install foundation drain which will discharge to existing sump pump. Base Bid: Existing conditions to remain. END OF SECTION 01030 01030 - 2 Alternates Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Construction Documents 01/16/2015 Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 SECTION 02588 UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL PART 1 1.1 GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS A. 1.2 Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this section. SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. B. Utility coordination. Marker tape. Underground ductbanks. Direct Buried conduit. Handholes. Related Sections: 1. Section 16050 “Common Work Results for Electrical” for concrete pads, bollards and other related equipment. Section 16060 “Grounding and Bonding For Electrical Systems” for ground rods, grounding and bonding requirements of utility structure components. Section 16120 “Low Voltage Power Conductors and Cables” for grounding conductors and attachments Section 16130 “Raceways and Boxes For Electrical Systems” for conduit specifications. Section 16230 “Packaged Generator Assemblies” for generators and related equipment installed in/or the ground. 2. 3. 4. 5. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submittal Requirements of this section: 1. 2. 3. Utility Marker Tape Ductbank spacers Handholes, covers & accessories B. Product data, including construction, materials, ratings, etc. C. Submit the following for each handhole: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Manufacturer/cat. number. Manufacturer’s dimensional drawing(s). Indicate open or closed bottom. Type, rating, color and labels of covers. Type and material of lid hardware. Additional information to show compliance with specifications or drawings. UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL 02588-1 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Construction Documents 01/16/2015 D. 1.4 Product Test Reports: Certified copies of handhole or manhole manufacturer's design, factory tests, required by the referenced standards. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Listing and Labeling: Provide products specified in this Section that are listed and labeled. 1. The Terms “Listed and Labeled”: As defined in the National Electrical Code, Article 100. Listing and Labeling Agency Qualifications: A “Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory” (NRTL) as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7. 2. B. Manufacturer/Vendor Requirements: 1. C. Coordinate the components of the system and their arrangements electrically and mechanically. Installation Quality: In accordance with recognized trade organizations and standards. 1. 2. 3. 4. 1.5 ANSI (American National Standards Institute) NEC (National Electrical Code) NECA “Standards of Installation” NEMA (National Electrical Manufacturers Association) DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Packing, Shipping, Handling and Unloading: 1. 2. B. Provide all transportation of equipment to site. Provide for rigging needed for unloading, and setting large handholes into final position. Storage and Protection: 1. 1.6 Protect all utility structures from damage prior to installation. SEQUENCING A. General Sequencing: 1. 2. PART 2 2.1 Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 Coordinate with other underground utilities and structures such that deeper equipment is installed first, where possible. Provide stakeout of all underground and in-ground equipment to identify conflicts prior to trenching or excavation. PRODUCTS MANUFACTURER A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated in the work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Concrete Handholes: UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL 02588-2 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Construction Documents 01/16/2015 2. 2.2 Non-biodegradable 3" wide plastic marker tape 12" below grade above every ductbank and buried conduit or cable. A system description (i.e. "ELECTRIC") shall appear continuously along its length. Tape shall meet ASTM D1712, “Standard Practice for Resistance of Plastics to Sulfide Staining” tests for color fastness. Tape shall contain a metallic core, which can be detected after burial in ground. Color coding per ANSI Z535.1. 1. 2. Electric Communications Red Orange UNDERGROUND DUCTBANKS A. General: 1. B. Underground ductbanks shall be arrangements of single bore, PVC plastic conduits, concrete encased with (where indicated) steel rebar. Materials: 1. 2. 3. 4.3. 5.4. 6.5. 7.6. 2.4 a. Penn-Cast Products, Inc. b. A.C. Miller Concrete Products, Inc. Composite Handholes: a. Strongwell Quazite b. Fiberlyte BURIED UTILITY MARKER TAPE A. 2.3 Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 Conduit and Fittings: a. UL Listed, Type II, heavy-wall schedule 40 PVC. b. Conduit and fittings shall be as specified in Section ”Raceways and Boxes For Electrical Systems.” Concrete: a. 3,000 psi test at 28 days. b. Pea gravel aggregate for void-free duct penetration. Reinforcing: a. Deformed conforming to ASTM A615, “Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement,” Grade 40 or Grade 60, minimum ½.” b. Coated rebar where exposed to earth, such as on ductbank stubouts. Spacers: a. Precast plastic, base and intermediate. Joint Sealant: a. Watertight as per by conduit manufacturer. Cable Sealing Bushings: a. OZ type CSB, with PVC coated discs, or equal. Thruwall and Floor Seals: a. OZ type "FSK" or "WSK", or equal. DIRECT BURIED CONDUIT A. For direct buried 600 volt electrical circuits: 1. 2. PVC schedule 40 or PVC coated galvanized steel conduit, as indicated. Conduit as specified in Section “Raceways & Boxes For Electrical Systems.” UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL 02588-3 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Construction Documents 01/16/2015 2.5 IN-GROUND HANDHOLES A. Construction: 1. 2. 3. Minimum size 18"x18"x24"D, unless noted otherwise. Lightweight composite construction. Sand/aggregate mixture bound with polymer and reinforced with woven glass strands. Compressive strength 11,000 psi. Flexural strength 7,500 psi. Structural capacity of handhole and lid meeting AASHTO Tier 15 for loading (15,000 pound design load) Heavy duty textured covers, color matched to installed locations: a. Grass areas - Green. b. Asphalt areas - Black. c. Concrete areas - gray. d. Brick or pavers - brick red. e. Landscaped areas - brown or green. All components sunlight resistant. Threaded inserts and stainless steel bolts for covers. Logo shall be integral with cover to indicate "ELECTRIC”, etc. Open bottom. Quazite Composolite or comparable product by Fiberlyte. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. PART 3 3.1 EXECUTION EXAMINATION A. Site Verification of Conditions: 1. 2. 3.2 Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 Examine the site where the work is proposed. Make allowances where proposed work shall cross, intersect or otherwise be affected by existing conditions. PREPARATION A. Utility Coordination: 1. 2. 3. B. Contact MISS UTILITY, national “811” and/or (1-800-257-7777) prior to any excavation or underground work. Arrange for marking of all utilities. Contact serving utility companies immediately upon award of contract. Do not install related equipment until fully coordinated with appropriate utilities. Provide all construction schedules, dates of requested services, outage windows, equipment locations, etc. necessary for utility work. Utility Stakeout: 1. 2. 3. On sites where public utility locating services are not provided (i.e. MISS Utility, etc.), provide for services of an experienced underground utility locating company to locate and clearly mark all buried utilities and structures in the area of work. Provide initial stakeout of proposed locations of all equipment and systems, as specified in this section. After coordination with all other proposed utilities and existing conditions, provide UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL 02588-4 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Construction Documents 01/16/2015 Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 final stakeout of proposed installations, for Owner approval. 3.3 ENCASED & DIRECT BURIED CONDUIT INSTALLATION A. General Requirements: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Install nonmetallic conduit and duct as indicated according to manufacturer’s written instructions. Determine exact plans and profiles of underground conduit and ducts, based on field information and available as-built plans. Perform test pits at all utility crossings as shown on plans and available as-built drawings. Locate all shown utilities and structures, and make adjustments to proposed work. Verify location and inverts of existing utilities at proposed points of connection. Slope: Pitch ducts minimum of 4 inches per 100 feet (1:300) to drain toward manholes and handholes and away from buildings and equipment. Slope ducts from a high point in runs between manholes or handholes to drain in both directions. Make all conduit joints and fittings watertight per to manufacturer’s instructions. Stagger couplings so those of adjacent ducts do not lie in the same plane. B. Curves and Bends: Use manufactured elbows with a minimum radius of 36" for stub-ups only at equipment and at building entrances. Use manufactured long sweep bends with a minimum radius of 25 feet both horizontally and vertically at other locations and for all telecomm applications. C. Duct Entrances to Handholes: Provide horizontal penetration of conduit into handholes. Utilize manufacturer’s knockouts or field cut a punched hole opening for conduit. Gradually transition conduit from specified buried depth to knockout locations. D. Building Entrances: Transition from underground conduit to interior conduit 10 feet minimum inside the building wall. Use fittings manufactured for the purpose. Follow appropriate installation instructions below. 1. 2. 3. E. Concrete-Encased Ducts: Install reinforcing in duct banks passing through disturbed earth near buildings and other excavations. Coordinate duct bank with structural design to support duct bank at wall without reducing structural or watertight integrity of building wall. Direct-Buried, Non-encased Duct Entering Non-waterproofed Walls: Install a Schedule 40 galvanized-steel pipe sleeve for each duct. Caulk space between conduit and sleeve with duct-sealing compound on both sides for moisture-tight seal. Waterproofed Wall and Floor Entrances: Install a watertight entrance-sealing device with the sealing gland assembly on the inside. Anchor device into masonry construction with 1 or more integral flanges. Secure membrane waterproofing to the device to make permanently watertight. Separation Between Direct-Buried, Non-encased Ducts: 3 inches minimum for like services, and 6 inches minimum between power and signal ducts. UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL 02588-5 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Construction Documents 01/16/2015 F. Concrete-Encased Nonmetallic Ducts: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Support on plastic separators coordinated with duct size and required duct spacing. Separator Installation: Space separators close enough to prevent sagging and deforming of ducts, and secure separators to the earth and to ducts to prevent floating during concreting. Do not use tie wires or reinforcing steel that may form conductive or magnetic loops around ducts or duct groups. Concreting: Spade concrete carefully during pours to prevent voids under and between conduits and at exterior surface of envelope. Do not use power-driven agitating equipment unless specifically designed for duct bank application. Pour each run of envelope between manholes or other terminations in 1 continuous operation. When more than one pour is necessary, terminate each pour in a vertical plane and install: 1-inch reinforcing rod dowels extending 18 inches into the concrete on both sides of joint near the corners of the envelope. Forms: Use the walls of the trench to form the sidewalls of the duct bank where the soil is self-supporting and concrete envelope can be poured without soil inclusions; otherwise, use forms. Minimum Clearances Between Ducts: 3 inches between ducts and exterior envelope wall, 2 inches between ducts for like services, and 4 inches between power and signal ducts. Concrete envelope - 4 inches beyond surface of any conduit or duct. G. Stub-Ups: Use Schedule 40 PVC conduit for stub-ups to equipment. For equipment mounted on outdoor concrete pads, extend conduit and terminate with end bell a minimum of 3" above pad. H. Sealing: Provide temporary closure at terminations of ducts that are wired under this Project. Seal spare ducts at terminations. Use sealing compound and plugs to withstand at least 15 psi hydrostatic pressure. I. Pulling Cord: Install 200-pound-test nylon cord in ducts, including each and every spare. J. Buried Utility Marker Tape installed 12" below grade above every ductbank and buried conduit. K. For direct buried 600 volt electrical circuits: 1. 2. L. Burial depth as required by NEC Article 300-5 and Table 300-5. Minimum separation from other utilities of 18.” Ductbank Burial Depth and Separations: 1. 2. 3.4 Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 Top of envelope below grade - minimum as follows: a. 24 inches (600 volts and below) b. 30 inches (above 600 volts) Separation from other buried utilities as follows: a. All utilities: 24" HANDHOLE INSTALLATION A. General: 1. Install approximately where shown and where required for underground conduit UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL 02588-6 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Construction Documents 01/16/2015 2. 3. 4. B. runs exceeding 150LF. Exact location of each handhole shall be determined after careful consideration has been given to the location of other utilities, grading and paving. The location of each handhole shall be staked in field and approved before setting the handhole. Coordinate exact placement and elevation based on local grade, slope, other utilities, fences, roads and walkways, etc. which may affect location. Set level, and adjust for final, surrounding grade, such that lid is even with surrounding asphalt, concrete or soil. Conduit and Duct Connections: 1. 2. C. Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 Sidewall conduit penetrations shall be sealed with grout or waterproof sealant. All conduit ends shall have bell fittings, or nylon or plastic bushings to prevent damage to wire insulation when pulling. Handhole Drainage: 1. 2. Set handholes on minimum 6-8" layer of clean, compacted gravel or stone for drainage (no dust). Provide filter fabric, placed between gravel and earth below handhole, and wrapped up along sides to prevent contamination of stone. 3.53.4 CONSTRUCTION A. Excavation and Backfilling: 1. 2. General: a. Provide all excavating, backfill, compaction, seeding, sod and repair necessary to install underground electrical work. b. Establish all lines and grades required for the proper location of the work and be responsible for the correctness thereof. c. Verify location and check elevations of all existing utilities before starting work. d. Keep banks of trenches as nearly vertical as possible, providing sheeting and shoring required for protection of work and safety of personnel. e. Repair and/or replace any curbs, roads, walks, fences, utilities or structures disturbed as a result of the work in accordance with sections applicable to the work and to match the existing items. f. Seed or sod all areas that are disturbed as a result of the work in accordance with sections applicable to the work. g. Comply with all OSHA, federal, state and local requirements. Excavation: a. Perform excavation in whatever material encountered. Use customary methods suitable for the area and type of work. b. Where excess excavation is made, back fill to required level with concrete. c. Excavate to the lines or grades indicated on the drawings or established in the field. d. Keep excavation drained and pumped out. e. Cover all open trenches. f. Install warning signs and flashers in accordance with applicable safety requirements. g. Erect safety barriers of substantial material to keep persons from work UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL 02588-7 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Construction Documents 01/16/2015 3. B. area. Barriers shall be constructed where directed and shall support warning signs on all sides. Backfilling: a. Back fill to the required elevations and repair surfaces to their original condition. b. Use back fill material that is free from rocks, roots, stumps, brush, rubbish or other objectionable matter. c. Use no frozen material for backfilling and do not back fill on frozen material. d. Tamp back fill in 6 inch layers. e. Remove excess excavation not required or suitable for back fill. f. Minimum compaction shall be as follows: g. 95% below equipment pads, ductbanks, manholes, etc. h. 95% for backfill below roads, walks or other paving and any vehicle or pedestrian traffic areas. i. 90% for backfill in grass, or other non-paved areas. Cutting and Patching: 1. C. Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 Provide all cutting and patching necessary for the installation of the electrical work. Any damage done to the work already in place by reason of this work, shall be repaired at the Installer's expense by a qualified mechanic experienced in such work. Patching shall be uniform in appearance and shall match with the surrounding surface. Grounding: 1. Refer to Section 16060 “Grounding & Bonding For Electrical Systems” for specific requirements. 3.63.5 REPAIRS & RESTORATION A. Provide all patching, repairs and restoration of original surfaces and conditions to prior conditions, where disturbed by work of this section. B. Asphalt repair shall include suitable base material, course and top coats to match existing paving section. Provide sealing where repairs meet with existing paving sections or adjacent materials. C. Concrete repairs shall include restoration to original concrete mix, thickness, reinforcing, finish, etc. Provide expansion joints, where required. D. Restore all landscaped and/or grass areas to original condition. Grade, seed and straw mulch all grass areas during accepted growing season. Otherwise provide sod for all disturbed areas. 3.73.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. General: 1. 2. Inspect all installed work after completion of rough and final grading to ensure no damage has occurred to installed components. Ensure final grading matches elevation of all installed components. Make adjustments, as required, to correct for settling, etc. UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL 02588-8 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Construction Documents 01/16/2015 3. Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 Verify all handhole and manhole lid logos match the contained systems. 3.83.7 ADJUSTING A. General: 1. 2. Make adjustments to manhole or handhole lid elevations to match final grades. Where lids will more than 1 inch lower than surrounding final grade, concrete, or asphalt, make adjustments to structure elevation, collar height, grading or concrete/asphalt installation to provide matched elevations. 3.93.8 CLEANING A. Handholes: 1. B.A. Remove all wire clippings, tape, loose debris, etc. from inside of all handholes. Ducts & Conduit: 1. 2. After installation, but prior to installing cables, pull a mandrel sized ¼" less than conduit ID to confirm no blockages or collapsed ducts. Clean each installed conduit with a stiff brush to remove debris. END OF SECTION UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL 02588-9 Kibart, Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Construction Documents 01/16/15 Addendum #1 01/28/15 Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 SECTION 07130 SHEET WATERPROOFING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 1.2 1.3 SECTION INCLUDES A. Sheet membrane waterproofing. B. Drainage panels. REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM D412 - Standard Test Methods for Vulcanized Rubber and Thermoplastic Elastomers- Tension. B. ASTM D570 - Standard Test Method for Water Absorption of Plastics. C. ASTM D882 - Standard Test Method for Tensile Properties of Thin Plastic Sheeting. D. ASTM D903 - Standard Test Method for Peel or Stripping Strength of Adhesive Bonds. E. ASTM D1876 - Standard Test Method for Peel Resistance of Adhesives (T-Peel Test), F. ASTM D1970/D1970M - Standard Specification for Self-Adhering Polymer Modified Bituminous Sheet Materials Used as Steep Roofing Underlayment for Ice Dam Protection. G. ASTM D5385 - Standard Test Method for Hydrostatic Pressure Resistance of Waterproofing Membranes. H. ASTM E96/E96M - Standard Test Methods For Water Vapor Transmission of Materials. I. ASTM E154/E154M - Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Retarders Used in Contact with Earth Under Concrete Slabs, on Walls, or as Ground Cover. SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Provide data for membrane. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate special joint or termination conditions and conditions of interface with other materials. C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special procedures. D. Warranty: Submit manufacturer warranty and ensure forms have been completed in Owner's name and registered with manufacturer. SHEET WATERPROOFING 07130-1 Kibart, Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Construction Documents 01/16/15 Addendum #1 01/28/15 1.4 1.5 Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Membrane Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in waterproofing sheet membranes with three years experience. B. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with minimum five years experience. WARRANTY A. Contractor shall correct defective Work within a five year period after Date of Substantial Completion; remove and replace materials concealing waterproofing at no extra cost to Owner. B. Provide five year manufacturer warranty for waterproofing failing to resist penetration of water , except where such failures are the result of structural failures of building. Hairline cracking of concrete due to temperature change or shrinkage is not considered a structural failure. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 WATERPROOFING APPLICATIONS A. 2.2 Self-Adhered Modified Bituminous Sheet Waterproofing: Use at existing exterior walls as shown in Add Alternate 5. 1. Cover with drainage board. MEMBRANE MATERIALS A. Self-Adhered Modified Bituminous Membrane: 1. Thickness: 60 mil min. 2. Sheet Width: 36 inches (914 mm). 3. Tensile Strength: a. Film: 5000 pounds per square inch (34.57 MPa), minimum, measured according to ASTM D882 and at grip-separation rate of 2 inches (50 mm) per minute. b. Membrane: 325 pounds per square inch (2.24 MPa), minimum, measured according to ASTM D412 Method A, using die C and at spindle-separation rate of 2 inches (50 mm) per minute. 4. Elongation at Break: 300 percent, minimum, measured according to ASTM D412. 5. Water Vapor Permeance: 0.05 perm (2.9 ng/(Pa s sq m)), maximum, measured in accordance with ASTM E96/E96M. 6. Low Temperature Flexibility: Unaffected when tested according to ASTM D1970 at minus 20 degrees F (minus 11 C), 180 degree bend on 1 inch (25 mm) mandrel. 7. Peel Strength: 7 pounds per inch (1226 N/m), minimum, when tested according to ASTM D903. SHEET WATERPROOFING 07130-2 Kibart, Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Construction Documents 01/16/15 Addendum #1 01/28/15 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 2.3 Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 Lap Adhesion Strength: 5 pounds per inch (875.6 N/m), minimum, when tested according to ASTM D1876. Puncture Resistance: 50 pounds (22.67 kg), minimum, measured in accordance with ASTM E154/E154M. Water Absorption: 0.1 percent increase in weight, maximum, measured in accordance with ASTM D570, 24 hour immersion. Hydrostatic Resistance: Resists the weight of 200 feet (61 m) when tested according to ASTM D5385. Primers, Adhesives, Sealants, Tapes, and Accessories: As recommended by membrane manufacturer. Manufacturers: a. Carlisle Coatings & Waterproofing Incorporated; MiraDRI 860/861: www.carlisle-ccw.com. b. Grace Construction Products; Product Bituthene 3000/Low Temperature: www.na.graceconstruction.com. c. Henry Company; Blueskin WP 200: www.henry.com. d. W.R. Meadows, Inc; MEL-ROL: www.wrmeadows.com. B. Seaming Materials: As recommended by membrane manufacturer. C. Termination Bars: Aluminum; compatible with membrane and adhesives. D. Surface Conditioner: Liquid, waterbourne type, compatible with and recommended for substrate by membrane manufacturer. E. Primer: Liquid primer recommended for substrate by manufacturer of sheet waterproofing material. F. Thinner and Cleaner: As recommended by adhesive manufacturer, compatible with sheet membrane. ACCESSORIES A. Drainage Panel: Drainage layer with geotextile filter fabric on earth side. Provide if drainage insulation board is not indicated on drawings. 1. Composition: Dimpled polystyrene core; polypropylene filter fabric. a. Products: 1) Mar-flex Waterproofing & Building Products; Geo-Mat Plus: www.mar-flex.com. 2) Mar-flex Waterproofing & Building Products; Type II Drain Core Foundation Dimpleboard: www.mar-flex.com. 3) W.R. Meadows, Inc; Mel-Drain 5012: www.wrmeadows.com. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify existing conditions before starting work. B. Verify substrate surfaces are durable; free of matter detrimental to adhesion or application of waterproofing system. SHEET WATERPROOFING 07130-3 Kibart, Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Construction Documents 01/16/15 Addendum #1 01/28/15 C. 3.2 3.3 3.4 Verify that items that penetrate surfaces to receive waterproofing are securely installed. PREPARATION A. Protect adjacent surfaces not designated to receive waterproofing. B. Clean and prepare surfaces to receive waterproofing in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Vacuum substrate clean. C. Seal cracks and joints with sealant using depth to width ratio as recommended by sealant manufacturer. INSTALLATION - MEMBRANE A. Install membrane waterproofing in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Roll out membrane. Minimize wrinkles and bubbles. C. Apply primer to substrates at required rate and allow to dry. Limit priming to areas that will be covered by sheet waterproofing in same day. Reprime areas exposed for more than 24 hours. D. Self-Adhering Membrane: Remove release paper layer. Roll out on substrate with a mechanical roller to encourage full contact bond. E. Overlap edges and ends and seal by method recommended by manufacturer, minimum 3 inches (75 mm). Seal permanently waterproof. Apply uniform bead of sealant to joint edge. F. Reinforce membrane with multiple thickness of membrane material over joints, whether joints are static or dynamic. G. Weather lap joints on sloped substrate in direction of drainage. Seal joints and seams. H. Install flexible flashings. Seal items penetrating through membrane with flexible flashings. Seal watertight to membrane. I. Seal membrane and flashings to adjoining surfaces. Install termination bar at all edges. Install counterflashing over all exposed edges. INSTALLATION - DRAINAGE PANEL A. 3.5 Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 Place drainage panel directly against membrane, butt joints, place to encourage drainage downward. Scribe and cut boards around projections, penetrations, and interruptions. PROTECTION A. Do not permit traffic over unprotected or uncovered membrane. B. Protect waterproofing from damage and wear during remainder of construction period. SHEET WATERPROOFING 07130-4 Kibart, Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Construction Documents 01/16/15 Addendum #1 01/28/15 C. Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 Clean spillage and soiling from adjacent construction using cleaning agents and procedures recommended by manufacturer of affected construction. END OF SECTION SHEET WATERPROOFING 07130-5 Kibart, Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Construction Documents 01/16/15 Addendum #1 01/28/15 Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 SECTION 09220 PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Exterior portland cement plasterwork for installation on metal lath. 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS 1.3 SUBMITTALS 1.4 A. Product Data: Provide data on plaster materials, characteristics and limitations of products specified. B. Shop Drawings: Show locations and installaton of control and expansion joints including plans, elevations, sections, details of components, and attachments to other work. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. 1.5 Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with minimum 3 years documented experience. FIELD CONDITIONS A. Do not apply plaster when substrate or ambient air temperature is under 50 degrees F (10 degrees C) or over 80 degrees F (27 degrees C). B. Maintain minimum ambient temperature of 50 degrees F (10 degrees C) during installation of plaster and until cured. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 METAL LATH A. Expanded-Metal Lath: ASTM C 847 with ASTM A 653/A 653M, G60, hot-dip galvanized zinc coating. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Alabama Metal Industries Corporation; a Gibraltar Industries company. b. CEMCO. c. Clark Western Building Systems. d. Dietrich Metal Framing; a Worthington Industries company. e. MarinoWARE. PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER 09220-1 Kibart, Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Construction Documents 01/16/15 Addendum #1 01/28/15 2. B. 2.2 2.3 Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 f. Phillips Manufacturing Co. 3/8-inch Rib Lath: 3.4 lb/sq. yd. Wire-Fabric Lath: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Davis Wire Corporation; a Heico Wire Group company. b. Jaenson Wire Company. c. Keystone Steel & Wire Co. d. K-Lath; a division of Georgetown Wire. 2. Welded-Wire Lath: ASTM C 933; self-furring, 1.4 lb/sq. yd. (0.8 kg/sq. m). 3. Woven-Wire Lath: ASTM C 1032; self-furring, with stiffener wire backing, 1.1 lb/sq. yd. (0.6 kg/sq. m). ACCESSORIES A. General: Comply with ASTM C 1063 and coordinate depth of trim and accessories with thicknesses and number of plaster coats required. B. Metal Accessories: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Alabama Metal Industries Corporation; a Gibraltar Industries company. b. CEMCO. c. Clark Western Building Systems. d. Dietrich Metal Framing; a Worthington Industries company. e. MarinoWARE. f. Phillips Manufacturing Co. 2. Control Joints: Fabricated from zinc or zinc-coated (galvanized) steel; one-piece-type, folded pair of unperforated screeds in M-shaped configuration; with perforated flanges and removable protective tape on plaster face of control joint C. Plastic Accessories: Fabricated from high-impact PVC. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Dietrich Metal Framing; a Worthington Industries company. b. Phillips Manufacturing Co MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Water for Mixing: Potable and free of substances capable of affecting plaster set or of damaging plaster, lath, or accessories. B. Fiber for Base Coat: Alkaline-resistant glass or polypropylene fibers, 1/2 inch long, free of contaminants, manufactured for use in portland cement plaster. PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER 09220-2 Kibart, Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Construction Documents 01/16/15 Addendum #1 01/28/15 2.4 2.5 Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 C. Steel Drill Screws: For metal-to-metal fastening, ASTM C 1002 or ASTM C 954, as required by thickness of metal being fastened; with pan head that is suitable for application; in lengths required to achieve penetration through joined materials of no fewer than three exposed threads. D. Fasteners for Attaching Metal Lath to Substrates: Complying with ASTM C 1063. E. Wire: ASTM A 641/A 641M, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper, not less than 0.0475-inch diameter, unless otherwise indicated. PLASTER MATERIALS A. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I. B. Masonry Cement: ASTM C 91, Type N. C. Lime: ASTM C 206, Type S; or ASTM C 207, Type S. D. Sand Aggregate: ASTM C 897. E. Perlite Aggregate: ASTM C 35. PLASTER MIXES A. General: Comply with ASTM C 926 for applications indicated. 1. Fiber Content: Add fiber to base-coat mixes after ingredients have mixed at least two minutes. Comply with fiber manufacturer's written instructions for fiber quantities in mixes, but do not exceed 1 lb of fiber/cu. yd. (0.6 kg of fiber/cu. m) of cementitious materials. B. Base-Coat Mixes for Use over Metal Lath: Scratch and brown coats for three-coat plasterwork as follows: 1. Portland Cement Mixes: a. Scratch Coat: For cementitious material, mix 1 part portland cement and [0 to 3/4] [3/4 to 1-1/2] parts lime. Use 2-1/2 to 4 parts aggregate per part of cementitious material. b. Brown Coat: For cementitious material, mix 1 part portland cement and [0 to 3/4] [3/4 to 1-1/2] parts lime. Use 3 to 5 parts aggregate per part of cementitious material, but not less than volume of aggregate used in scratch coat. 2. Masonry Cement Mixes: a. Scratch Coat: 1 part masonry cement and 2-1/2 to 4 parts aggregate. b. Brown Coat: 1 part masonry cement and 3 to 5 parts aggregate, but not less than volume of aggregate used in scratch coat. 3. Portland and MAsonry Cement Mixes: a. Scratch Coat: For cementitious material, mix 1 part portland cement and 1 part masonry cement. Use 2-1/2 to 4 parts aggregate per part of cementitious material. b. Brown Coat: For cementitious material, mix 1 part portland cement and 1 part masonry cement. Use 3 to 5 parts aggregate per part of PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER 09220-3 Kibart, Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Construction Documents 01/16/15 Addendum #1 01/28/15 Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 cementitious material, but not less than volume of aggregate used in scratch coat. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 3.2 3.3 EXAMINATION A. Verify the suitability of existing conditions before starting work. B. Masonry: Verify joints are cut flush and surface is ready to receive work of this section. Verify no bituminous or water repellent coatings exist on masonry surface. C. Metal Lath and Accessories: Verify lath is flat, secured to substrate, and joint and surface perimeter accessories are in place. D. Mechanical and Electrical: Verify services within walls have been tested and approved. PREPARATION A. Dampen masonry surfaces to reduce excessive suction. B. Clean concrete surfaces of foreign matter. Clean surfaces using acid solutions, solvents, or detergents. Wash surfaces with clean water. C. Roughen smooth concrete surfaces and apply bonding agent in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. INSTALLING METAL LATH A. 3.4 3.5 Expanded-Metal Lath: Install according to ASTM C 1063. 1. On Solid Surfaces, Not Otherwise Furred: Install self-furring, diamond-mesh welded-wire woven-wire lath. INSTALLING ACCESSORIES A. Install according to ASTM C 1063 and at locations indicated on Drawings. B. Control Joints: Install control joints in specific locations approved by Architect for visual effect as follows: 1. As required to delineate plasterwork into areas (panels) of the following maximum sizes: a. Vertical Surfaces: 144 sq. ft.. 2. At distances between control joints of not greater than 18 feet o.c. PLASTER APPLICATION A. General: Comply with ASTM C 926. PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER 09220-4 Kibart, Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Construction Documents 01/16/15 Addendum #1 01/28/15 1. 2. 3. 3.6 Do not deviate more than plus or minus 1/4 inch in 10 feet (6.4 mm in 3 m) from a true plane in finished plaster surfaces, as measured by a 10-foot (3-m) straightedge placed on surface. Finish plaster flush with metal frames and other built-in metal items or accessories that act as a plaster ground unless otherwise indicated. Where casing bead does not terminate plaster at metal frame, cut base coat free from metal frame before plaster sets and groove finish coat at junctures with metal. Provide plaster surfaces that are ready to receive field-applied finishes indicated. B. Walls; Base-Coat Mixes for Use over Metal Lath: Scratch and brown coats for three-coat plasterwork, on masonry; 3/4-inch thickness. 1. Portland cement mixes. 2. Masonry cement mixes. C. Concealed Exterior Plasterwork: Where plaster application will be used as a base for adhered finishes, omit finish coat. PLASTER REPAIRS A. 3.7 Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 Repair or replace work to eliminate cracks, dents, blisters, buckles, crazing and check cracking, dry outs, efflorescence, sweat outs, and similar defects and where bond to substrate has failed. PROTECTION A. Remove temporary protection and enclosure of other work. Promptly remove plaster from door frames, windows, and other surfaces not indicated to be plastered. Repair floors, walls, and other surfaces stained, marred, or otherwise damaged during plastering. END OF SECTION PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER 09220-5 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Construction Documents 01/16/2015 Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 SECTION 13850 FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM PART 1 1.1 GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS A. 1.2 Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, and Division 1. Specification Sections, apply to this section. SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. A. Related Sections: The following sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Section 15800 “HVAC Air Distribution System” for coordination of duct mounted smoke detectors, and power and control requirements to smoke/fire dampers. 2. Section 15920 “Pneumatic And Electric Control Systems For HVAC” for coordination of fire alarm system control signals with HVAC system components such as HVAC shutdown, damper closures, etc. 3. Section 16050 “Common Work Results for Electrical” for general requirements, submittal requirements, coordination, project conditions, labeling, fire stopping, commissioning, equipment supports, installation and construction requirements, demolition, quality control, identification, and all other applicable paragraphs. 4. Section 16060 “Grounding & Bonding for Electrical Systems” for grounding, requirements of equipment. 5. Section 16120 “Low Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables” for cabling requirements. 6. Section 16130 “Raceways & Boxes for Electrical Systems” for conduit, raceway and box requirements. B. Permits and Fees: 1. 2. 1.3 Fire Alarm control panel(s) Audio/visual alarm notification appliances. Auxiliary NAC power supplies. Digital communicator Automatic detection devices Manual alarm initiating devices. Remote annunciation Addressable relays, control and monitoring devices Magnetic door holders. All system cabling and raceways System programming System testing Apply, pay for and secure all permits, required by the Authorities Having Jurisdiction and necessary for specified work of this section, prior to start of work, in accordance with contract General Conditions and Division 1. Deliver all certificates to the Owner prior to final acceptance of work. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM 13850-1 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Construction Documents 01/16/2015 A. General System Description: 1. 2. 3. B. Initiate the following additional action through specified fire alarm device activation a. Shut down air handling equipment via addressable control relay at each associated AHU, RTU, etc. from duct smoke detector alarm or HVAC shutdown signal. 1) Duct smoke detectors shall also cause Supervisory signal. 2) Internal audible device shall sound at the control panel or command center. 3) Illuminate alarm status LED’s at remote test station, and remote graphic/LED annunciators. b. Close smoke dampers via control relay initiated by associated duct smoke detectors. 1) Duct smoke detectors shall also cause Supervisory signal. 2) Internal audible device shall sound at the control panel or command center. 3) Illuminate alarm status LED’s at remote test station, and remote graphic/LED annunciators. Alarm Initiation: 1. E. Unless alternate number 3 is accepted, existing fire alarm system shall remain. New fire alarm control panel shall monitor existing panel and provide complete fire alarm coverage. System Design Requirements: Installer shall meet the entire intent of these specifications and associated drawings. Deviations from specified equipment and/or operation of the system shall be at Installer's risk, unless written notification is made with the Shop Drawing submittal and such items are approved in writing. 1. D. This section includes furnishing, assembly, construction, installation, connection and testing of a new fire alarm control panel, and connections and modifications to an existing hard wired fire alarm system. As an alternate, the entire fire alarm system is to be removed and replaced with a new fire alarm system. This Section includes fire alarm systems, including detectors, signal equipment, controls, wiring, raceways, and devices. System Integration: 1. C. Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 Following devices shall cause a general alarm condition: a. Manual pull stations. b. Sprinkler flow or pressure switches. c. Heat or area smoke detectors. Alarm Verification: 1. 2. Control panel shall contain an alarm verification cycle to verify individual alarm signals and eliminate false alarms caused by transient conditions such as cigarette smoke, dust, etc. Dry contact initiating devices, manual pull station, heat detector, water flow switch, etc. shall bypass verification cycle and immediately register an alarm. FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM 13850-2 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Construction Documents 01/16/2015 F. Smoke Detector Sensitivity Adjust: 1. G. The fire alarm control panel shall contain a history buffer that will be capable of storing up to 800 events. Up to 200 events shall be dedicated to alarm and the remaining events are general purpose. Systems that do not have dedicated alarm storage, where events are overridden by non-alarm type events, are not suitable substitutes. Each of these activations will be stored and time and date stamped with the actual time of the activation. The contents of the history buffer may be manually reviewed, one event at a time, or printed in its entirety. The history buffer shall use non-volatile memory. Systems that use volatile memory for history storage are not acceptable substitutes. Automatic Detector Maintenance Alert: 1. J. Any addressable device or conventional circuit in the system may be enabled or disabled through the system keypad. System History Recording and Reporting: 1. I. A means shall be provided for adjusting the sensitivity of any, or all, addressable intelligent detectors in the system from the system keypad. Sensitivity range shall be within the allowed UL window and have a minimum of 9 levels. Point Disable: 1. H. Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 The fire alarm control panel shall automatically interrogate each intelligent detector and shall analyze the detector responses over a period of time. If any intelligent detector in the system responds with a reading that is above or below normal limits, then the system will enter the trouble mode, and the particular detector will be annunciated on the system display, and printed on the optional printer. This feature shall in no way inhibit the receipt of alarm conditions in the system, nor shall it require any special hardware, special tools or computer expertise to perform. Alarm Functions: 1. During a general alarm condition: a. Flashing (strobe) visual alarm signals, synchronized, throughout building. Strobes shall continue to flash until the system has been reset. Strobes shall not stop operating when the "Alarm Silence" is pressed. b. Temporal Code 3 audible signals. c. Voice Evacuation recorded message. d. 2. Activate control relay to override (mute) all local sound and/or PA systems. e. Red "ALARM" LED lit on control panel and remote annunciator panels. f. Specific LCD alpha-numeric alarm message display on panels. g. Digital communicator contacts Central Monitoring Station and transmits point identification. Initiate the following additional action through specified fire alarm device activation a. Shut down air handling equipment via addressable control relay at FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM 13850-3 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Construction Documents 01/16/2015 b. K. 2. Upon detection of CO gas, the CO sensor/detector shall provide a signal to the building fire alarm system. The CO detector shall be powered and monitored by the fire alarm system. During a CO alarm condition, the fire control panel shall initiate a CO alarm notification signal that is audibly different and distinct from a general fire alarm. A signal shall also be sent to the central monitoring station. Manual Functions: 1. P. Reset system using keyed SYSTEM RESET switch(es) on fire alarm control panel and remote annunciator panels. CO Detector: 1. O. Following Alarm Silence, any subsequent alarm shall immediately resound all audio and visual alarm devices. Silencing shall in no way, prohibit the resounding of additional alarms. System Reset: 1. N. Silence alarms using keyed ALARM SILENCE switch. a. Silences horns and turns off b. Visual alarms shall continue to flash until system is reset. c. Displays ALARM SILENCE LED and LCD message on control panel. d. Displays ALARM SILENCE LED and LCD message on graphic annunciator(s). Alarm Resound: 1. M. each associated AHU, RTU, etc. from duct smoke detector alarm or HVAC shutdown signal. 1) Duct smoke detectors shall also cause Supervisory signal. 2) Internal audible device shall sound at the control panel or command center. 3) Illuminate alarm status LED’s at remote test station, and remote graphic/LED annunciators. Release magnetically held doors via control relay, initiated by local smoke detector(s) at door. 1) Smoke detectors shall also cause general alarm. Alarm Silence: 1. L. Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 HVAC Manual Shutdown switches per NFPA 90A Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilation Systems. a. Shutdown switch(es) at the FACP or annunciator panel shall cause all HVAC units to shut down. Operation of HVAC switch(es) shall register a Supervisory signal with the FACP. Alarm Simulation: 1. 2. Simulates activation of alarm initiating device. Disconnect switch prevents alarm signals to city or municipal monitoring circuit. Disconnect switch use shall transmit a supervisory signal, however. FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM 13850-4 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Construction Documents 01/16/2015 Q. Sprinkler System Components: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. R. 2. 2. Supervisory signals shall: a. Light common Supervisory LED at all annunciators. b. Light specific zone LED at all annunciators. Display appropriate LCD message at annunciators. a. Sound audible warning tone at all annunciators. Trouble Signals: 1. 2. U. Shall cause the following at Fire Alarm Control and Remote Annunciator Panel(s): a. Supervisory LED for "GENERATOR RUNNING" shall light whenever the generator starts. b. Supervisory LED for "GENERATOR TROUBLE" shall light during any generator alarm or trouble conditions. c. Display appropriate LCD messages. Generator monitoring points shall not transmit signals via digital communicator. Supervisory Signals: 1. T. Device shall perform as follows: General ALARM condition: a. Water Flow switches. b. Sprinkler pressure switches. SUPERVISORY signal condition: a. Valve Tamper switches. Light appropriate LED at annunciators. Display appropriate LCD message at annunciators. Digital communicator contacts Central Monitoring Station and transmits appropriate signal and point identification. Generator Monitoring: 1. S. Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 Trouble signals shall: a. Light Supervisory LED(s) at all annunciators. b. Display specific LCD message at all annunciators. c. Sound audible warning tone at all annunciators. The following shall cause a trouble signal: a. Loss of AC power. b. Wiring open circuit, short or ground fault. c. Open or grounded circuit. d. Disconnection of control panel module, card, cable. e. Other functions specified herein. System Wiring and Supervision: 1. Initiating Device Circuits: Initiating device circuits monitoring manual fire alarm stations, smoke and heat detectors, waterflow switches, valve supervisory switches, shall be: a. Class B (Style "A" or "B"). 2. Signal Line Circuits (SLC): a. For SLC’s covering more than one fire/smoke compartment, a wire-toFIRE DETECTION AND ALARM 13850-5 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Construction Documents 01/16/2015 b. V. Control panel switch shall allow a one man functional test of each alarm and supervisory device on the system. Walk-Test shall: a. Disable city or municipal connection. b. Disable digital communicator after sending Supervisory signal. c. Bypass functional control relays (i.e. elevator capture, air handler shut down). d. Control panel and remote annunciators shall illuminate the Supervisory LED and display appropriate LCD message. e. Activation of any alarm initiating device shall: f. Cause audible and visual alarm devices to pulse one round of code. g. Control panel shall automatically reset without use of the keyed reset switch. h. Auto reset time shall be adjustable to allow automatic reset of detectors and manual reset of N.O. contact devices. Momentary opening of an initiating or notification appliance circuit shall cause the alarm signals to sound for 4 seconds to indicate the trouble condition. Drill Feature: 1. 1.4 wire short shall not affect the operation of the circuit from the other fire/smoke compartments. SLC’s connecting to addressable/analog devices including, detectors, monitor modules, control modules, isolation modules and notification circuit modules shall be Class B (style 4). Walk Test Feature: 1. W. Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 Control panel switch shall allow a manual drill functional test of the alarm system. Manual Drill shall: a. Disable city or municipal connection. b. Disable automatic digital communicator after sending Supervisory signal. c. Bypass functional control relays (i.e. air handler shut down). d. Control panel and remote annunciators shall illuminate the Supervisory LED and display appropriate LCD message “Manual Drill”. e. Drill initiation shall be via key-enabled function button on remote annunciator panel. Activation of the drill function shall: f. Cause all audible and visual alarm devices to activate. g. Cause voice activation systems to begin pre-recorded message. h. General alarm condition shall continue for 5 minutes or until manually reset vie “Reset” button on annunciator panel. SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit each item in this Section according to the conditions of the contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. B. Submittals shall also comply with the submittal procedures and requirements of Specification Section 16. C. Submittal Requirements of this section: 1. 2. Fire Alarm control panel(s) Audio/visual alarm notification appliances. FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM 13850-6 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Construction Documents 01/16/2015 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. D. To verify specifications have been met/exceeded. Clearly indicate or state all options, etc.: a. Manufacturer/cat. number. b. Manufacturer’s options. c. Accessories. d. Indicate point of connections with other equipment or systems. e. Bill of materials showing quantities and model numbers. f. Manufacturer's data on all proposed equipment. g. Highlight or clearly indicate all items to be provided. h. Catalogued by the control system manufacturer. i. UL Listing of each component individually. j. UL Listed for use in proposed system. k. Approved by local Fire Dept., Fire Marshal, or other local authority, where required. l. Combined components of several manufacturers are not permitted unless proof of UL approval with the proposed control panel is provided. System Information: 1. 2. F. Voice Evacuation System Amp/mic/cabinet. HVAC Shutdown Switch LCD Annunciator Auxiliary NAC power supplies. Graphic annunciator panel Automatic detection devices. Manual alarm initiating devices. Addressable relays, control and monitoring devices. Magnetic door holders. System cabling. List of all system program points with device ID. Descriptive Data for Each Product: 1. 2. E. Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 Device schedule matrix indicating all devices and conditions down left side, and all functions across top. Fill in matrix to indicate functions, responses, etc. associated with each device or condition. Written sequence of operation for all modes: a. Alarm conditions. b. Trouble conditions. c. Supervisory signal conditions. d. Manual switch functions (i.e. HVAC shutdown). e. Other functions (Drill, Reset, etc.). f. Digital Communicator functions. Shop Drawings: 1. Graphic Annunciator Panels: a. Submit full scale drawing of proposed graphic. b. Submittal to accurately represent the proposed final graphic with color lines, line thicknesses, text font and size, etc. c. Indicate all accessories to scale in proper position; keyed switches, LCD panels, LED’s, buttons, etc. FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM 13850-7 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Construction Documents 01/16/2015 G. Floor Plans: 1. H. 3. Product Test Reports: Certified copies of manufacturer's design and routine factory tests required by the referenced standards. Approval of Authority Having Jurisdiction: 1. 2. 3. L. Wiring connection diagrams for each proposed component. Schematic wiring diagram for entire system, showing all connected devices, cable types, cable sizes, etc. Indicate all points of connection between proposed fire alarm system and other devices: sprinkler switches, door holders, extinguishing system control panels, etc. Quality Assurance: 1. K. Battery calculations for each control panel and power supply. Voltage drop calculations for each Notification Appliance Circuit. Wiring Diagrams: 1. 2. J. Scaled Floor Plans of each building level shall be furnished, to indicate: a. Scaled floor plans of all building areas. b. Location and type of all proposed devices. c. Proposed address location or identifying number for each device. d. Plans shall include fire alarm supplier’s company name, phone number, etc. Calculations: 1. 2. I. Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 Submit copies of Shop Drawings to Authority having Jurisdiction. Submit for review and approval, as required for permit. a. Proposed system and all components. b. Remote Annunciator Panel with graphic, as applicable. Comply with all comments. Make necessary corrections. Provide copy of all written comments and direction to Owner and Architect. Closeout Submittals: Submit in accordance with the General Conditions and Division 1 requirements, and Section 16050 “Common Work Results for Electrical”, and as follows: 1. 2. Operational Information: Provide full instruction manual to cover all aspects and components of the installed system and to be used to supplement the Owner Demonstration: a. System reset. b. Alarm acknowledge/silence. c. Component reset. d. Programming. e. History log and information retrieval. Maintenance Data: Provide for all equipment and accessories to include in the "Operating and Maintenance Manual" specified in Division 1. a. Include recommended periodic tests of equipment in service, and test parameters. Provide manufacturer’s recommended test procedures, frequency and type of tests. b. Specify cleaning procedures for all components. FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM 13850-8 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Construction Documents 01/16/2015 3. 4. 1.5 As-Built Drawings: Provide three (3) full-size copies of all plans, drawings and schematics to the owner after the acceptance test. The drawings shall be revised to show all terminal designations, location of all junction boxes, terminal cabinets, devices, wiring and conduit routings. Drawings, etc. shall be delivered as part of the O&M Manual package. Record of Completion form, as required by NFPA 72 National Fire Alarm Code. ELECTRONIC AUTOCADD DOCUMENTS A. 1.6 Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 Requests for electronic Autocadd documents will be accommodated to the contractors and installers upon receipt of Kibart’s Electronic Document Release Form and payment for time and expense for document preparation. Refer to Section 16050 “Common Work Results for Electrical” for additional information and costs. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Listing and Labeling: Provide products specified in this Section that are listed and labeled. 1. 2. 3. The Terms “Listed and Labeled”: As defined in the National Electrical Code, Article 100. Listing and Labeling Agency Qualifications: A “Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory” (NRTL) as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7. Where equipment consists of multiple components, the entire assembly or product shall be UL Listed and Labeled, or Labeled by a testing organization acceptable to the Authority Having Jurisdiction per the NEC. B. The contractor shall have in-house engineering and project management capability consistent with the requirements of this project. Qualified and approved representatives of the system manufacturer shall perform the detailed engineering design of central and remote control equipment. Qualified and approved representatives of the system manufacturer shall produce all panel and equipment drawings and submittals, operating manuals. The contractor is responsible for retaining qualified and approved representative(s) of those system manufacturers specified for detailed system design and documentation, coordination of system installation requirements, and final system testing and commissioning in accordance with these specifications. C. Single-Source Responsibility: 1. D. The complete performance of the assembled system, including all accessories shall be the sole responsibility of the supplier. It is the installer’s responsibility to ensure that all factory and field installed accessories and loose components used in the system, meet these specifications, and perform up to the stated and tested standards. Manufacturer’s Requirements: Proposed equipment manufacturer must meet the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. All products designed and manufactured to ISO 9001 standards. Engaged in manufacturing of fire alarm systems at least 5 years. System shall be of latest design. No obsolete or pending obsolete parts shall be used. Maintain current stock of all spare parts at local service organization. Provide local maintenance and service with location less than 50 miles from FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM 13850-9 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Construction Documents 01/16/2015 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. E. 2. Installing contractor must meet the following: a. Factory trained to install the proposed system. b. Has installed a minimum of 6 comparable systems within local area. Provide references upon request: a. Names of (6) similar projects in size and scope. b. Contact person and phone number for each project. Installation Quality: In accordance with listed Codes, recognized trade organizations and standards. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. H. UL UOJZ Certification of system. a. Provide the services and equipment of a UL Listed alarm service company, capable of and authorized to issue a UL Certificate for the equipment described herein, and all connected wiring and devices that form the entire system. The alarm service company shall issue the UL Certificate stating that the system and its installation are in compliance with the established requirements of UL. b. Costs associated with this certification, shall be included in the base bid. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced factory-authorized Installer to perform work of this Section. 1. G. project site. Provide list of technical support staff, project experience, training, etc. as requested. Staff must be factory trained or have received on-site training from manufacturer. Provide technical support to installer. Make all final connections, adjustments, and supervision for system testing. Provide all system programming. Provide references upon request: a. Names of (6) similar projects in size and scope. b. Contact person and phone number for each project. System design shall be by Certified NICET Level III technician or registered Fire Protection Engineer. Field Certifications and Labeling: 1. F. Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 ADA Americans with Disabilities Act ANSI American National Standards Institute ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers FM Factory Mutual Approval Guide NFPA National Fire Protection Association UL Underwriter’s Laboratories Comply with the latest version of following codes and regulations as adopted by the Authority Having Jurisdiction, unless otherwise specified. 1. 2. Americans with Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines (ADAAG). National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): a. NFPA 70 National Electrical Code b. NFPA 72 National Fire Alarm Code c. NFPA 90A Standard for Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM 13850-10 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Construction Documents 01/16/2015 d. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 1.7 2. 3. Provide protection of all control panels and peripheral devices from excessive heat and humidity. Do not install equipment before building is under roof and fully enclosed. Protect all sensitive electronic components from dust and debris. Cover all control panels until ready for startup. Provide dust covers for all detectors, until ready for system startup and testing. PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Existing Conditions: Interface with existing fire alarm system(s), as follows: 1. 2. Existing system shall be interfaced with the proposed system additions and modifications to form a single operable system, per drawings and specifications. Existing fire alarm system: a. Wiring: hard wired b. Manufacturer: Gamewell FCI 7100 Series SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Existing Fire Alarm Equipment: 1. 2. 3. B. Maintain fully operational until new equipment has been tested and accepted. As new equipment is installed, label it "NOT IN SERVICE" until new equipment is accepted. Remove tags from new equipment when put into service and tag existing fire alarm equipment "NOT IN SERVICE" until removed from the building. Equipment Removal: 1. 2. 1.10 Code for Safety to Life from Fire in Buildings and Structures Underwriters Laboratories (UL): a. Fire Protection Equipment Directory b. Electrical Construction Materials Directory c. UL 864 Control Units for Fire Protective Signaling Systems. d. UL 268 Smoke Detectors for Fire Protective Signaling Systems. e. UL 268A Smoke Detectors for Duct Applications. State of Maryland Fire Prevention Code. American Insurance Association Fire Protection Code (Article 14) International Building Code (IBC) Americans with Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines (ADAAG) Storage and Protection: 1. 1.9 NFPA 101 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. 1.8 Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 After acceptance of the new fire alarm system, remove existing disconnected fire alarm equipment, devices, controls and wiring and restore damaged surfaces. Remove from site and legally dispose of remainder of existing material. MAINTENANCE FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM 13850-11 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Construction Documents 01/16/2015 A. 1.11 Keys: Provide minimum of six (6) keys of each different type used on the project. Keys shall be identified by an appropriate number, stamped on the key or on a metal tag attached thereto. SYSTEM STARTUP A. System Programming: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. PART 2 2.1 MANUFACTURER Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide a system by the named “Basis of Design” manufacturer, or a comparable product of one of the other following named manufacturers: 1. 2. Fire Alarm Control Units and Accessories: a. Edwards Systems Technologies (Basis of Design) b. Simplex Time Recorder Co. c. Siemens (Cerberrus) d. Notifier Graphic Annunciator Panels: a. Quality Engraving & Design, Inc. b. Light Engineered Displays, Inc. c. WSA, FAA series MANUAL PULL STATIONS A. Addressable Manual Alarm (Pull) Station: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 2.3 Performed by a technician, trained and certified by manufacturer. All custom and standard functions. Addresses and modules as applicable. Control functions and monitoring. Message displays with signal type (i.e. smoke detector, sprinkler tamper, etc.) and a custom location message. Location messages shall be approved by Owner to determine exact wording of each location, room, floor or space. Provide additional reprogramming services as required for additional devices added during construction, changes due to Final Inspection comments, and Owner changes of display messages, etc. prior to Owner’s final acceptance of system. MATERIALS A. 2.2 Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 Listed under UL 38 Manual Signaling Boxes for Fire Alarm Systems. Addressable, double action, toggle switch type. Cover locks in down position after use. Lexan, red with raised white letters. Semi-flush in finished areas; surface in unfinished areas. Keyed or tool reset. Field set device "address" location. Screw terminal wiring connections. EST Model SIGA-278. CARBON MONOXIDE DETECTORS FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM 13850-12 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Construction Documents 01/16/2015 A. Carbon monoxide sensors shall be powered and monitored by the fire alarm system control panel. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 2.4 Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 UL Listed 2075 Gas and Vapor Detectors and Sensors. Electro-chemical CO sensing. Field-replaceable CO sensor/module. Non-volatile memory. Addressable, compatible with FACP. Green/Red status/alarm LED. With audible sounder mounting base. Stand-alone operation and simultaneous monitoring/alarming thru FACP. EST model SIGA2-COS, or equal. SMOKE DETECTORS A. All system smoke detectors: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. B. Photoelectric Smoke Detectors: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. C. Listed under UL 268 Smoke Detectors for Fire Protective Signaling Systems. Supervised for power failure. LED on detector to indicate: a. Pulsing - power available. b. Steady - alarm activation. Addressable base with twist lock mounting. #30 mesh insect screen. Closed back to prevent insect and dust entry. Corrosion and vibration resistant. Shielded against EMI and RFI. Interchangeable detector heads. Screw terminal wiring connections. Factory serial number to identify particular detector, its location, and sensitivity setting. Auxiliary N.O. alarm contacts in detectors used for: a. Door holder release. No required replacement or readjustment after alarm. Adjustable sensitivity within UL specifications to compensate for ambient conditions. Operable with 10-95% RH. 3.3 % nominal sensitivity, field adjustable. Easily disassembled for cleaning. Duct Smoke Detectors: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Listed under UL 268A Smoke Detectors for Duct Applications. Photoelectric type. 3.3 % nominal sensitivity, field adjustable. Easily disassembled for cleaning. Mounted on accessible side of ductwork. Sampling tubes matched to the size/shape of duct. Functional test circuit to simulating smoke for alarm. 6 levels of sensitivity adjustment. FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM 13850-13 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Construction Documents 01/16/2015 9. 10. 11. 12. D. Red Alarm, green Power and yellow Trouble LED's. Powered from Fire Alarm Control Panel. Remote Test & LED station. a. Key operated test switch. b. Red alarm LED. c. Green power-on LED. Duct detectors shall cause Supervisory Signal only. Exterior & Harsh Environment Duct Smoke Detectors: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 2.5 Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 Specifically designed for installation in dirty, wet and unconditioned areas, including exterior and rooftop applications where exposed to weather. o o Operating temperature range of -4 F to 158 F. Gasketed, waterproof housing and connections for wet locations. Listed under UL 268A Smoke Detectors for Duct Applications. Photoelectric type. 3.3 % nominal sensitivity, field adjustable. Easily disassembled for cleaning. Mounted on accessible side of ductwork. Sampling tubes matched to the size/shape of duct. Functional test circuit to simulating smoke for alarm. 6 levels of sensitivity adjustment. Red Alarm, green Power and yellow Trouble LED's. Powered from Fire Alarm Control Panel. Remote Test & LED station (Mounted inside building where accessible and visible). a. Key operated test switch. b. Red alarm LED. c. Green power-on LED. Duct detector/housing enclosure: a. UL Listed, NEMA 4, 16-gauge, corrosion resistant metal enclosure, to contain duct smoke detector and housing. b. Removable front cover. c. Drip-proof top. d. Gasketed holes in rear for sampling tubes. e. Air flow holes to provide air flow from duct through the outer housing containing the duct detector. Duct detectors shall cause Supervisory Signal only. Edwards Systems Technologies SIGA-SD, with required gasketing and outer enclosure, or equal. HEAT DETECTORS A. All system heat detectors: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Listed under UL 521 Heat Detectors for Fire Protective Signaling Systems. Supervised for power failure. Addressable base with twist lock mounting. Construction to prevent insect and dust entry. Corrosion and vibration resistant. Interchangeable detector heads. Screw terminal wiring connections. Rated for 30 foot spacing. FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM 13850-14 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Construction Documents 01/16/2015 B. Fixed Temperature Heat Detector: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. C. Provide connections, wiring, resistors, etc. for all contact closure devices listed and/or described herein. TROUBLE SIGNAL INITIATING DEVICES A. 2.8 Disconnecting any signal-initiating device shall cause a trouble signal at the Fire Alarm Control Panel. ADDRESSABLE MONITORING MODULES A. UL 864 listed for Control Units and Accessories for fire Alarm systems. B. Provide addressable monitoring modules for all contact closure devices listed and as required: 1. 2. C. 2.9 Self-restoring. o Rate-of-rise of 5 F/minute. o o Fixed temperature rating of 135 F or 195 F as indicated. Fixed temperature fusible alloy element. Replaceable fusible element without disassembly. EST Model SIGA-HRS MISCELLANEOUS INITIATING DEVICES A. 2.7 Fusible alloy thermal element. Low profile design. Element drops 1" to indicate detector operation. Replaceable elements without disassembling detector. o o Temperature rating 135 F or 195 F, as indicated. EST Model SIGA-HFS Combination Fixed & Rate Of Rise Heat Detectors: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 2.6 Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 For alarm initiation: a. Hardwired alarm devices monitored by system. b. For Supervisory signals: a. Generators - Trouble or Running conditions. Single device addressable monitoring module for connection to contact closure alarm, trouble or supervisory signal devices. Latching function for momentary contact devices. ADDRESSABLE CONTROL RELAYS A. UL 864 for Control Units and Accessories for fire Alarm systems. B. Addressable for control of elevator recall, AHU shutdown, etc.: 1. Provide interface between fire alarm control panel and all other systems and equipment controlled by the fire alarm system: a. AHU shutdown. FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM 13850-15 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Construction Documents 01/16/2015 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 2.10 Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 b. Damper closure. Single device addressable control module. Field selectable address through DIP or rotary switches. Form C contacts for misc. control functions. Locate relay within 36" of controlled equipment. Form C relay contacts, rated for voltage and amperage of controlled load. UL Listed for fire alarm use and application. Metal NEMA 1 enclosure with status LED. Provide for future connections for kitchen equipment shutdown, HVAC Manual Shutdown, etc. where indicated. NOTIFICATION APPLIANCES A. Alarm Horns: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. B. Alarm Speaker: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. C. Listed under UL 464 Audible Signal Appliances. Electro-mechanical optical diaphragm type. Mylar cone and 10 ounce magnet. Red thermoplastic grille. Semi-flush in finished areas. 3-3-3 temporal pattern. Minimum sound pressure level of at least 92 dBA average at 10'. Filed selectable high or low dB setting. All horns set to High dB output at installation. Single or double projection horns, as indicated. Water sealed, vermin proof, re-entrant type. Weatherproof mounting and gaskets in damp or wet areas. EST model G1R-HD Listed under UL 1480 Speakers for Fire Protective Signaling Systems. High efficiency, weather resistant transducers. Voice and/or tone signaling. Die cast aluminum housing and red grill. Semi-flush mounted in finished areas. Sound pressure level of 88 dBA at 10 feet. Weatherproof and gaskets where exposed to weather. All Ceiling and wall speakers shall be EST Genesis series. Alarm Lights: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Listed under UL 1971 Signaling Devices for the Hearing Impaired. Xenon strobe unit. Clear polycarbonate lens. "FIRE" marked in white letters on red housing. Flash rate of 1 Hz. Self synchronized flash of all strobes. Field-configurable ratings of 15, 30, 75 or 110 candela, set per drawings and to meet room application per NFPA. Candela rating setting visible on exterior of installed unit. ADA compliant - must meet 75 cd on-axis requirement. Semi-flush mounted. EST G1R-VM FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM 13850-16 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Construction Documents 01/16/2015 D. 2.11 Combination Horn & Light Unit: 1. Combination horn & strobe in single unit. 2. Semi-flush mounted. 3. Strobe as specified previously. 4. EST G1R-HDVM SURFACE MOUNTED FIRE ALARM DEVICE BACKBOXES A. Surface mounted metal boxes for mounting of fire alarm devices (where flush mounting is not possible): 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 2.12 NAC Power Extender Panel: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 2.14 NEMA 1 smooth steel construction. Red finish to match alarm devices. Concealed knockouts (scored on inside of box only) for entry of surface raceway. No visible or open unused knockouts. Minimum 1-3/4" deep. Single or double gang box as required for each device. Wiremold # R5700 Series, or equal. NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE POWER EXTENDER PANELS A. 2.13 Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 Listed under UL 864 Control Units for Fire Protective Signaling Systems. UL Listed for use with fire alarm system. Receives input from FACP through appliance circuit. Four general alarm circuits, Style Y or Z at 2 amps each. Flush mounted in finished areas. Individual circuit trouble LED’s. Internal 8 amp power supply, batteries and charger. 120 VAC input. Power ON and TROUBLE LED’s. EST BPS series. EXISTING FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL (FACP) A. Make all modifications to the existing FACP for operation of complete system as specified herein. B. General: Comply with UL 864 Control Units and Accessories for Fire Alarm Systems.. C. Device designations and quantities shall be as shown on drawings and provided additionally as required to connect all specified functions. NEW FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL (FACP) A. FACP for operation of complete 24 VDC, addressable system. B. General: Comply with UL 864 Control Units and Accessories for Fire Alarm Systems. C. Device designations and quantities shall be as shown on drawings and provided additionally as required to connect all specified functions. D. Multi-processor based FACP, custom field programmable through operator interface buttons on the control panel. Panel shall contain a minimum of: FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM 13850-17 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Construction Documents 01/16/2015 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 15. 16. The control panel shall include the following capacities: Support up to 2500 analog/addressable points. Support network connections up to 63 other control panels and annunciators. Support multiple digital dialers and modems Support multiple communication ports and protocols Support up to 1740 chronological events. The network of control panels shall include the following features: Ability to download all network applications and firmware from the configuration computer from the configuration computer from a single location on the system. Provide electronic addressing of analog/addressable devices. Provide an operator interface control/display that shall annunciate, command and control system functions. Provide an internal audible signal with different programmable patters to distinguish between alarm, supervisory, trouble and monitor conditions. Provide a discreet system control switch provided for reset, alarm silence, panel silence, drill switch, previous message switch, next message switch and details switch. Provide system reports that provide detailed description of the status of system parameters for corrective action or for preventative maintenance programs. Reports shall be displayed by the operator interface or capable of being printed on a printer. Address modules for multiple (99-127) addressable devices per module. Minimum of 25% capacity for additional devices without adding modules. 2 Alarm Notification Device circuits (Expandable to 6). 4 form C auxiliary "Alarm" contacts. 17. 18. 2 Audio output circuits for voice evacuation messages. Pre-recorded digital voice evacuation message. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. 31. 32. 33. 34. 35. 36. 37. 38. Alarm resound after initial alarm has been silenced. 2 form C auxiliary TROUBLE dry output contacts. Control relays for all functions specified. One person Walk Test function. Class A or B supervision of initiating circuits. Municipal (City) connection (reverse polarity). Transient voltage protection for connections to City and power supply. Supervised remote annunciator outputs if so equipped. Switch selectable programming of system functions. Ground and brownout protection. Supervised battery(ies) and charger circuit. Low and No voltage battery supervision. Field programmable and expandable. Secure access protection of programming. Individual circuit disconnect and disable switches. Supervised serial or hardwired remote annunciator outputs. Alarm resound feature. Trouble silenced reminder. Field programmable Trouble alarm status LED's. Drift compensation to extend detector accuracy over life. Drift compensation shall also include a smoothing feature, allowing transient noise signals to be filtered out. Detector sensitivity test, meeting requirements of NFPA 72, Chapter 7. Maintenance alert, with two levels (maintenance alert/maintenance urgent), to 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 39. 40. FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM 13850-18 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Construction Documents 01/16/2015 41. 42. 43. 44. E. 2. 3. 4. Common System LED Signal Lamps: a. Red ALARM. b. Yellow SUPERVISORY. c. Yellow TROUBLE. d. Green POWER ON. Lamp test switch. Audible alarm and trouble buzzer. Control Panel LCD Message Annunciator: a. 80 character backlit LCD message display. b. Alphanumeric English language display. c. Display/Action keypad for user interface. d. Custom programmable messages. e. Custom programmable function buttons. f. Identify the type of alarm, trouble, or supervisory signal, the device, and location. Each addressable device shall be identified by device address, device type, physical location, and other custom programmed information per Owner. Physical construction: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. G. warn of excessive smoke detector dirt or dust accumulation. Nine sensitivity levels for alarm, selected by detector. The alarm level range shall be .5 to 2.35 percent per foot for photoelectric detectors and 0.5 to 2.5 percent per foot for ionization detectors. The system shall also support sensitive advanced detection laser detectors with an alarm level range of .03 percent per foot to 1.0 percent per foot. The system shall also include up to nine levels of Pre-alarm, selected by detector, to indicate impending alarms to maintenance personnel. The ability to display or print system reports. Alarm verification, with counters and a trouble indication to alert maintenance personnel when a detector enters verification 20 times. PAS pre-signal, meeting NFPA 72 3-8.3 requirements. Control Panel Annunciation: 1. F. Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 16 gauge cold rolled steel. Rust inhibiting finishes. Red outer finish. Semi-flush in finished areas; surface mounted in unfinished spaces. Key lockable door with lexan cover over visible displays. UL Listed and shall bear the UL Label. Arrange panel so all operations required for testing or for normal care and maintenance of the system are performed from the front of the enclosure. If more than a single unit is required to form a complete control panel, provide exactly matching modular unit enclosures. Accommodate all components and allow ample gutter space for interconnection of panels and field wiring. Identify each enclosure by an engraved, red, laminated, phenolic-resin nameplate. Lettering on the enclosure's nameplate shall not be less than 1 inch high. Identify individual components and modules within the cabinets with permanent labels. Control Modules: Types and capacities required to perform all functions of the fire alarm systems. Local, visible, and audible signals announce alarm, supervisory, and trouble conditions. Each type of audible alarm has a different sound. FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM 13850-19 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Construction Documents 01/16/2015 H. Address Modules: Provide in sufficient quantity to connect all required addressable devices plus the required spare addresses, as specified previously. I. Control Switches: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. J. 3. K. Alarm Silence. Trouble Silence. System Reset. Battery Test. All switches clearly, permanently labeled. Custom programmable switches. Key enable function programmable for all buttons. Voice Alarm: An emergency communication system, integral with the FACP, includes central voice alarm system components complete with microphones, preamplifiers, amplifiers, tone generators and battery backup. Features include the following: 1. 2. Amplifiers comply with UL 1711 Amplifiers for Fire Alarm Systems. Two alarm channels permit simultaneous transmission of different announcements to different building zones or floors automatically or by using the central control microphone. All announcements are made over dedicated, supervised communication lines. Status annunciator indicates the status of the various voice alarm speaker zones Manufacturer and Model Number: 1. 2. 3. 4. 2.15 Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 Edwards iO500 (Basis of Design) Simplex Series 4010. Siemens (Cerberrus) MXL-IQ. Notifier NFS-320. BATTERIES A. Self contained batteries mounted within main control panel. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. B. Accessories: 1. C. Rated for (24) hours of non-alarm monitoring plus (5) minutes of alarm conditions. Sized for 120% of Amp-Hour requirement per calculations Sealed lead acid type, maintenance free. Minimum projected life of 5 years. Automatic operation upon loss of primary power. Solid state automatic transfer switch to switch to battery power if the normal AC input voltage falls below 15% of nominal. The audible system trouble tone shall sound upon loss of AC input, and "LOSS OF AC POWER" message shall be displayed. Automatic, variable rate battery charger: FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM 13850-20 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Construction Documents 01/16/2015 1. 2. 3. D. 2.16 Capacity for 150% of the connected system load while maintaining batteries fully charged. Capable of recharging batteries from fully discharged to fully charged in 4 hours. Fully supervised charger output. Battery Test switch to disconnect power supply and operate all notification appliances from the standby batteries, without sending central station alarm or initiating other auxiliary functions (i.e. elevator capture, HVAC shut down, etc.). REMOTE LCD ANNUNCIATOR A. UL 864 Control Units and Accessories for Fire Alarm Systems. B. Provide remote annunciator panel(s) where indicated: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 2.17 Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 Flush mounted in wall. Serial communications with control panel. Hinged lexan cover with lock keyed same as control panel. All LED's mounted behind lexan cover. Vandal resistant construction. Integral piezo-electric alarm sounder. LED Signal Lamps: a. Red ALARM. b. Yellow SUPERVISORY. c. Yellow TROUBLE. d. Green POWER ON. Audible alarm and trouble buzzer. Lamp test pushbutton (accessible without opening cover). Keyed control switches (Clearly labeled): a. Alarm Silence. b. Trouble Silence. c. System Reset. 80 character backlit LCD English language display. a. User interface buttons. b. Custom programmable function buttons. REMOTE GRAPHIC ANNUNCIATOR A. UL 864 Control Units and Accessories for Fire Alarm Systems. B. Provide remote graphic display annunciator panel(s), where indicated: C. Remote annunciator shall include. 1. 2. 3. 4. Graphic shall be a scaled drawing of building. Each geographic zone and floor shall contain: a. Designation Label (i.e. 2nd Floor, Labs, etc.). b. Red ALARM LED to indicate any alarms in area. c. Yellow TROUBLE LED to indicate trouble signals. North arrow. Label all: a. Entry points. b. Stair towers. c. Fire Dept. Siamese connections. FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM 13850-21 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Construction Documents 01/16/2015 d. e. f. g. h. i. Fire and smoke barrier walls. Standpipes. Elevators. Valve vaults, post indicator valves, etc. "You Are Here" designation. Location of main fire alarm control panel. D. Orient the panel for specific mounting location. E. Integral LED annunciation, as specified. F. Frame: Satin-finished anodized aluminum. G. Cover: Vandal resistant, 1/8" clear lexan panel to cover entire graphic, LED’s, labels, etc. Only switches and test buttons shall protrude through the front lexan panel. H. Backing Panel: White PVC or similar material. I. Graphic Work: Silk-screened on mylar media behind lexan. Graphic shall be easily replaced in the field without removal or replacement of electronics, lexan panel, etc. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. J. 2.18 Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 Building plan exterior outline: 1/8" wide black. Interior building graphics, lines: 1/32" wide black. Zone boundaries: 1/16" wide red. Lettering: 1/4" high minimum, black letters. YOU ARE HERE label: 1/4" high, red letters. Graphic annunciator as manufactured by, QED, LED or approved equal. DIGITAL COMMUNICATOR A. Automatic digital telephone communicator for transmission of alarm, supervisory, and trouble signals to a UL Listed Central Station. Signals required shall be as per Authority having jurisdiction, and as specified herein. B. Construction: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. C. Related work and connections: 1. 2. 3. D. Digital communicator. Phone line monitor (loop or ground start). Multiple telephone numbers, primary and duplicate paths with main and alternate destinations. Automatic test and status reports. 2 modular jacks for connections to 2 phone lines via RJ31X jacks. Supervision of two phone lines, with status LED’s, and audible buzzer. Listed under UL 1635 Digital Alarm System Communicator Units. Power connections. Telephone jacks (RJ31X), wiring and connections to phone system and FACP. 1" EMT conduit for phone wiring to point of connection with telephone system. Manufacturer/Model: FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM 13850-22 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Construction Documents 01/16/2015 1. 2.19 Description: HVAC Manual Shutdown Switch for Fire Dept. shut down of all HVAC equipment per requirements of NFPA 90A. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Gymnasiums: Wire guards for physical protection of fire alarm devices, where installed in gymnasiums and other locations subject to impact damage. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 9-gauge steel wire web. Corrosion-resistant, white polyester coating. Size to match profile and size of protected equipment. Designed for severe abuse environments. Safety Technology International, Inc. #9600 series. or equal. MAGNETIC DOOR HOLDERS A. Description: Units are equipped for wall or floor mounting as indicated and are complete with matching door plate. Electromagnet operates from a dedicated power source and requires no more than 3 W to develop 25-lb holding force. 1. 2.22 Location as approved by local Authority. With all required relays, wiring, contacts, switches, and interfaces for interrupting HVAC equipment run circuits or power wiring. Blue lexan housing, semi-flush mounting. Maintained position pushbutton (Turn to reset). PUSH label on center of button. Label as HVAC SHUTDOWN. Top-hinged, clear lexan cover to discourage tampering. Safety Technology International, Inc. #SS2-4-3-1, or equal. WIRE DEVICE GUARDS A. 2.21 Communicator to transmit in Contact ID format. EST Model 2-DACT. HVAC MANUAL SHUTDOWN SWITCH A. 2.20 Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 Listed under UL 228 Door Closers-Holders With or Without Integral Smoke Detectors. B. Material and Finish: Match door hardware. C. Powered from 24VDC power supplied from the FACP. Released by removal of the 24VDC power. SYSTEM FIELD WIRING A. All cables: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. B. Solid copper conductors, #16 AWG minimum unless otherwise required by the system manufacturer. Twisted pair or cabled construction, as required for specified system. UL 1424 Listed, Cables for Power Limited Fire Alarm Circuits. Compliant with NEC Art. 760. Plenum rated, unless installed in metallic conduit or raceway. Addressable Data Cables: FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM 13850-23 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Construction Documents 01/16/2015 1. 2. 3. C. 2. 3. Keys and locks to be identical for all equipment: 1. 2. PART 3 EXAMINATION Site Verification of Conditions: Examine the conditions under which the equipment shall be delivered, installed, and operated. Make all allowances required for installation and maintenance of the equipment, per Codes and manufacturer. PREPARATION A. 3.3 Control panel. Duct detector test stations. INSTALLATION A. 3.2 Minimum gauges unless otherwise required by the system manufacturer or circuit loading. a. Notification circuits #14 AWG minimum b. Control circuits #16 AWG minimum Multiple conductor cable assembly. UL Listed, NEC type FPLR. KEYS A. 3.1 #18 AWG minimum unless otherwise required by the system manufacturer. UL Listed, NEC type FPLP. Aluminum polyester foil shield with 20AWG stranded drain wire. Notification Appliance and Control Circuit Cables: 1. 2.23 Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 Protection: Protect all existing systems and components, which will be affected by the work. Protect against contamination from dust, dirt and moisture. Take precautions to protect against electrical surges, shorts, etc. which may damage existing equipment. INSTALLATION A. Rough-in: Mounting height for individual devices shall be as follows (all dimensions above finished floor): 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Manual stations Alarm Horns, Lights Fire Alarm Control Panel LCD Annunciator Panels HVAC Shutdown Switch Graphic Annunciator Panels Duct detector remote station 48" to top of device 80" to bottom (and >>6" below ceiling) 72 inches to top 60 inches to center, unless noted. 60 inches to center, unless noted 72 inches to top 60 inches to center B. Manual Pull Stations: Mount semi-flush in recessed back boxes with operating handles 48 inches above the finished floor or lower as indicated. C. Water-Flow Detectors and Valve Supervisory Switches: Connect for each sprinkler valve station required to be supervised. D. Ceiling Smoke Detectors: FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM 13850-24 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Construction Documents 01/16/2015 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. E. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 5. 6. Comply with NFPA 72 National Fire Alarm Code. Comply with ADA Americans with Disabilities Act. Install at height to match visual alarm indicating devices. Install on flush-mounted back boxes with the device-operating mechanism concealed behind a grille or as indicated. Combine audible and visual alarms at the same location into a single unit. Exterior devices shall be installed at 10 feet above the finished grade. Visual Alarm-Indicating Devices: 1. 2. 3. 4. H. Comply with NFPA 72 National Fire Alarm Code. Comply with NFPA 90A Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilation Systems. Mount where accessible after all equipment is installed. Mount only in conditioned spaces, unless a wet/harsh-location detector is used. Where mounted in ducts on roofs or outside buildings, detector housing shall be mounted on the vertical sides of ducts. Do not mount on top of ducts. Install detector and housing within outer metal enclosure. Test stations installed where readily accessible and visible inside building. Remote test stations mounted on nearest wall or flush in ceiling tile directly below device. Label each remote test station as to supply or exhaust and unit/equipment: a. AHU-10 b. SUPPLY DUCT Provide wiring connections to equipment and systems controlled by the fire alarm system, including: a. Air handling equipment. b. Smoke dampers. Audible Alarm-Indicating Devices: 1. 2. 3. 4. G. Comply with NFPA 72 National Fire Alarm Code. Maintain proper clearances from air registers, grills. Coordinate with other ceiling devices such as lights, speakers, etc. Install ceiling-mounted detectors not less than 4 inches from a side wall to the near edge. Install detectors located on the wall at least 4 inches, but not more than 12 inches, below the ceiling. For exposed solid-joist construction, mount detectors on the bottom of the joists. On smooth ceilings, install detectors not over 30 feet apart in any direction. Install detectors no closer than 60 inches from air registers. Duct Smoke Detectors: 1. 2. F. Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 Comply with NFPA 72 National Fire Alarm Code. Comply with ADA Americans with Disabilities Act. Install at 80" AFF to device bottom, and at least 6" below the ceiling. In corridors, install not more than 15 feet from ends of corridor. Addressable Monitoring Modules and Relays: 1. 2. Comply with NFPA 72 National Fire Alarm Code. Mount addressable fire alarm system device (monitor module or relay) within 36 FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM 13850-25 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Construction Documents 01/16/2015 3. I. Surface mount in unfinished areas, as indicated. Install semi-flush in finished areas. Install and orient graphic panels to match building orientation as installed. Wiring Within Enclosures & Cabinets: All wiring shall be installed in a workmanlike manner: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. M. Comply with NFPA 72 National Fire Alarm Code. Surface mount in unfinished areas, or as indicated. Install semi-flush in finished areas. Provide ceiling smoke detector in room with each panel, per NFPA 72. Remote and Graphic Annunciators: Arrange as indicated, with mounting height of cabinets as indicated. 1. 2. 3. L. Comply with NFPA 72 National Fire Alarm Code. Surface mount in unfinished areas, or as indicated. Install semi-flush in finished areas. Provide ceiling smoke detector in room with FACP, per NFPA 72. Notification Appliance Circuit Power Supply Panel(s): 1. 2. 3. 4. K. inches of the controlled or monitored device or equipment. Install module or relay in metal junction/device box, with rigid or flexible conduit and wiring to respective monitored or controlled equipment. Fire Alarm Control Panel (s): 1. 2. 3. 4. J. Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 Comply with NFPA 72 National Fire Alarm Code. Train parallel, or perpendicular, to surfaces. All connections made to terminal blocks. Label each terminal in accordance with the wiring diagram for identification. Crimp-on terminal spade lugs or approved pressure type terminal block connections. Terminal cabinet to be installed where circuit risers originate or where any circuit tap is made. All wiring within panels shall be readily accessible without removing any component parts. Mark each terminal according to the system's wiring diagrams. Field Wiring: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Comply with NFPA 72 National Fire Alarm Code. Install all wiring in conduit or metal raceway according to Section 16130 "Raceways & Boxes for Electrical Systems." Conceal raceway except in unfinished spaces and as indicated. Identify conduit and boxes with red paint at regular intervals. (all boxes and every 8-10 LF). UL Listed Fire Alarm MC Cable may be used in lieu of EMT. Do not mix fire alarm wiring with wiring of any other system. Use distinctive color coding for insulation. a. Distinct from all power wiring colors. b. Different colors for IDC, NAC and SLC wiring. FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM 13850-26 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Construction Documents 01/16/2015 N. 3.4 Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 Cable Taps: Use numbered terminal strips in junction, pull or outlet boxes, cabinets, or equipment enclosures where circuit connections are made. CONSTRUCTION A. Connections to Existing Fire Alarm System(s): 1. 2. B. Interface with Other Work: Coordinate fire alarm system connections and equipment locations with other contractors and/or equipment prior to ordering or installing any wiring, materials, etc. 1. 2. C. Provide all temporary connections, wiring, relocations, etc. of existing fire alarm system to insure that no area is left without proper protection during construction. Provide for existing system, as required: a. Modifications to wiring and connections. b. Reprogramming of control panel. c. Addition parts, modules, relays, etc. d. Connections for auxiliary functions, as required. e. Extensions of signal, control and power wiring, as required. f. Connections to new and existing components. g. Battery calculations and larger batteries, if required. Duct Detector Installation: a. Duct detectors furnished under this section. b. Detectors installation in ducts shall be by mechanical Division. c. Furnish all wiring, relays, contacts, etc. to break HVAC unit control circuits. d. Connections to fire alarm under this section. e. Final connections from control relay wiring at HVAC equipment shall be provided under mechanical Division of work. HVAC Manual Shutdown: a. Provide manual shutdown controls to shut off all air handling equipment in the contract area(s). b. For buildings with DDC system(s), provide control relay with N.C. contacts and wiring to the individual DDC system control panel(s) to signal shutdown for all AHU’s. Locate relay within 36” of DDC panel connection. c. Activating the HVAC shutdown switch shall, through fire alarm system programming, cause each relay to open its associated contacts, shutting down all air handling units in the building. d. Coordinate point of interface with ATC contractor and for exact location of all relays. e. Final connections to AHU control circuits or to DDC system and associated DDC system programming shall be by mechanical Division. Grounding: 1. 2. 3. Refer to Section 16060 “Grounding & Bonding for Electrical Systems” for general requirements, in addition to those specified herein. Ground cable shields and equipment according to system manufacturer's instructions to eliminate shock hazard and to minimize, to the greatest extent possible, ground loops, common mode returns, noise pickup, cross talk, and other impairments. Signal Ground Terminal: Locate at main equipment rack or cabinet. Isolate from FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM 13850-27 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Construction Documents 01/16/2015 4. D. 5. 3.5 3.6 Provide lightning protection for all underground or exterior circuits, as per NEC. Electrical Power: 1. 2. 3. 4. F. power system and equipment grounding. Ground equipment and conductor and cable shields. Underground Circuit Protection: 1. E. Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 Connect control panel primary power to 120 VAC power system, as indicated. Provide dedicated circuit. Clearly label "FIRE ALARM" on panelboard directory. Locking clip for breaker handle to lock in "ON" position, but not prevent tripping of breaker. Fire Alarm Power Supply Disconnect: Where system is served from an enclosed breaker or fusible switch, paint red and label "FIRE ALARM". Identification: Identify system components, wiring, cabling, and terminals according to Section 16050 “Common Work Results for Electrical”. REPAIR/RESTORATION A. Restore all finishes, equipment and surfaces to original condition, where affected by the work of this section. B. Comply with all requirements as specified in Section 16050 “Common Work Results for Electrical”. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Manufacturer's Field Services: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. B. Provide services of a factory-authorized service representative to supervise the final connection of all system cabling at the control panels, and associated components and accessories. Be present and supervise all pretesting of cabling system prior to connections to control equipment. Be present and supervise the adjustment of all settings, components and accessories. Provide all system programming, based on project conditions, room names (per Owner direction), etc. Assist in the troubleshooting, as necessary to provide a system free from all faults, trouble conditions, etc. prior to required testing by AHJ. Pretesting: 1. 2. 3. 4. After installation, align, adjust, and balance the system and perform complete pretesting. Determine, through pretesting, the conformance of the system to the requirements of the Drawings and Specifications. Correct deficiencies observed in pretesting. Replace malfunctioning or damaged items with new ones and retest until satisfactory performance and conditions are achieved. Prepare forms for systematic recording of acceptance test results. FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM 13850-28 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Construction Documents 01/16/2015 Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 C. Report of Pretesting: After pretesting is complete, provide a letter certifying the installation is complete and fully operable, including the names and titles of the witnesses to the preliminary tests. D. Final Test Notice: Provide a 10-day minimum notice in writing when the system is ready for final acceptance testing. E. Provide all testing to certify the system is complete and fully operable. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. F. Minimum System Tests: Test the system according to the procedures outlined in NFPA 72 National Fire Alarm Code. Minimum required tests are as follows: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. G. All tests required by Authority Having Jurisdiction. Provide written statement of successful test results. Submit letter to Owner and Architect. Perform tests in presence of Owner or Authorized Representative. Manufacturer's technician shall be present to make adjustments related to the testing. Absences of grounded, shorted or open circuits. Each initiating device functions as specified. Abnormal conditions on any supervised circuit or device provided specified trouble signals. The system shall be operable under the specified trouble conditions. Automatic battery operation upon loss of AC power. All auxiliary functions are executed correctly, completely and as required. Communicator successfully transmits to UL Central Station. Verify the absence of unwanted voltages between circuit conductors and ground. Test all conductors for short circuits using an insulation-testing device. With each circuit pair, short circuit at the far end of the circuit and measure the circuit resistance with an ohmmeter. Record the circuit resistance of each circuit on the record drawings. Verify that the control unit is in the normal condition as detailed in the manufacturer's operation and maintenance manual. Test signal line, initiating and indicating circuits for proper signal transmission under open circuit conditions. Observe proper signal transmission according to class of wiring used. Test each initiating and indicating device for alarm operation and proper response at the control unit. Test smoke detectors with actual products of combustion. Test the system for all specified functions according to the approved operation and maintenance manual. Systematically initiate specified functional performance items at each station, including making all possible alarm and monitoring initiations and using all communications options. For each item, observe related performance at all devices affected by the item under all system sequences. Observe indicating lights, displays, signal tones, and annunciator indications. Motor operated smoke dampers operate and reset properly in response to duct smoke detector activation. HVAC manual shutdown switch(es) function properly on appropriate units. Submit a completed “Record of Completion” as included in NFPA 72 FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM 13850-29 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Construction Documents 01/16/2015 H. Retesting: Correct deficiencies indicated by tests and completely retest work affected by such deficiencies. Verify by the system test that the total system meets the Specifications and complies with applicable standards. I. Report of Tests and Inspections: Provide a written record of inspections, tests, and detailed test results in the form of a test log. Submit log upon the satisfactory completion of tests. J. Tag all equipment, stations, and other components at which tests have been satisfactorily completed. K. Inspections by AHJ: 1. 2. 3. 4. 3.7 Arrange all required inspections by the local Fire Department, Fire Marshal, or Authority Having Jurisdiction. Notify all parties of Inspection and results. Perform all adjustments, changes, etc. required. Provide for re-inspections, if required. ADJUSTING A. Sensitivity Adjustments: 1. 2. 3.8 Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 Initial Settings: Provide initial setting of detector sensitivity prior to final testing, based on assumed room use. Final adjustments: Provide adjustments to detector sensitivity after Owner occupancy, where required, due to actual room use, environmental conditions, false alarms, etc. CLEANING A. General: 1. 2. 3. 4. Remove paint splatters and other spots, dirt, and debris. Touch up scratches and marred finishes to match original finish. Clean front panels of all control panels, annunciators, graphic panels, etc. using methods and materials recommended by manufacturer. Remove dust covers from all smoke detectors. END OF SECTION FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM 13850-30 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Addendum #1 01/28/2015 Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034   SECTION 15701 VARIABLE REFRIGERANT FLOW SPLIT SYSTEM AIR-CONDITIONERS PART 1 GENERAL   1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS   A. 1.2 1.3 Drawing and general provisions of the Contract, including the General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section, and all Sections of Division 15. SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Air cooled, variable refrigerant Flow Split System Heat Pump Units. B. Related Sections: The following sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Section 15072 - “Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC Piping and Equipment”: Vibration isolators. 2. Section 15080 – “Mechanical Insulation” – Insulation materials, thickness, jacketing, etc… 3. Section 15184 - “Refrigerant Piping”: Piping and appurtenances related to system. 4. Section 15800 - “Air Distribution Systems”: Flexible connections. 5. Section 15900 - “Instrumentation and Control for HVAC”: Sequences of operation applying to units in this section. 6. Section 15900 - “Instrumentation and Control for HVAC” for control system remote from unit. 7. Section 16120 “Low voltage Electrical Power Conductors & Cables”: Requirements for electrical wiring and cable connections for units specified in this section. 8. Section 16130 - ““Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems”: requirements for conduits and boxes housing electrical wiring and electrical connections specified in this section. REFERENCES (Unless otherwise noted, references apply to “latest edition”) A. Air-Conditioning Heating, and Refrigeration Institute: 1. B. AHRI 1230 American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers: 1. 2. ASHRAE 62.1 – “Ventilation For Acceptable Indoor Quality”. ASHRAE 15 – “Safety Standard for Refrigeration Systems”.   VARIABLE REFRIGERANT FLOW SPLIT SYSTEM AIR-CONDITIONERS 15701-1 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Addendum #1 01/28/2015 Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034   C. ASTM International: 1. D. American National Standards Institute/Underwriting Laboratories: 1. ANSI/UL 1995 - Heating and Cooling Equipments and bear the Listed Mark. E. ASCE – 7 – 2010 – Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and other structures. F. National Fire Protection Association: 1. 2. G. 1.4 ASTM B117 – Standard Practice for Operating Salt Spray (Fog) Apparatus. NFPA 70 – National Electric Code NFPA 90A – Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems. Nationally Recognized Testing laboratory NRTL: SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, and furnished specialties and accessories. Include performance data in terms of capacities, outlet velocities, static pressures, sound power characteristics, motor requirements, and electrical characteristics. B. If basis of design is not submitted or comparable acceptable product is not submitted, the substituted manufacturer shall provide all required design and equipment modifications for a complete and operable system that meets the performance requirements indicated in the contract documents. C. 1. If a substituted manufacturer’s system is provided, the contractor shall be responsible for all revisions to design and construction scope required by all trades including but not limited to piping, ductwork, equipment, controls, electrical power, architectural, and structural support at no additional cost to the owner for the use of alternate manufacturer’s system. 2. Contractor shall submit all required revisions caused by the use alternate manufacturer’s system for review per Division 1 – section “Submittal Procedures”. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. 1. 2. Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection. Wiring Diagrams: For power, signal, and control wiring. D. Samples for Initial selection: For units with factory-applied color finishes. E. Field quality-control reports.   VARIABLE REFRIGERANT FLOW SPLIT SYSTEM AIR-CONDITIONERS 15701-2 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Addendum #1 01/28/2015 Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034   1.5 F. Operation and Maintenance Data: For split-system air conditioning units to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. G. Warranty: Sample of special warranty. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The units shall be tested by a Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL), in accordance with ANSI/UL 1995 – Heating and Cooling Equipment and bear the Listed Mark. B. All wiring shall be in accordance with the National Electric Code (NEC). C. The system shall be produced in an ISO 14001 facility, which are standards set by the International Standard Organization (ISO). The system shall be factory tested for safety and function. D. Any approved manufacturer shall be rated and certified in accordance with AHRI standard 1230 and meet minimum efficiencies as scheduled. E. The approved manufacturer shall have parts, equipment and materials stocked within 50 miles of installed location. F. The approved manufacturer shall have factory trained service technicians available and within 50 miles of installed location. G. Mechanical equipment for wind-born debris regions shall be designed in accordance with ASCE 7-2010 and installed to resist the wind pressures on the equipment and the supports. H. The condensing unit will be factory charged with R410A. I. Electrical components Devices and Accessories: listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. J. ASHRAE Compliance: 1. 2. K. 1.6 Fabricate and label refrigeration system to comply with ASHRAE 15, “Safety Standards for Refrigeration Systems”. ASHRAE Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE 62.1 Section 4 – “Outdoor Air Quality”, Section 5 – “Systems and Equipment”, Section 6 – “Procedures” and Section 7 – “Construction and Startup”. ASHRAE /IESNA Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1 – 2010. COORDINATION A. Coordinate sizes and locations of equipment supports, and roof penetrations with actual equipment provided. B. Coordinate equipment delivery dates with Owner.   VARIABLE REFRIGERANT FLOW SPLIT SYSTEM AIR-CONDITIONERS 15701-3 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Addendum #1 01/28/2015 Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034   1.7 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer’s standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of spilt-system air-conditioning units that fall in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: a. b. c. 1.8 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. 2. 3. 1.9 The system shall be capable of refrigerant piping up to 540 actual feet or 620 equivalent feet from the condensing unit to the furthest indoor unit, a total combined liquid line length of 3,280 feet of piping between the condensing and indoor units with 295 feet maximum vertical difference, without any oil traps. INSTALLATION QUALIFICATIONS A. 1.12 The units shall be stored and handled according to the manufacturer’s recommendations. Inspect units for damage. REFRIGERANT PIPING A. 1.11 Filters: One set of each air-handling unit. Gaskets: Sets for each access door. Fan Belts: One sets for each air-handling unit fan. DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. B. 1.10 For Compressor: Five years from date of Substantial Completion. For Parts: Five years from date of Substantial Completion. For Labor: Two years from date of Substantial Completion. The system shall be installed by a factory trained contractor/dealer. The bidders shall be required to submit training certification proof with the Bid Documents Contractor Qualification Statement A305. The mechanical contractor’s installation price shall be based on the systems installation requirements. The mechanical contractor bids with complete knowledge of the HVAC system requirements. Installation Contractor must have proof of installation on 3 similar sized VRF projects. OPERATING RANGE A. B. C. D. Cooling: 14°F DB ~ 122°F DB. Heating: -13°F WB- 61°F WB. Cooling based synchronous: 14°F DB to 81°F DB Heating-based synchronous: 14°F WB to 61°F WB   VARIABLE REFRIGERANT FLOW SPLIT SYSTEM AIR-CONDITIONERS 15701-4 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Addendum #1 01/28/2015 Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034   PART 2 2.1 PRODUCTS VARIABLE REFRIGERANT FLOW EQUIPMENT: A. B. General 1. Basis of Design shall be LG 2. Approved Equals shall include: a. Daiken b. Mitsubishi c. Panasonic d. Samsung e. Contractor shall assume any and all additional design and installation costs due to selection of approved equal. f. Contractor shall submit revised drawings showing any and all changes due to selection of approved equal. This includes but is not limited to: 1) Electrical Connections 2) Piping Schematic General Outdoor unit. 1. The air-conditioning system shall use R410A refrigerant. 2. Each system shall have one air source outdoor units. 3. Refrigerant circuit configuration for Heat Recovery System a. The refrigerant circuit shall be constructed using field provided copper piped together with manufacturer supplied Heat Recovery unit(s) and Ybranches or Header fittings connected to multiple (ducted, non-ducted or combination thereof) indoor units to effectively and efficiently control the simultaneous heating and cooling operation of the VRF system. b. Each refrigerant pipe, y-branch, header kit, elbows and valves shall be individually insulated with no air gaps. All joints shall be glued and sealed. 4. Factory installed microprocessor controls in the outdoor unit(s), HR unit(s), and indoor unit(s) shall perform functions to efficiently operate the VRF system and communicate in a daisy chain configuration between outdoor unit and HR unit(s) and indoor unit(s) via RS485. 5. The system shall be designed to accept connection up to 58 indoor units. 6. The system shall be capable of performing continuous operation when an individual indoor unit is being serviced or power to indoor unit is disconnected. 7. The maximum allowable system combination ratio shall be 130%. Systems designed with combination ratio above 130% are not acceptable. 8. The total nominal capacity of all indoor units shall be no less than 50% and no more than 130% of outdoor unit’s nominal capacity to ensure the VRF system will have sufficient capacity to meet the building’s cooling and heating load at design day weather conditions. 9. The outdoor unit shall have a fusible plug. 10. The fusible plug shall have a threaded connector. 11. The unit shall be shipped from the factory fully assembled including internal refrigerant piping, compressor, contacts, relay(s), power and communications wiring necessary. 12. Each outdoor unit refrigeration circuit shall have the following components: a. Refrigerant strainer(s) b. Check valve(s) c. Oil separator d. Accumulator e. 4-way reversing valve   VARIABLE REFRIGERANT FLOW SPLIT SYSTEM AIR-CONDITIONERS 15701-5 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Addendum #1 01/28/2015 Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034   C. D. E. F. f. Vapor injection valve g. Variable path valve h. Oil balancing valve for Hi-POR (Available for 12 & 14 ton only) i. Oil Level sensor j. Electronic expansion valve(s) k. Sub-cooler l. High and low side Schrader valve service ports with caps. m. Service valves Refrigerant Pipe System Design Parameters 1. The outdoor unit shall be capable of operating at an elevation difference of up to 360 feet above or below the lowest or highest indoor unit respectively. 2. The outdoor unit shall be capable of operating with up to 3280 equivalent length feet of interconnecting liquid line refrigerant pipe in the network. 3. The outdoor unit shall be capable of operating with up to 656 actual feet or 738 equivalent length feet of liquid line refrigerant pipe spanning between outdoor unit and farthest indoor unit. Defrost Operations 1. The outdoor unit(s) shall be capable of auto defrost operation to melt accumulated frost off the outdoor unit heat exchanger. The defrost cycle control shall be based on outdoor ambient temperatures and outdoor unit heat exchanger temperatures. a. Continuous heating defrost 1) During first two defrost cycles the unit shall allow heating mode indoor unit fans to stay “on” in low speed continuing to heat. b. Complete defrost 1) The third defrost cycle shall switch all outdoor units to defrost mode to fully melt and clear frost, snow or ice accumulations off the outdoor coil while turning “off” heating mode indoor unit fans to maintain efficient performance. c. Defrost mode shall be limited to 5 minutes for complete defrost. Oil Management 1. The system shall have Hi-POR (High Pressure Oil Return) to ensure a consistent film of oil on all moving compressor parts at low speed. Oil is returned to compressor through a separate oil injection pipe. 2. The system shall be provided with a centrifugal oil separator designed to extract oil from the oil/refrigerant gas stream leaving the compressor and return the extracted oil to the compressor oil sump. 3. The system shall have an oil level sensor in the compressor to provide direct oil level sensing. 4. The system shall only initiate an oil return cycle if the oil level is too low. Scheduled oil return cycles are not acceptable. 5. Systems with timed oil recovery are not acceptable. Should a system with timed oil recovery be proposed, it shall be 10% more efficient than the basis of design to compensate for inefficiency of the unnecessary timed oil recovery cycles. Cabinet 1. Outdoor unit cabinet shall be made of 20 gauge galvanized steel with an enamel finish. 2. Outdoor unit cabinet finish shall be tested in accordance with ASTM B-117 salt spray test procedure for a minimum of 1000 hours. 3. The front panels of the outdoor units shall be removable type for access to internal components. 4. A smaller service access panel, not larger than 6.25”x 6.67” and secured by a maximum of (2) screws shall be provided to access the following:   VARIABLE REFRIGERANT FLOW SPLIT SYSTEM AIR-CONDITIONERS 15701-6 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Addendum #1 01/28/2015 Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034   G. H. I. J. K. a. Service tool connection b. DIP switches c. Auto addressing d. Error codes 5. The cabinet shall have piping knockouts to allow refrigerant piping to be connected at the front or through the bottom of the unit. Fan Assembly 1. Each 6 ton cabinet shall be equipped with one direct drive variable speed propeller fan with Brushless Digitally Controlled (BLDC) motor with a vertical air discharge. 2. Each 8 to 14 ton cabinet shall be equipped with two direct drive variable speed propeller fan(s) with BLDC motor(s) with a vertical air discharge. 3. The fan(s) blades shall be made of Acrylonitrile Butadiene Styrene (ABS) material. 4. The fan(s) motor shall be equipped with permanently lubricated bearings. 5. The fan motor shall be variable speed with a maximum operating speed of 1050 RPM. 6. The fan shall have a raised guard to help prevent contact with moving parts. 7. The cabinet shall have option to change the discharge air direction from vertical to horizontal using optional factory provided air guides. 8. The cabinet shall have DIP switch setting to raise external static pressure up to 0.32 in-wg. Outdoor Unit Coil 1. The outdoor unit shall have a factory built coil comprised of aluminum fins mechanically bonded on copper tubing. 2. The copper tubes shall have inner groves. 3. The aluminum fins shall have factory applied corrosion resistant GoldFin™ material. 4. Coil coating shall be tested in accordance with ASTM B-117 salt spray test procedure for a minimum of 1000 hours 5. The outdoor unit coil shall be tested to a pressure of 551 psig. 6. The coil for each cabinet shall have 14 Fins per Inch (FPI). 7. All the outdoor units shall have a 3 rows heat exchanger. 8. The cabinet shall have a coil guard. Compressor(s) 1. Each 6, 8, 10 ton cabinet shall be equipped with one hermetically sealed, inverter driven, High Side Shell (HSS) scroll compressor. 2. Each inverter driven, HSS scroll compressor shall be capable of operating in a frequency range from 15 Hz to 150 Hz with control in 0.5 Hz increments. 3. The compressor(s) shall be equipped with a 60 Watt crankcase heater. 4. The compressor shall use a factory charge of Polyvinyl Ether (PVE) oil. 5. The compressor bearing(s) shall have Teflon™ coating. 6. The compressor(s) shall be protected with: a. High Pressure switch b. Over-current /under current protection c. Phase failure d. Phase reversal Sound Levels 1. Each cabinet shall be rated with a sound level not to exceed 59.5 dB(A) when tested in an anechoic chamber under ISO3745 standard. Sensors 1. Each single cabinet shall have a. Suction temperature sensor   VARIABLE REFRIGERANT FLOW SPLIT SYSTEM AIR-CONDITIONERS 15701-7 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Addendum #1 01/28/2015 Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034   b. c. d. e. f. L. Discharge temperature sensor High Pressure sensor Low Pressure sensor Outdoor temperature sensor Outdoor unit heat exchanger temperature sensor Heat Recovery Unit 1. General a. HR unit shall be designed and manufactured by the same manufacturer of VRF indoor unit(s) and outdoor unit(s). b. HR unit casing shall be made with galvanized steel. c. HR unit shall require 208-230V/1-phase/60Hz power supply. d. HR Unit shall be an intermediate refrigerant control device between the air source outdoor unit and the indoor units to control the systems simultaneous cooling and heating operation. e. HR unit shall be engineered to work with a three pipe VRF system comprising of 1) High Pressure Vapor Pipe 2) Low Pressure Vapor Pipe 3) Liquid Pipe f. HR unit shall be designed to be piped in series or parallel. g. HR unit shall have 2, 3 or 4 ports. h. Each port shall be capable of operating in cooling or heating independently regardless of the operating mode of any other port on the HR unit or in the system. i. Each port shall be capable of connecting from 1 to 8 indoor units to a maximum nominal capacity of 54MBh. j. Maximum nominal capacity per HR unit shall not exceed 192MBh. k. Indoor units greater than 54MBh nominal capacity shall be twinned using a reverse Y-branch. l. HR unit shall be internally piped, wired, assembled and run tested at the factory. m. HR unit shall be designed for installation in a conditioned environment. n. HR unit shall have a liquid bypass valve. o. HR unit shall have (2) two-position solenoid valves per port. p. HR unit shall have a balancing valve to control the pressure between the high pressure and low pressure pipe during mode switching. q. HR unit shall have an electronic expansion valve for subcooling. r. HR unit shall not require a condensate drain. s. HR unit shall be internally insulated. t. All field refrigerant lines between outdoor unit and HR unit and from HR unit to indoor unit shall be field insulated. u. The HR unit shall not exceed a net weight of 49 lbs. v. The system shall be designed to accommodate 16 HR units connected to Heat Recovery units piped in single series string. w. A single series pipe string of 1 to 16 HR units shall be capable of serving indoor units with a total nominal capacity of 192 MBH. 2. Piping Capabilities a. The elevation difference between indoor units on heat pump systems shall be 131 feet. b. The elevation differences for heat recovery systems shall be: 1) Heat recovery unit (HRU) to connected indoor unit shall be 49   VARIABLE REFRIGERANT FLOW SPLIT SYSTEM AIR-CONDITIONERS 15701-8 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Addendum #1 01/28/2015 Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034   feet HRU to HRU shall be 49 feet Indoor unit to indoor unit connected to same HRU shall be 49 feet 4) Indoor unit to indoor unit connected to separate parallel HRU’s shall be 131 feet. c. The acceptable elevation difference between two series connected HR units shall be 16 feet. Controls a. HR unit(s) shall have factory installed unit mounted control boards and integral microprocessor to communicate with other devices in the VRF system. b. HR unit shall communicate with the air source unit via the air source/indoor unit 2-conductor shielded communications cable terminated using a daisy chain configuration. c. The VRF manufacturer shall provide published documentation that specifically allows the installation of field provided isolation valves on all pipes connected to the Heat Recovery unit to allow the servicing of HR units refrigerant circuit or the replacement of HR unit without evacuating the balance of the piping system. 2) 3) 3. M. Ducted High Static Indoor Unit 1. General a. Unit shall be factory assembled, wired, piped and run tested. b. Unit shall be designed to be installed for indoor application. c. Unit shall be designed to mount fully concealed above the finished ceiling. d. Unit shall have opening to supply air from front horizontal and a dedicated rear horizontal return. e. The supply air shall be flanged for field installed ductwork that shall not exceed the external static pressure limitation of the unit. f. Unit shall be capable to be installed with heat pump or heat recovery or cooling VRF system. 2. Casing/Panel a. Unit case shall be manufactured using galvanized steel plate. b. The cold surfaces of the unit shall be covered internally with a coated polystyrene insulating material. c. The cold surfaces of the unit shall be covered externally with sheet insulation made of Ethylene Propylene Diene Monomer (M-Class) (EPDM) d. The external insulation shall be plenum rated and conform to ASTM Standard D-1418. e. Unit shall be provided with hanger brackets designed to support the unit weight on four corners. f. Hanger brackets shall have pre-punched holes designed to accept field supplied, all thread rod hangers. 3. Cabinet Assembly a. Unit shall have supply air discharge outlets horizontal and a return air inlet horizontal. b. Unit shall be equipped with factory installed temperature thermistors for 1) Return air 2) Refrigerant entering coil.   VARIABLE REFRIGERANT FLOW SPLIT SYSTEM AIR-CONDITIONERS 15701-9 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Addendum #1 01/28/2015 Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034   3) Refrigerant leaving coil. Unit shall have a factory assembled, piped and wired electronic expansion valve (EEV) for refrigerant control. d. Unit shall have a built-in control panel to communicate with other indoor units and to the outdoor unit. e. Unit shall have the following functions as standard 1) Self-diagnostic function 2) Auto restart function 3) Auto changeover function (Heat Recovery system only) 4) Auto operation function 5) Child lock function 6) Forced operation 7) Dual thermistor control 8) Sleep mode 9) External static pressure (ESP) control Fan Assembly a. The unit shall have two direct driven Sirocco fans. b. The fan shall be made of high strength ABS GP-2200 polymeric resin. c. The fans shall be mounted on a common shaft. d. The fan motor shall be Brushless Digitally controlled (BLDC) with permanently lubricated and sealed ball bearings. e. The fan/motor assembly shall be mounted on vibration attenuating rubber grommets. f. The fan speed shall be controlled using microprocessor based direct digitally controlled algorithm. g. In cooling mode, the indoor fan shall have the following settings: Low, Med, High and Auto. h. In heating mode, the indoor fan shall have the following settings: Low, Med, High and Auto. i. The Auto fan setting shall adjust the fan speed to most effectively achieve the set-point. j. Each of the settings can be field adjusted from the factory setting (RPM/ESP). k. Unit shall be designed for high speed air volume against an external static pressure of up to 1.0” water gauge. Coil Assembly a. Unit shall have a factory built coil comprised of aluminum fins mechanically bonded on copper tubing. b. Unit shall have minimum of 2 rows of coils. c. Unit shall have a factory supplied condensate drain pan below the coil. d. Unit shall be installed and wired condensate drain pump capable of providing minimum 27.5 inch lift from bottom surface of the unit. e. Unit drain pan shall be provided with a secondary drain port/plug allowing pan to be drained for service. f. The drain pump shall have a safety switch to shut off the unit if condensate rises too high in the drain pan. g. Unit shall have provision of 45° flare refrigerant pipe connections h. The coil shall be factory pressure tested at a minimum of 551 psig. i. All refrigerant piping from outdoor unit or Heat Recovery (HR) unit to indoor unit shall be field insulated. Microprocessor Control a. The unit shall have a factory installed microprocessor controller capable of performing functions necessary to operate the system. c. 4. 5. 6.   VARIABLE REFRIGERANT FLOW SPLIT SYSTEM AIR-CONDITIONERS 15701-10 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Addendum #1 01/28/2015 Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034   b. N. The unit shall be able to communicate with other indoor units and the outdoor unit using a field supplied minimum of 18 AWG, 2 core, stranded and shielded communication cable. c. The unit controls shall operate the indoor unit using one of the five operating modes: 1) Auto changeover (Heat Recovery System only) 2) Heating 3) Cooling 4) Dry 5) Fan only 7. Electrical a. The unit electrical power shall be 208-230/1/60 (V/Ph/Hz) b. The unit shall be capable of operating within voltage limits of +/- 10% of the rated voltage. 8. Controls a. Unit shall use controls provided by the manufacturer to perform all functions necessary to operate the system effectively and efficiently and communicate with the outdoor unit over an RS485 daisy chain. 4-Way Ceiling Cassette 1. General a. Unit shall be manufactured by LG b. Unit shall be factory assembled, wired, piped and run tested. c. Unit shall be designed to be installed for indoor application. d. Unit shall be designed to mount recessed in the ceiling and has a surface mounted concentric grille on the bottom of the unit. e. The unit shall be available in both 2’ x 2’ and 3’ x 3’ chassis. f. Unit shall be capable to be installed with heat pump or heat recovery or cooling VRF system. 2. Casing/Panel a. Unit case shall be manufactured using galvanized steel plate. b. The unit shall be provided with an off-white Acrylonitrile Butadiene Styrene (ABS) polymeric resin architectural grille. c. The grille shall have a tapered trim edge, and a hinged, spring clip (screw-less) return air filter-grille door. d. Unit shall be provided with metal ears designed to support the unit weight on four corners. e. Ears shall have pre-punched holes designed to accept field supplied all thread rod hangers. 3. Cabinet Assembly a. Unit shall have four supply air outlets and one return air inlet. b. The supply air outlet shall be through four-directional slot diffuser each equipped with independent oscillating motorized guide vane designed to change the airflow direction. c. The grille shall have a discharge range of motion of 40° in an up/down direction with capabilities of locking the vanes. d. The unit shall have a guide vane algorithm designed to sequentially change the predominant discharge airflow direction in counterclockwise pattern. e. Guide vanes shall provide airflow in all directions. f. Unit shall be equipped with factory installed temperature thermistors for 1) Return air 2) Refrigerant entering coil. 3) Refrigerant leaving coil.   VARIABLE REFRIGERANT FLOW SPLIT SYSTEM AIR-CONDITIONERS 15701-11 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Addendum #1 01/28/2015 Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034   g. 4. 5. 6. Unit shall have a factory assembled, piped and wired electronic expansion valve (EEV) for refrigerant control. h. Unit shall have a built-in control panel to communicate with other indoor units and to the outdoor unit. i. The unit shall have factory designated branch duct knockouts on the unit case. j. The unit shall have provision of fresh air ventilation through a knock-out on the cabinet. k. The branch duct knockouts shall have the ability to duct upto ½ the unit airflow capacity. l. The branch duct cannot be ducted to another room. m. Unit shall have the following functions as standard 1) Self-diagnostic function 2) Auto restart function 3) Auto changeover function (Heat Recovery system only) 4) Auto operation function 5) Child lock function 6) Forced operation 7) Dual thermistor control 8) Sleep mode Fan Assembly a. The unit shall have a single direct driven turbo fan. b. The fan shall be made of high strength ABS HT-700 polymeric resin. c. The fan motor is Brushless Digitally controlled (BLDC) with permanently lubricated and sealed ball bearings. d. The fan/motor assembly shall be mounted on vibration attenuating rubber grommets. e. The fan speed shall be controlled using microprocessor based direct digitally controlled algorithm. f. In cooling mode, the indoor fan shall have the following settings: Super Low, Low, Med, High, Power Cool and Auto. g. In heating mode, the indoor fan shall have the following settings: Super Low, Low, Med, High and Auto. h. The Auto fan setting shall adjust the fan speed to most effectively achieve the set-point. i. Unit shall have factory installed motorized louver to provide flow of air in up and down direction for uniform airflow. Coil Assembly a. Unit shall have a factory built coil comprised of aluminum fins mechanically bonded on copper tubing. b. Unit shall have minimum of 2 rows of coils. c. Unit shall have a factory supplied condensate drain pan below the coil. d. Unit shall be installed and wired condensate drain pump capable of providing minimum 27.5 inch lift from bottom surface of the unit. e. The drain pump shall have a safety switch to shut off the unit if condensate rises too high in the drain pan. f. Unit shall have provision of 45° flare refrigerant pipe connections g. The coil shall be factory pressure tested at a minimum of 551 psig. h. All refrigerant piping from outdoor unit or Heat Recovery (HR) unit to indoor unit shall be field insulated. Microprocessor Control a. The unit shall have a factory installed microprocessor controller capable of performing functions necessary to operate the system.   VARIABLE REFRIGERANT FLOW SPLIT SYSTEM AIR-CONDITIONERS 15701-12 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Addendum #1 01/28/2015 Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034   b. O. P. PART 3 3.1 The unit shall be able to communicate with other indoor units and the outdoor unit using a field supplied minimum of 18 AWG, 2 core, stranded and shielded communication cable. c. The unit controls shall operate the indoor unit using one of the five operating modes: 1) Auto changeover (Heat Recovery System only) 2) Heating 3) Cooling 4) Dry 5) Fan only 7. Electrical a. The unit electrical power shall be 208-230/1/60 (V/Ph/Hz) b. The unit shall be capable of operating within voltage limits of +/- 10% of the rated voltage. 8. Unit shall use controls provided by the manufacturer to perform all functions necessary to operate the system effectively and efficiently and communicate with the outdoor unit over an RS485 daisy chain. BACnet Gateway 1. Provide LG ACP BACnet Gateway model number PQNFB17C1 2. Standard features include: a. Integrating with third party BMS. b. Web Access with user access control c. Operation and error history log d. LCD display 3. Basic Unit Functions a. Operation – On/Off b. Mode- Auto/Cool/Dry/Heat/Fan Only c. Setpoint d. Fans Speed – Auto/Low/Med/High/Power e. Louver Swing 4. Advanced Functions a. Two Setpoint Auto-Changeover b. Two Setpoint Setback c. Programmable Schedule Events  d. Temperature Setpoint Range Limit e. Remote Controller Lock (All, Setpoint, Mode, Fan Speed) f. Run Time Limit (Unoccupied Override) g. Software Device Interlocking Simple Wired Remote Controller 1. Provide LG Simple Wired Controller model PQRCFCS0 a. Standard Features Include: 1) On/Off 2) Temperature Setting 3) Fan Speed 4) Air Flow Direction 5) Child Lock EXECUTION EXAMINATION   VARIABLE REFRIGERANT FLOW SPLIT SYSTEM AIR-CONDITIONERS 15701-13 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Addendum #1 01/28/2015 Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034   3.2 3.3 3.4 A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of units. B. Examine roughing-in for refrigerant piping systems to verify actual locations of piping connections before equipment installation. C. Examine walls, floors, and roofs for suitable conditions where condensing units will be installed. D. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. INSTALLATION A. Install units level and plumb, firmly anchored in locations indicated; maintain manufacturer’s recommended clearances. B. Install roof-mounting units on equipment supports. C. Vibration Isolation: Mount condensing units on Vibration isolation devices. Installation requirements are specified in Division 15 Section 15072 “Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC Piping and Equipment. D. Maintain manufacturer’s recommended clearances for service and maintenance. E. Loose Components: Install electrical components, devices, and accessories that are not factory mounted. CONNECTIONS A. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 15 Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. B. Install piping adjacent to units to allow service and maintenance. C. Connect refrigerant piping to air-cooled units; maintain required access to unit. Install furnished field-mounted accessories. Refrigerant piping and specialties are specified in Division 15 Section 15184 “Refrigerant Piping”. D. Ground equipment according to Division 16 Section: Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems”. E. Connect wiring according to Division 16 Section “Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables”. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform the following field tests and inspections and prepare test reports: 1. Perform electrical test and visual and mechanical inspection. 2. Leak Test: After installation, change systems with refrigerant and oil and test for leaks. Repair leaks, replace lost refrigerant and oil, and retest until no leaks exist. 3. Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to   VARIABLE REFRIGERANT FLOW SPLIT SYSTEM AIR-CONDITIONERS 15701-14 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Addendum #1 01/28/2015 Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034   4. 5. 3.5 3.6 B. Verify that vibration isolation and flexible connections properly dampen vibration transmission to structure. C. Remove and replace malfunctioning condensing units and retest as specified above. STARTUP SERVICE A. Complete installation and startup checks according to manufacturer’s written instructions and perform the following: 1. Inspect for physical damage to unit casing. 2. Verify that access doors move freely and are weather tight. 3. Clean units and inspect for construction debris. 4. Verify that all bolts and screws are tight. 5. Adjust vibration isolation and flexible connections. 6. Verify that controls are connected and operational. B. Lubricate bearings on fans. C. Verify that fan wheel is rotating in the correct direction and is not vibrating or binding. D. Start unit according to manufacturer’s written instructions and complete manufacturer’s startup checklist. E. Measure and record airflow over coils. F. Verify proper operation of condenser capacity control device. G. Verify that vibration isolation and flexible connections properly dampen vibration transmission to structure. H. After startup and performance test, lubricate bearings. DEMONSTRATION A. 3.7 confirm proper operation, product capability, and compliance with requirements. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. Verify proper airflow over coils. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner’s maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain condensing units. VARIABLE REFRIGERANT FLOW SYSTEM A. General 1. 2. The installation shall be in accordance with the manufacturer’s Installation, Operating and Maintenance Instructions with regard to application, mechanical and electrical requirements. It shall be the responsibility of the contractor to carry out proper installation and guarantee operational status. Refrigerant piping associated with equipment that must be relocated due to field conditions shall be resized and approved by the VRV system manufacturer.   VARIABLE REFRIGERANT FLOW SPLIT SYSTEM AIR-CONDITIONERS 15701-15 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Addendum #1 01/28/2015 Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034   B. Manufacturer's Field Services 1. 3.8 The manufacturer shall furnish complete submittal wiring diagrams of the package unit as applicable for field maintenance and service. COMMISSIONING 1. Refer to specification Section 01913 – Building Commissioning for commissioning requirements. END OF SECTION   VARIABLE REFRIGERANT FLOW SPLIT SYSTEM AIR-CONDITIONERS 15701-16 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Addendum #1 01/28/2015 Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 SECTION 15900 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. 1.2 Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. B. Related Sections: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 1.3 Control system software. Control system hardware. Wiring Sensors. Thermostats. Control valving. Control dampers. Control components, etc. Uninterruptible Power Supplies Section 15051 - “Common Work Results for HVAC”: Submittal execution requirements for work under this section. Section 15055 - “Common Motor Requirements.” Section 15800 - “HVAC Air Distribution”: Product requirements for duct mounted thermometers. Section 16050 - “Common Work Results for Electrical”: Execution requirements for electric connections specified by this section. Section 16050 - “Common Work Results for Electrical,” Section 16120 - “Low Voltage Electrical Power Conductors & Cables” and Section 16130 - “Raceways & Boxes for Electrical Systems” for wiring and raceway requirements. Section 16480 - “Low Voltage Controllers”: for interface with starters under electrical division. REFERENCES (Unless otherwise noted, references apply to “latest editions.”) A. All work shall conform to the following Codes and Standards, as applicable: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Standards, latest edition. National Electric Code (NEC) and applicable local Electric Code, latest edition. Underwriters Laboratories (UL) listing and labels, latest edition. UL 864 Control Units and Accessories for Fire Alarm Systems, 2008. UL 268 Smoke Detectors for Fire Alarm Systems, 2009. UL 916 Energy Management Equipment, 2007. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 15900-1 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Addendum #1 01/28/2015 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 1.4 Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code, 2008. NFPA 90A - Standard For The Installation Of Air Conditioning And Ventilating Systems, 2009. NFPA 92A Standard for Smoke-Control Systems Utilizing Barriers and Pressure Differences, 2009. NFPA 92B Standard for Smoke Management Systems in Malls, Atria, and Large Spaces, 2009. Factory Mutual (FM), latest edition. American National Standards Institute (ANSI), latest edition. National Electric Manufacturer’s Association (NEMA), latest edition. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME), latest edition. American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE), latest edition. Air Movement and Control Association (AMCA), latest edition. Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE), latest edition. American Standard Code for Information Interchange (ASCII), latest edition. Electronics Industries Association (EIA), latest edition. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), latest edition. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM), latest edition. Federal Communications Commission (FCC) including Part 15, Radio Frequency Devices, latest edition. Americans Disability Act (ADA), latest edition. ANSI/EIA 909.1-A-1999 (LonWorks) ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 193-2008 (BACnet) B. In the case of conflicts or discrepancies, the more stringent regulation shall apply. C. All work shall meet the approval of the Authorities Having Jurisdiction at the project site. DEFINITIONS A. Analog: A continuously variable system or value not having discrete levels. Typically exists within a defined range of limiting values. B. Binary: A two-state system where an “ON” condition is represented by one discrete signal level and an “OFF” condition is represented by a second discrete signal level. C. Building Management System (BMS): The total integrated system of fully operational and functional elements, including equipment, software, programming, and associated materials, to be provided by this Section and to be interfaced to the associated work of other related trades. D. BMS Contractor: The single Contractor to provide the work of this Section. This Contractor shall be the primary manufacturer, installer, BMS commissioning agent, and ongoing service provider for the BMS work. E. Control Sequence: A BMS pre-programmed arrangement of software algorithms, logical computation, target values and limits as required to attain the defined operational control objectives. F. Direct Digital Control: The digital algorithms and pre-defined arrangements included in the BMS software to provide direct closed-loop control for the designated equipment and controlled variables. Inclusive of Proportional, Derivative and Integral control algorithms INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 15900-2 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Addendum #1 01/28/2015 Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 together with target values, limits, logical functions, arithmetic functions, constant values, timing considerations and the like. 1.5 G. BMS Network: The total digital on-line real-time interconnected configuration of BMS digital processing units, workstations, panels, sub-panels, controllers, devices and associated elements individually known as network nodes. May exist as one or more fully interfaced and integrated sub-networks, LAN, WAN or the like. H. Node: A digitally programmable entity existing on the BMS network. I. BMS Integration: The complete functional and operational interconnection and interfacing of all BMS work elements and nodes in compliance with all applicable codes, standards and ordinances so as to provide a single coherent BMS as required by this Division. J. PC: IBM-compatible Personal Computer from a recognized major manufacturer. K. Wiring: The term “Wiring” and its derivatives when used in this Division shall mean provide the BMS wiring and terminations, including all low voltage and power (line voltage) wiring. L. Protocol: The term “protocol” and its derivatives when used in this Division shall mean a defined set of rules and standards governing the on-line exchange of data between BMS network nodes. M. Software: The term “software” and its derivatives when used in this Division shall mean all of programmed digital processor software, preprogrammed firmware and project specific digital process programming and database entries and definitions as generally understood in the BMS industry for real-time, on-line, integrated BMS configurations. N. The use of words in the singular shall not be considered as limiting when other indications in these documents denote that more than one such item is being referenced. O. Headings, paragraph numbers, titles, shading, bolding, underscores, clouds and other symbolic interpretation aids included in the Division documents are for general information only and are to assist in the reading and interpretation of these Documents. ACRONYMS A. The following abbreviations and acronyms may be used in describing the work of this Division: ADC AI AN ANSI AO ASCII ASHRAE - AWG CPU CRT DAC - Analog to Digital Converter Analog Input Application Node American National Standards Institute Analog Output American Standard Code for Information Interchange American Society of Heating, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Engineers American Wire Gauge Central Processing Unit Cathode Ray Tube Digital to Analog Converter INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 15900-3 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Addendum #1 01/28/2015 1.6 Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 DDC DI DO EEPROM - EMI FAS GUI HOA ID IEEE I/O LAN LCD LED MCC NC NIC NO OWS OAT PC RAM RF RFI RH ROM RTD SPDT SPST XVGA TBA TCP/IP - TTD UPS VAC VAV VDC WAN - Direct Digital Control Digital Input Digital Output Electronically Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory Electromagnetic Interference Fire Alarm Detection and Annunciation System Graphical User Interface Hand-Off-Auto Identification Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers Input/Output Local Area Network Liquid Crystal Display Light Emitting Diode Motor Control Center Normally Closed Not In Contract Normally Open Operator Workstation Outdoor Air Temperature Personal Computer Random Access Memory Radio Frequency Radio Frequency Interference Relative Humidity Read Only Memory Resistance Temperature Device Single Pole Double Throw Single Pole Single Throw Extended Video Graphics Adapter To Be Advised Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol Thermistor Temperature Device Uninterruptible Power Supply Volts, Alternating Current Variable Air Volume Volts, Direct Current Wide Area Network BMS DESCRIPTION A. The Building Management System (BMS) shall be a complete system designed for use with the enterprise IT systems. This functionality shall extend into the equipment rooms. Devices residing on the automation network located in equipment rooms and similar shall be fully IT compatible devices that mount and communicate directly on the IT infrastructure in the facility. Contractor shall be responsible for coordination with the owner’s IT staff to ensure that the FMS will perform in the owner’s environment without disruption to any of the other activities taking place on that LAN. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 15900-4 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Addendum #1 01/28/2015 B. All points of user interface shall be on standard PCs that do not require the purchase of any special software from the BMS manufacturer for use as a building operations terminal. The primary point of interface on these PCs will be a standard Web Browser. C. Where necessary and as dictated elsewhere in these Specifications, Servers shall be used for the purpose of providing a location for extensive archiving of system configuration data, and historical data such as trend data and operator transactions. All data stored will be through the use of a standard data base platform: Microsoft Data Engine (MSDE) or Microsoft SQL Server as dictated elsewhere in this specification. D. The work of the single BMS Contractor shall be as defined individually and collectively in all Sections of this Division specifications together with the associated Point Sheets and Drawings and the associated interfacing work as referenced in the related documents. E. The BMS work shall consist of the provision of all labor, materials, tools, equipment, software, software licenses, software configurations and database entries, interfaces, wiring, tubing, installation, labeling, engineering, calibration, documentation, samples, submittals, testing, commissioning, training services, permits and licenses, transportation, shipping, handling, administration, supervision, management, insurance, temporary protection, cleaning, cutting and patching, warranties, services, and items, even though these may not be specifically mentioned in these Division documents which are required for the complete, fully functional and commissioned BMS. F. Provide a complete, neat and workmanlike installation. Use only manufacturer employees who are skilled, experienced, trained, and familiar with the specific equipment, software, standards and configurations to be provided for this Project. G. Manage and coordinate the BMS work in a timely manner in consideration of the Project schedules. Coordinate with the associated work of other trades so as to not impede or delay the work of associated trades. H. The BMS as provided shall incorporate, at minimum, the following integrated features, functions and services: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 1.7 Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 Operator information, alarm management and control functions. Enterprise-level information and control access. Information management including monitoring, transmission, archiving, retrieval, and reporting functions. Diagnostic monitoring and reporting of BMS functions. Offsite monitoring and management access. Energy management Standard applications for terminal HVAC systems. Uninterruptible Power Supplies. SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit each item in this Section according to the conditions of the Contract and Division 1 specification sections. B. Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples: 1. The BMS contractor shall submit a list of all shop drawings with submittal dates within 30 days of contract award. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 15900-5 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Addendum #1 01/28/2015 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 1.8 Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 Submittals shall be in defined packages. Each package shall be complete and shall only reference itself and previously submitted packages. The packages shall be as approved by the Architect and Engineer for Contract compliance. Allow 15 working days for the review of each package by the Architect and Engineer in the scheduling of the total BMS work. Equipment and systems requiring approval of local authorities must comply with such regulations and be approved. Filing and permitting shall be at the expense of the BMS Contractor. Provide a copy of all related correspondence and permits to the Owner. Prepare an index of all submittals and shop drawings for the installation. Index shall include a shop drawing identification number, Contract Documents reference and item description. At a minimum, submit the following: a. BMS network architecture diagrams including all nodes and interconnections. b. Systems schematics, sequences and flow diagrams. c. Floor plan drawings showing detailed locations of all field installed control components such as sensors, dampers, actuators, control panels, etc. 1) AutoCAD mechanical drawings will be provided to the BMS contractor, upon receipt of Kibart’s Electronic Document Release Form, per Section 15051 - “Common Work Results for HVAC.” 2) Indicate all provisions required for adequate maintenance access. d. Points schedule for each point in the BMS, including: Point Type, Object Name, Expanded ID, Display Units, Controller type, and Address. e. Samples of Graphic Display screen types and associated menus. f. Detailed Bill of Material list for each system or application, identifying quantities, part numbers, descriptions, and optional features. g. Control Damper Schedule including a separate line for each damper provided under this section and a column for each of the damper attributes, including: Code Number, Fail Position, Damper Type, Damper Operator, Duct Size, Damper Size, Mounting, and Actuator Type. h. Control Valve Schedules including a separate line for each valve provided under this section and a column for each of the valve attributes: Code Number, Configuration, Fail Position, Pipe Size, Valve Size, Body Configuration, Close off Pressure, Capacity, Valve CV, Design Pressure, and Actuator Type. i. Room Schedule including a separate line for each terminal unit indicating location and address j. Details of all BMS interfaces and connections to the work of other trades. k. Product data sheets or marked catalog pages including part number, photo and description for all products including software. l. Detailed training agendas. m. Start-up and controls commissioning checklist. C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit. D. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements. CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Division 1 Section 01770 - “Closeout Procedures.” INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 15900-6 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Addendum #1 01/28/2015 B. Project Operation and Maintenance Manuals: 1. 1.9 Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 Three (3) hardbound copies of the Operation and Maintenance Manuals shall be provided to the Owner's Representative upon completion of the project. The entire Operation and Maintenance Manual shall also be furnished on Compact Disc media. Operation and Maintenance Manual shall include the following: a. Table of contents. b. As-built system record drawings. Computer Aided Drawings (CAD) record drawings shall represent the as-built condition of the system, floor, including floor plans, incorporating all information supplied with the approved submittal. c. Manufacturers’ product data sheets or catalog pages for all products including software. d. System Operator’s manuals, including inspection periods, cleaning methods, calibration procedures, etc. e. Archive copy of all site-specific databases and sequences. f. BMS network diagrams. g. Interfaces to all third-party products and work by other trades. h. The Operation and Maintenance Manual CD shall be self-contained, and include all necessary software required to access the product data sheets. A logically organized table of contents shall provide dynamic links to view and print all product data sheets. Viewer software shall provide the ability to display, zoom, and search all documents. i. Point to point complete checklists. j. Start-up and commissioning completed checklists. QUALITY ASSURANCE AND QUALIFICATIONS A. General: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. B. The Building Management System Contractor shall be the primary manufacturerowned branch office that is regularly engaged in the engineering, programming, installation and service of total integrated Building Management Systems. The BMS Contractor shall be a recognized national manufacturer, installer and service provider of BMS. The BMS Contractor shall supply complete maintenance and support services on a 24 hour, 7-day-a-week basis. As evidence and assurance of the contractor’s ability to support the Owner's system with service and parts, the contractor must have been in the BMS business for at least the last ten (10) years and have successfully completed total projects of at least 10 times the value of this contract in each of the preceding five years. The Building Management System architecture shall consist of the products of a manufacturer regularly engaged in the production of Building Management Systems, and shall be the manufacturer’s latest standard of design at the time of bid. Workplace Safety And Hazardous Materials: 1. 2. 3. Provide a safety program in compliance with the Contract Documents. The BMS Contractor shall have a corporately certified comprehensive Safety Certification Manual and a designated Safety Supervisor for the Project. Comply with federal, state and local safety regulations. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 15900-7 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Addendum #1 01/28/2015 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. C. Ensure that all subcontractors and employees have written safety programs in place that covers their scope of work, and that their employees receive the training required by the OSHA have jurisdiction for at least each topic listed in the Safety Certification Manual. Hazards created by the Contractor or its subcontractors shall be eliminated before any further work proceeds. Hazards observed but not created by the Contractor or its subcontractors shall be reported to either the General Contractor or the Owner within the same day. Avoid the hazard area until the hazard has been eliminated. Sign and date a safety certification form prior to any work being performed, stating that the Contractors’ company is in full compliance with the Project safety requirements. The safety program shall include written policy and arrangements for the handling, storage and management of all hazardous materials to be used in the work in compliance with the requirements of the AHJ at the Project site. The Contractor’s employees and subcontractor’s staff shall have received training as applicable in the use of hazardous materials and shall govern their actions accordingly. Quality Management Program: 1. 1.10 Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 Designate a competent and experienced employee to provide BMS Project Management. The designated Project Manger shall be empowered to make technical, scheduling and related decisions on behalf of the BMS Contractor. At minimum, the Project Manager shall: a. Manage the scheduling of the work to ensure that adequate materials, labor and other resources are available as needed. b. Manage the financial aspects of the BMS Contract. c. Coordinate as necessary with other trades. d. Be responsible for the work and actions of the BMS workforce on site. COORDINATION A. The demarcation of work and responsibilities between the BMS Contractor and other related trades shall be as outlined in the BMS RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX BMS RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX WORK BMS low voltage and communication wiring BMS conduits and raceway Automatic dampers Manual valves Automatic valves Pipe insertion devices and taps including thermowells, flow and pressure stations. BMS Current Switches. BMS Control Relays Power distribution system monitoring interfaces Concrete and/or inertia equipment pads and seismic bracing FURNISH INSTALL Low Volt. WIRING/TUBE LINE POWER BMS BMS BMS N/A BMS BMS * BMS BMS * * * BMS BMS N/A BMS BMS BMS BMS N/A BMS * BMS BMS BMS BMS BMS BMS BMS BMS BMS BMS ** ** BMS ** * * N/A N/A INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 15900-8 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Addendum #1 01/28/2015 Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 BMS RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX BMS * Low Volt. WIRING/TUBE BMS BMS LINE POWER BMS BMS BMS BMS BMS BMS ** * * * * ** BMS BMS * * BMS ** BMS ** * * * BMS ** BMS BMS BMS * BMS ** BMS BMS BMS N/A BMS BMS ** BMS BMS BMS BMS BMS N/A BMS BMS BMS N/A ** ** ** BMS BMS BMS BMS BMS BMS BMS WORK FURNISH INSTALL BMS interface with Classroom unit controls VRF controls interface with BMS All BMS Nodes, equipment, housings, enclosures and panels. Smoke Detectors Fire/Smoke Dampers Fire Dampers VFDs Refrigerant monitors Fire Alarm shutdown relay interlock wiring Fan Coil Unit controls Unit Heater controls Packaged RTU space mounted controls Packaged RTU factory-mounted controls Packaged RTU field-mounted controls Starters, HOA switches Control damper actuators BMS * Symbols: 1.11 1.12 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Refer to Division 1 Section 01600 - “Product Requirements”: Product storage and handling requirements. B. Accept controls on site in original factory packaging Inspect for damage. FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. 1.13 * HVAC Systems Installer ** Electric Systems Installer Verify field measurements prior to fabrication. WARRANTY A. Refer to Division 1 Section 0170 - “Closeout Procedures”: Product warranties and product bonds. B. Standard Material and Labor Warranty: 1. 2. 3. C. Provide a two-year labor and material warranty on the BMS. If within twenty-four (24) months from the date of acceptance any work is found to be defective in operation, workmanship or materials, it shall be replaced, repaired or adjusted at the cost of the BMS Contractor. Maintain an adequate supply of materials within 100 miles of the Project site such that replacement of key parts and labor support, including programming. Warranty work shall be performed within 24 hour notice, 7 days per week. Special Warranty INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 15900-9 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Addendum #1 01/28/2015 1. Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 During the warranty period, provide up to three (3) - eight (8) hour site visits, when requested in writing by the Owner, to adjust and calibrate components and to assist the Owner in making program changes, adjusting sensors, controls, etc. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION: A. The Building Management System (BMS) shall use an open architecture and fully support a multi-vendor environment. To accomplish this effectively, the BMS shall support open communication protocol standards and integrate a wide variety of thirdparty devices and applications. The system shall be designed for use on the Internet, or intranets using off the shelf, industry standard technology compatible with other owner provided networks. B. The Building Management System shall consist of the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Standalone Network Automation Engine(s) Field Equipment Controller(s) Input/Output Module(s) Local Display Device(s) Portable Operator's Terminal(s) Distributed User Interface(s) Network processing, data storage and communications equipment Other components required for a complete and working BMS C. The system shall be modular in nature, and shall permit expansion of both capacity and functionality through the addition of sensors, actuators, controllers and operator devices, while re-using existing controls equipment. D. System architectural design shall eliminate dependence upon any single device for alarm reporting and control execution. The failure of any single component or network connection shall not interrupt the execution of control strategies at other operational devices. E. Uninterruptible Power Supplies (UPS) 1. Provide UPS back-up for all servers, Network Automation Engines, Building Controllers, Equipment Controllers,etc. serving HVAC equipment and systems which are supplied by an emergency generator and/or emergency back-up power. F. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Johnson Controls, Metasys a. The Automatic Temperature Control System (ATC), shall tie-in to the existing HCPS Central Control and Monitoring System, shall be BACnetcertified, WEB-based, electric/electronic actuation, direct digital control (DDC) as manufactured by Johnson Controls, Inc. All work associated with the automatic temperature control system shall be performed by personnel regularly employed by the local factory branch office of Johnson Controls, Inc. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 15900-10 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Addendum #1 01/28/2015 2.2 Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 BMS ARCHITECTURE A. Automation Network: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. B. Control Network: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. C. The automation network shall be based on a PC industry standard of Ethernet TCP/IP. Where used, LAN controller cards shall be standard “off the shelf” products available through normal PC vendor channels. The BMS shall network multiple user interface clients, automation engines, system controllers and application-specific controllers. Provide application and data server(s) as required for systems operation. The automation network shall be capable of operating at a communication speed of 100 Mbps, with full peer-to-peer network communication. Network Automation Engines (NAE) shall reside on the automation network. The automation network will be compatible with other enterprise-wide networks. Where indicated, the automation network shall be connected to the enterprise network and share resources with it by way of standard networking devices and practices. Network Automation Engines shall provide supervisory control over the control network and shall support all three (3) of the following communication protocols: a. BACnet Standard MS/TP Bus Protocol ASHRAE SSPC-135, Clause 9. b. LonWorks enabled devices using the Free Topology Transceiver (FTT10a). c. The Johnson Controls N2 Field Bus. Control networks shall provide either “Peer-to-Peer,” Master-Slave, or Supervised Token Passing communications, and shall operate at a minimum communication speed of 9600 baud. DDC Controllers shall reside on the control network. Control network communication protocol shall be BACnet Standard MS/TP Bus Protocol ASHRAE SSPC-135. A BACnet Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement shall be provided for each controller device (master or slave) that will communicate on the BACnet MS/TP Bus. The Conformance Statements shall be submitted 10 day prior to bidding. Integration: 1. 2. Hardwired: a. Analog and digital signal values shall be passed from one system to another via hardwired connections. b. There will be one separate physical point on each system for each point to be integrated between the systems. Direct Protocol (Integrator Panel): a. The BMS system shall include appropriate hardware equipment and software to allow bi-directional data communications between the BMS system and 3rd party manufacturers’ control panels. The BMS shall receive, react to, and return information from multiple building systems, including but not limited to the chillers, boilers, variable frequency drives, power monitoring system, and medical gas. b. All data required by the application shall be mapped into the Automation Engine’s database, and shall be transparent to the operator. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 15900-11 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Addendum #1 01/28/2015 Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 c. 3. 4. 2.3 Point inputs and outputs from the third-party controllers shall have real-time interoperability with BMS software features such as: Control Software, Energy Management, Custom Process Programming, Alarm Management, Historical Data and Trend Analysis, Totalization, and Local Area Network Communications. BACnet Protocol Integration – BACnet: a. The neutral protocol used between systems will be BACnet over Ethernet and comply with the ASHRAE BACnet standard 135-2003. b. A complete Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement (PICS) shall be provided for all BACnet system devices. The ability to command, share point object data, change of state (COS) data and schedules between the host and BACnet systems shall be provided. USER INTERFACE A. Dedicated Web Based User Interface: 1. 2. B. Distributed Web Based User Interface : 1. 2. 3. C. Where directed by Owner, the BMS Contractor shall provide and install a personal computer for command entry, information management, network alarm management, and database management functions. All real-time control functions, including scheduling, history collection and alarming, shall be resident in the BMS Network Automation Engines to facilitate greater fault tolerance and reliability. Dedicated User Interface Architecture – The architecture of the computer shall be implemented to conform to industry standards, so that it can accommodate applications provided by the BMS Contractor and by other third party applications suppliers, including but not limited to Microsoft Office Applications. Specifically it must be implemented to conform to the following interface standards. a. Microsoft Internet Explorer for user interface functions b. Microsoft Office Professional for creation, modification and maintenance of reports, sequences other necessary building management functions c. Microsoft Outlook or other e-mail program for supplemental alarm functionality and communication of system events, and reports d. Required network operating system for exchange of data and network functions such as printing of reports, trends and specific system summaries. All features and functions of the dedicated user interface previously defined in this document shall be available on any computer connected directly or via a wide area or virtual private network (WAN/VPN) to the automation network and conforming to the following specifications. The software shall run on the Microsoft Internet Explorer (6.0 or higher) browser. Minimum hardware requirements: a. 256 MB RAM b. 2.0 GHz Clock Speed Pentium 4 Microprocessor. c. 40.0 GB Hard Drive. d. 1 Keyboard with 83 keys (minimum). e. SVGA 1024x768 resolution display with 64K colors and 16 bit color depth. f. Mouse or other pointing device User Interface Application Components: INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 15900-12 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Addendum #1 01/28/2015 1. 2. 3. Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 Operator Interface: a. An integrated browser based client application shall be used as the user operator interface program. b. All Inputs, Outputs, Setpoints, and all other parameters as defined within Part 3, shown on the design drawings, or required as part of the system software, shall be displayed for operator viewing and modification from the operator interface software. c. The user interface software shall provide help menus and instructions for each operation and/or application. d. All controller software operating parameters shall be displayed for the operator to view/modify from the user interface. These include: setpoints, alarm limits, time delays, PID tuning constants, run-times, point statistics, schedules, and so forth. e. The Operator Interface shall incorporate comprehensive support for functions including, but not necessarily limited to, the following: 1) User access for selective information retrieval and control command execution. 2) Monitoring and reporting. 3) Alarm, non-normal, and return to normal condition annunciation. 4) Selective operator override and other control actions. 5) Information archiving, manipulation, formatting, display and reporting. 6) FMS internal performance supervision and diagnostics. 7) On-line access to user HELP menus. 8) On-line access to current FMS as-built records and documentation. 9) Means for the controlled re-programming, re-configuration of FMS operation and for the manipulation of FMS database information in compliance with the prevailing codes, approvals and regulations for individual FMS applications. f. The operation of the control system shall be independent of the user interface, which shall be used for operator communications only. Systems that rely on an operator workstation to provide supervisory control over controller execution of the sequences of operations or system communications shall not be acceptable. Navigation Trees: a. The system will have the capability to display multiple navigation trees that will aid the operator in navigating throughout all systems and points connected. At minimum provide a tree that identifies all systems on the networks. b. Provide the ability for the operator to add custom trees. The operator will be able to define any logical grouping of systems or points and arrange them on the tree in any order. It shall be possible to nest groups within other groups. Provide at minimum 5 levels of nesting. c. The navigation trees shall be “dockable” to other displays in the user interface such as graphics. This means that the trees will appear as part of the display, but can be detached and then minimized to the Windows task bar or closed altogether. A simple keystroke will reattach the navigation to the primary display of the user interface. Alarms: a. Alarms shall be routed directly from Network Automation Engines to PCs and servers. It shall be possible for specific alarms from specific points to be routed to specific PCs and servers. The alarm management INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 15900-13 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Addendum #1 01/28/2015 4. 5. Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 portion of the user interface shall, at the minimum, provide the following functions: 1) Log date and time of alarm occurrence. 2) Generate a “Pop-Up” window, with audible alarm, informing a user that an alarm has been received. 3) Allow a user, with the appropriate security level, to acknowledge, temporarily silence, or discard an alarm. 4) Provide an audit trail on hard drive for alarms by recording user acknowledgment, deletion, or disabling of an alarm. The audit trail shall include the name of the user, the alarm, the action taken on the alarm, and a time/date stamp. 5) Provide the ability to direct alarms to an e-mail address or alphanumeric pager. This must be provided in addition to the pop up window described above. Systems that use e-mail and pagers as the exclusive means of annunciating alarms are not acceptable. 6) Any attribute of any object in the system may be designated to report an alarm. b. The FMS shall annunciate diagnostic alarms indicating system failures and non-normal operating conditions c. The FMS shall annunciate application alarms at minimum, as required by Part 3. Reports and Summaries: a. Reports and Summaries shall be generated and directed to the user interface displays, with subsequent assignment to printers, or disk. As a minimum, the system shall provide the following reports: 1) All points in the BMS. 2) All points in each BMS application. 3) All points in a specific controller. 4) All points in a user-defined group of points. 5) All points currently in alarm. 6) All points locked out. 7) All BMS schedules. 8) All user defined and adjustable variables, schedules, interlocks and the like. b. Summaries and Reports shall be accessible via standard UI functions and not dependent upon custom programming or user defined HTML pages. c. Selection of a single menu item, tool bar item, or tool bar button shall print any displayed report or summary on the system printer for use as a building management and diagnostics tool. d. The system shall allow for the creation of custom reports and queries via a standard web services XML interface and commercial off-the-shelf software such as Microsoft Access, Microsoft Excel, or Crystal Reports. Schedules: a. A graphical display for time-of-day scheduling and override scheduling of building operations shall be provided. At a minimum, the following functions shall be provided: 1) Weekly schedules. 2) Exception Schedules. 3) Monthly calendars. b. Weekly schedules shall be provided for each group of equipment with a specific time use schedule. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 15900-14 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Addendum #1 01/28/2015 Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 c. 6. 7. 8. It shall be possible to define one or more exception schedules for each schedule including references to calendars d. Monthly calendars shall be provided that allow for simplified scheduling of holidays and special days for a minimum of five years in advance. Holidays and special days shall be user-selected with the pointing device or keyboard, and shall automatically reschedule equipment operation as previously defined on the exception schedules. e. Changes to schedules made from the User Interface shall directly modify the Network Automation Engine schedule database. f. Schedules and Calendars shall comply with ASHRAE SP135/2003 BACnet Standard. g. Selection of a single menu item or tool bar button shall print any displayed schedule on the system printer for use as a building management and diagnostics tool. Password: a. Multiple-level password access protection shall be provided to allow the user/manager to user interface control, display, and database manipulation capabilities deemed appropriate for each user, based on an assigned password. b. Each user shall have the following: a user name (24 characters minimum), a password (12 characters minimum), and access levels. c. The system shall allow each user to change his or her password at will. d. When entering or editing passwords, the system shall not echo the actual characters for display on the monitor. e. A minimum of five levels of access shall be supported individually or in any combination as follows: 1) Level 1 = View Data 2) Level 2 = Command 3) Level 3 = Operator Overrides 4) Level 4 = Database Modification 5) Level 5 = Database Configuration 6) Level 6 = All privileges, including Password Add/Modify f. A minimum of 100 unique passwords shall be supported. g. Operators shall be able to perform only those commands available for their respective passwords. Display of menu selections shall be limited to only those items defined for the access level of the password used to log-on. h. The system shall automatically generate a report of log-on/log-off and system activity for each user. Any action that results in a change in the operation or configuration of the control system shall be recorded, including: modification of point values, schedules or history collection parameters, and all changes to the alarm management system, including the acknowledgment and deletion of alarms. Screen Manager - The User Interface shall be provided with screen management capabilities that allow the user to activate, close, and simultaneously manipulate a minimum of 4 active display windows plus a network or user defined navigation tree. Dynamic Color Graphics: a. The graphics application program shall be supplied as an integral part of the User Interface. Browser or Workstation applications that rely only upon HTML pages shall not be acceptable. b. The graphics applications shall include a create/edit function and a runtime function. The system architecture shall support an unlimited INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 15900-15 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Addendum #1 01/28/2015 9. 10. Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 number of graphics documents (graphic definition files) to be generated and executed. c. The graphics shall be able to display and provide animation based on real-time data that is acquired, derived, or entered. d. Graphics runtime functions – A maximum of 16 graphic applications shall be able to execute at any one time on a user interface or workstation with 4 visible to the user. Each graphic application shall be capable of the following functions: 1) All graphics shall be fully scalable 2) The graphics shall support a maintained aspect ratio. 3) Multiple fonts shall be supported. 4) Unique background shall be assignable on a per graphic basis. 5) The color of all animations and values on displays shall indicate if the status of the object attribute. e. Operation from graphics – It shall be possible to change values (setpoints) and states in system controlled equipment by using dropdown windows accessible via the pointing device f. Graphic editing tool – A graphic editing tool shall be provided that allows for the creation and editing of graphic files. The graphic editor shall be capable of performing/defining all animations, and defining all runtime binding. 1) The graphic editing tool shall in general provide for the creation and positioning of point objects by dragging from tool bars or drop-downs and positioning where required. 2) In addition, the graphic editing tool shall be able to add additional content to any graphic by importing backgrounds in the SVG, BMP or JPG file formats. g. Aliasing – Many graphic displays representing part of a building and various building components are exact duplicates, with the exception that the various variables are bound to different field values. Consequently, it shall be possible to bind the value of a graphic display to aliases, as opposed to the physical field tags. Historical trending and data collection: a. Each Automation Engine shall store trend and point history data for all analog and digital inputs and outputs, as follows: 1) Any point, physical or calculated, may be designated for trending. Three methods of collection shall be allowed: a) Defined time interval b) Upon a change of value 2) Each Automation Engine shall have the capability to store multiple samples for each physical point and software variable based upon available memory, including an individual sample time/date stamp. Points may be assigned to multiple history trends with different collection parameters. Trend data viewing and analysis: a. Provide a trend viewing utility that shall have access to all database points. b. It shall be possible to retrieve any historical database point for use in displays and reports by specifying the point name and associated trend name. c. The trend viewing utility shall have the capability to define trend study displays to include multiple trends d. Displays shall be able to be single or stacked graphs with on-line selectable display characteristics, such as ranging, color, and plot style. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 15900-16 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Addendum #1 01/28/2015 e. f. g. 2.4 Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 Display magnitude and units shall both be selectable by the operator at any time without reconfiguring the processing or collection of data. This is a zoom capability. Display magnitude shall automatically be scaled to show full graphic resolution of the data being displayed. Trend studies shall be capable of calculating and displaying calculated variables including highest value, lowest value and time based accumulation. NETWORK AUTOMATION ENGINES (NAE) A. Network Automation Engine (NAE): 1. 2. 3. 4. The Network Automation Engine (NAE) shall be a fully user-programmable, supervisory controller. The NAE shall monitor the network of distributed application-specific controllers, provide global strategy and direction, and communicate on a peer-to-peer basis with other Network Automation Engines. Automation network – The NAE shall reside on the automation network and shall support a subnet of system controllers. User Interface – Each NAE shall have the ability to deliver a web based User Interface (UI) as previously described. All computers connected physically or virtually to the automation network shall have access to the web based UI. a. The web based UI software shall be imbedded in the NAE. Systems that require a local copy of the system database on the user’s personal computer are not acceptable. b. The NAE shall support up four (4) concurrent users. c. The web based user shall have the capability to access all system data through one NAE. d. Remote users connected to the network through an Internet Service Provider (ISP) or telephone dial up shall also have total system access through one NAE. e. Systems that require the user to address more than one NAE to access all system information are not acceptable. f. The NAE shall have the capability of generating web based UI graphics. The graphics capability shall be imbedded in the NAE. g. Systems that support UI Graphics from a central database or require the graphics to reside on the user’s personal computer are not acceptable. h. The web based UI shall support the following functions using a standard version of Microsoft Internet Explorer: 1) Configuration 2) Commissioning 3) Data Archiving 4) Monitoring 5) Commanding 6) System Diagnostics i. Systems that require workstation software or modified web browsers are not acceptable. j. The NAE shall allow temporary use of portable devices without interrupting the normal operation of permanently connected modems. Processor – The NAE shall be microprocessor-based with a minimum word size of 32 bits. The NAE shall be a multi-tasking, multi-user, and real-time digital control processor. Standard operating systems shall be employed. NAE size and capability shall be sufficient to fully meet the requirements of this Specification. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 15900-17 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Addendum #1 01/28/2015 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 Memory – Each NAE shall have sufficient memory to support its own operating system, databases, and control programs, and to provide supervisory control for all control level devices. Hardware Real Time Clock – The NAE shall include an integrated, hardwarebased, real-time clock. The NAE shall include troubleshooting LED indicators to identify the following conditions: a. Power - On/Off b. Ethernet Traffic – Ethernet Traffic/No Ethernet Traffic c. Ethernet Connection Speed – 10 Mbps/100 Mbps d. FC Bus – Normal Communications/No Field Communications e. Peer Communication – Data Traffic Between NAE Devices f. Run – NAE Running/NAE In Startup/NAE Shutting Down/Software Not Running g. Bat Fault – Battery Defective, Data Protection Battery Not Installed h. Fault – General Fault i. Modem RX – NAE Modem Receiving Data j. Modem TX – NAE Modem Transmitting Data Communications Ports – The NAE shall provide the following ports for operation of operator Input/Output (I/O) devices, such as industry-standard computers, modems, and portable operator’s terminals: a. Up to two (2) USB port b. Up to two (2) URS-232 serial data communication port c. Up to two (2) RS-485 port d. One (1) Ethernet port Diagnostics – The NAE shall continuously perform self-diagnostics, communication diagnosis, and diagnosis of all panel components. The Network Automation Engine shall provide both local and remote annunciation of any detected component failures, low battery conditions, or repeated failures to establish communication. Power Failure – In the event of the loss of normal power, The NAE shall continue to operate for a user adjustable period of up to 10 minutes after which there shall be an orderly shutdown of all programs to prevent the loss of database or operating system software. a. During a loss of normal power, the control sequences shall go to the normal system shutdown conditions. All critical configuration data shall be saved into Flash memory. b. Upon restoration of normal power and after a minimum off-time delay, the controller shall automatically resume full operation without manual intervention through a normal soft-start sequence. Certification – The NAE shall be listed by Underwriters Laboratories (UL). Controller network – The NAE shall support the following communication protocols on the controller network: a. The NAE shall support BACnet Standard MS/TP Bus Protocol ASHRAE SSPC-135, Clause 9 on the controller network. 1) A BACnet Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement shall be provided for each controller device (master or slave) that will communicate on the BACnet MS/TP Bus. 2) The Conformance Statements shall be submitted 10 day prior to bidding. 3) The NAE shall support a minimum of 100 control devices. b. The NAE shall support LonWorks enabled devices using the Free Topology Transceiver FTT10. 1) All LonWorks controls devices shall be LonMark certified. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 15900-18 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Addendum #1 01/28/2015 Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 2) c. 2.5 The NAE shall support a minimum of 255 LonWorks enabled control devices. The NAE shall support the Johnson Controls N2 Field Bus. 1) The NAE shall support a minimum of 100 N2 control devices. 2) The Bus shall conform to Electronic Industry Alliance (EIA) Standard RS-485. 3) The Bus shall employ a master/slave protocol where the NAE is the master. 4) The Bus shall employ a four (4) level priority system for polling frequency. 5) The Bus shall be optically isolated from the NAE. 6) The Bus shall support the Metasys Integrator System. DDC SYSTEM CONTROLLERS A. Field Equipment Controller (FEC): 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. The Field Equipment Controller (FEC) shall be a fully user-programmable, digital controller that communicates via BACnet MS/TP protocol. The FEC shall employ a finite state control engine to eliminate unnecessary conflicts between control functions at crossover points in their operational sequences. Suppliers using non-state based DDC shall provide separate control strategy diagrams for all controlled functions in their submittals. Controllers shall be factory programmed with a continuous adaptive tuning algorithm that senses changes in the physical environment and continually adjusts loop tuning parameters appropriately. Controllers that require manual tuning of loops or perform automatic tuning on command only shall not be acceptable. The FEC shall be assembled in a plenum-rated plastic housing with flammability rated to UL94-5VB. The FEC shall include a removable base to allow pre-wiring without the controller. The FEC shall include troubleshooting LED indicators to identify the following conditions: a. Power On b. Power Off c. Download or Startup in progress, not ready for normal operation d. No Faults e. Device Fault f. Field Controller Bus - Normal Data Transmission g. Field Controller Bus - No Data Transmission h. Field Controller Bus - No Communication i. Sensor-Actuator Bus - Normal Data Transmission j. Sensor-Actuator Bus - No Data Transmission k. Sensor-Actuator Bus - No Communication The FEC shall accommodate the direct wiring of analog and binary I/O field points. The FEC shall support the following types of inputs and outputs: a. Universal Inputs - shall be configured to monitor any of the following: 1) Analog Input, Voltage Mode 2) Analog Input, Current Mode 3) Analog Input, Resistive Mode 4) Binary Input, Dry Contact Maintained Mode 5) Binary Input, Pulse Counter Mode INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 15900-19 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Addendum #1 01/28/2015 Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 b. 9. 10. 11. 12. 2.6 Binary Inputs - shall be configured to monitor either of the following: 1) Dry Contact Maintained Mode 2) Pulse Counter Mode c. Analog Outputs - shall be configured to output either of the following 1) Analog Output, Voltage Mode 2) Analog Output, current Mode d. Binary Outputs - shall output the following: 1) 24 VAC Triac e. Configurable Outputs - shall be capable of the following: 1) Analog Output, Voltage Mode 2) Binary Output Mode The FEC shall have the ability to reside on a Field Controller Bus (FC Bus). a. The FC Bus shall be a Master-Slave/Token-Passing (MS/TP) Bus supporting BACnet Standard protocol SSPC-135, Clause 9. b. The FC Bus shall support communications between the FECs and the NAE. c. The FC Bus shall also support Input/Output Module (IOM) communications with the FEC and with the NAE. d. The FC Bus shall support a minimum of 100 IOMs and FEC in any combination. e. The FC Bus shall operate at a maximum distance of 15,000 Ft. between the FEC and the furthest connected device. The FEC shall have the ability to monitor and control a network of sensors and actuators over a Sensor-Actuator Bus (SA Bus). a. The SA Bus shall be a Master-Slave/Token-Passing (MS/TP) Bus supporting BACnet Standard protocol SSPC-135, Clause 9. b. The SA Bus shall support a minimum of 10 devices per trunk. c. The SA Bus shall operate at a maximum distance of 1,200 Ft. between the FEC and the furthest connected device. The FEC shall have the capability to execute complex control sequences involving direct wired I/O points as well as input and output devices communicating over the FC Bus or the SA Bus. The FEC shall support, but not be limited to, the following: a. Hot water, chilled water/central plant applications b. Built-up air handling units for special applications c. Terminal units d. Special programs as required for systems control FIELD DEVICES A. Input/Output Module (IOM): 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. The Input/Output Module (IOM) provides additional inputs and outputs for use in the FEC. The IOM shall communicate with the FEC over either the FC Bus or the SA Bus using BACnet Standard protocol SSPC-135, Clause 9. The IOM shall be assembled in a plenum-rated plastic housing with flammability rated to UL94-5VB. The IOM shall have a minimum of 4 points to a maximum of 17 points. The IOM shall support the following types of inputs and outputs: a. Universal Inputs - shall be configured to monitor any of the following: 1) Analog Input, Voltage Mode 2) Analog Input, Current Mode 3) Analog Input, Resistive Mode INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 15900-20 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Addendum #1 01/28/2015 6. B. Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 4) Binary Input, Dry Contact Maintained Mode 5) Binary Input, Pulse Counter Mode b. Binary Inputs - shall be configured to monitor either of the following: 1) Dry Contact Maintained Mode 2) Pulse Counter Mode c. Analog Outputs - shall be configured to output either of the following 1) Analog Output, Voltage Mode 2) Analog Output, current Mode d. Binary Outputs - shall output the following: 1) 24 VAC Triac e. Configurable Outputs - shall be capable of the following: 1) Analog Output, Voltage Mode 2) Binary Output Mode The IOM shall include troubleshooting LED indicators to identify the following conditions: a. Power On b. Power Off c. Download or Startup in progress, not ready for normal operation d. No Faults e. Device Fault f. Normal Data Transmission g. No Data Transmission h. No Communication Networked Thermostat (TEC): 1. 2. 3. 4. The Networked Thermostats shall be capable of controlling the following: a. A four pipe fan coil system with multi-speed fan control. b. A pressure dependant Variable Air Volume System or similar zoning type system using reheat. c. A two pipe fan coil with a single speed fan. The Networked Thermostat shall communicate over the Field Controller Bus using BACnet Standard protocol SSPC-135, Clause 9. a. The Networked Thermostat shall support remote read/write and parameter adjustment from the web based User Interfaceable through a Network Automation Engine. The Networked Thermostat shall include an intuitive User Interface providing plain text messages. a. Two line, 8 character backlit display b. LED indicators for Fan, Heat, and Cool status c. Five (5) User Interface Keys 1) Mode 2) Fan 3) Override 4) Degrees C/F 5) Up/Down d. The display shall continuously scroll through the following parameters: 1) Room Temperature 2) System Mode 3) Schedule Status – Occupied/Unoccupied/Override 4) Applicable Alarms The Networked Thermostats shall provide the flexibility to support the following inputs: a. Integral Indoor Air Temperature Sensor INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 15900-21 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Addendum #1 01/28/2015 Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 b. c. 5. 6. 7. 8. C. Network Sensors (NS): 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 2.7 Duct Mount Air Temperature Sensor Remote Indoor Air Temperature Sensor with Occupancy Override and LED Indicator. d. Two configurable binary inputs The Networked Thermostats shall provide the flexibility to support the following outputs: a. Three Speed Fan Control b. On/Off Control c. Floating Control d. Proportional (0 to 10V) Control The Networked Thermostat shall provide a minimum of six (6) levels of keypad lockout. The Networked Thermostat shall provide the flexibility to adjust the following parameters: a. Adjustable Temporary Occupancy from 0 to 24 hours b. Adjustable heating/cooling deadband from 2º F to 5º F c. Adjustable heating/cooling cycles per hour from 4 to 8 The Networked Thermostat shall employ nonvolatile electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM) for all adjustable parameters. The Network Sensors (NS) shall have the ability to monitor the following variables as required by the systems sequence of operations: a. Zone Temperature b. Zone humidity c. Zone setpoint The NS shall transmit the zone information back to the controller on the SensorActuator Bus (SA Bus) using BACnet Standard protocol SSPC-135, Clause 9. The Network Sensors shall include the following items: a. A backlit Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) to indicate the Temperature, Humidity and Setpoint. b. An LED to indicate the status of the Override feature. c. A button to toggle the temperature display between Fahrenheit and Celsius. d. A button to initiate a timed override command The NS shall be available with either screw terminals or phone jack. The NS shall be available in either surface mount or wall mount styles. SYSTEM TOOLS A. System Configuration Tool (SCT): 1. 2. 3. 4. The Configuration Tool shall be a software package enabling a computer platform to be used as a stand-alone engineering configuration tool for a Network Automation Engine (NAE) or a Network Integration Engine (NIE). The configuration tool shall provide an archive database for the configuration and application data. The configuration tool shall have the same look-and-feel at the User Interface (UI) regardless of whether the configuration is being done online or offline. The configuration tool shall include the following features: a. Basic system navigation tree for connected networks b. Integration of Metasys N1, LonWorks, and BACnet enabled devices c. Customized user navigation trees INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 15900-22 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Addendum #1 01/28/2015 5. 6. 7. 8. 2.8 Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 d. Point naming operating parameter setting e. Graphic diagram configuration f. Alarm and event message routing g. Graphical logic connector tool for custom programming h. Downloading, uploading, and archiving databases The configuration tool shall have the capability to automatically discover field devices on connected buses and networks. Automatic discovery shall be available for the following field devices: a. BACnet Devices b. LonWorks devices c. N2 Bus devices d. Metasys N1 networks The configuration tool shall be capable of programming the Field Equipment Controllers. a. The configuration tool shall provide the capability to configure, simulate, and commission the Field Equipment Controllers. b. The configuration tool shall allow the FECs to be run in Simulation Mode to verify the applications. c. The configuration tool shall contain a library of standard applications to be used for configuration. The configuration tool shall be capable of programming the field devices. a. The configuration tool shall provide the capability to configure, simulate, and commission the field devices. b. The configuration tool shall allow the field devices to be run in Simulation Mode to verify the applications. c. The configuration tool shall contain a library of standard applications to be used for configuration A wireless access point shall allow a wireless enabled portable PC to make a temporary Ethernet connection to the automation network. a. The wireless connection shall allow the PC to access configuration tool through the web browser using the User Interface (UI). b. The wireless use of configuration tool shall be the same as a wired connection in every respect. c. The wireless connection shall use the Bluetooth Wireless Technology. INPUT DEVICES A. General Requirements: 1. B. Installation, testing, and calibration of all sensors, transmitters, and other input devices shall be provided to meet the system requirements. Temperature Sensors: 1. General Requirements: a. Sensors and transmitters shall be provided, as outlined in the input/output summary and sequence of operations. b. The temperature sensor shall be of the resistance type, and shall be either two-wire 1000 ohm nickel RTD, or two-wire 1000 ohm platinum RTD. c. The following point types (and the accuracy of each) are required, and their associated accuracy values include errors associated with the sensor, lead wire, and A to D conversion: INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 15900-23 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Addendum #1 01/28/2015 Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 Point Type Room Temp Duct Temperature All Others 2. 3. 4. 5. C. Accuracy + .5F. + .5F. + .75F. Room Temperature Sensors: a. Room sensors shall be constructed for either surface or wall box mounting. b. Shall be provided with a clear lockable cover. Honeywell Versaguard or equivalent. c. Room sensors shall have the following options when specified: 1) Setpoint reset slide switch providing a +3 degree (adjustable) range. 2) Individual heating/cooling setpoint slide switches. 3) A momentary override request push button for activation of afterhours operation. 4) Analog thermometer. Outside Air Sensors: a. Outside air sensors shall be designed to withstand the environmental conditions to which they will be exposed. They shall also be provided with a solar shield. b. Sensors exposed to wind velocity pressures shall be shielded by a perforated plate that surrounds the sensor element. c. Temperature transmitters shall be of NEMA 3R construction and rated for ambient temperatures. Duct Mount Sensors: a. Duct mount sensors shall mount in an electrical box through a hole in the duct, and be positioned so as to be easily accessible for repair or replacement. b. Duct sensors shall be insertion type and constructed as a complete assembly, including lock nut and mounting plate. c. For outdoor air duct applications, a weatherproof mounting box with weatherproof cover and gasket shall be used. Averaging Sensors: a. For ductwork greater in any dimension that 48 inches and/or where air temperature stratification exists, an averaging sensor with multiple sensing points shall be used. b. For plenum applications, such as mixed air temperature measurements, a string of sensors mounted across the plenum shall be used to account for stratification and/or air turbulence. The averaging string shall have a minimum of 4 sensing points per 12-foot long segment. c. Capillary supports at the sides of the duct shall be provided to support the sensing string. d. Acceptable Manufacturers: Johnson Controls, Setra. Humidity Sensors: 1. 2. The sensor shall be a solid-state type, relative humidity sensor of the Bulk Polymer Design. The sensor element shall resist service contamination. The humidity transmitter shall be equipped with non-interactive span and zero adjustments, a 2-wire isolated loop powered, 4-20 mA, 0-100% linear proportional output. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 15900-24 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Addendum #1 01/28/2015 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. D. Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 The humidity transmitter shall meet the following overall accuracy, including lead loss and Analog to Digital conversion. 3% between 20% and 80% RH @ 77 Deg F unless specified elsewhere. Outside air relative humidity sensors shall be installed with a rain proof, perforated cover. The transmitter shall be installed in a NEMA 3R enclosure with sealtite fittings and stainless steel bushings. A single point humidity calibrator shall be provided, if required, for field calibration. Transmitters shall be shipped factory pre-calibrated. Duct type sensing probes shall be constructed of 304 stainless steel, and shall be equipped with a neoprene grommet, bushings, and a mounting bracket. Acceptable Manufacturers: Johnson Controls, Veris Industries, and Mamac. Differential Pressure Transmitters: 1. 2. 3. 4. General Air and Water Pressure Transmitter Requirements: a. Pressure transmitters shall be constructed to withstand 100% pressure over-range without damage, and to hold calibrated accuracy when subject to a momentary 40% over-range input. b. Pressure transmitters shall transmit a 0 to 5 VDC, 0 to 10 VDC, or 4 to 20 mA output signal. c. Differential pressure transmitters used for flow measurement shall be sized to the flow sensing device, and shall be supplied with Tee fittings and shut-off valves in the high and low sensing pick-up lines to allow the balancing Contractor and Owner permanent, easy-to-use connection. d. A minimum of a NEMA 1 housing shall be provided for the transmitter. Transmitters shall be located in accessible local control panels wherever possible. Low Differential Water Pressure Applications (0” - 20” w.c.) a. The differential pressure transmitter shall be of industrial quality and transmit a linear, 4 to 20 mA output in response to variation of flow meter differential pressure or water pressure sensing points. b. The differential pressure transmitter shall have non-interactive zero and span adjustments that are adjustable from the outside cover and meet the following performance specifications: 1) .01-20” w.c. input differential pressure range. 2) 4-20 mA output. 3) Maintain accuracy up to 20 to 1 ratio turndown. 4) Reference Accuracy: +0.2% of full span. c. Acceptable Manufacturers: Setra and Mamac. Medium to High Differential Water Pressure Applications (Over 21” w.c.) a. The differential pressure transmitter shall meet the low pressure transmitter specifications with the following exceptions: 1) Differential pressure range 10” w.c. to 300 PSI. 2) Reference Accuracy: +1% of full span (includes non-linearity, hysteresis, and repeatability). b. Standalone pressure transmitters shall be mounted in a bypass valve assembly panel. The panel shall be constructed to NEMA 1 standards. The transmitter shall be installed in the panel with high and low connections piped and valved. Air bleed units, bypass valves, and compression fittings shall be provided. c. Acceptable Manufacturers: Setra and Mamac. Building Differential Air Pressure Applications (-1” to +1” w.c.) INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 15900-25 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Addendum #1 01/28/2015 Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 a. 5. 6. E. The differential pressure transmitter shall be of industrial quality and transmit a linear, 4 to 20 mA output in response to variation of differential pressure or air pressure sensing points. b. The differential pressure transmitter shall have non-interactive zero and span adjustments that are adjustable from the outside cover and meet the following performance specifications: 1) -1.00 to +1.00 w.c. input differential pressure ranges. (Select range appropriate for system application) 2) 4-20 mA output. 3) Maintain accuracy up to 20 to 1 ratio turndown. 4) Reference Accuracy: +0.2% of full span. c. Acceptable Manufacturers: Johnson Controls and Setra. Low Differential Air Pressure Applications (0” to 5” w.c.) a. The differential pressure transmitter shall be of industrial quality and transmit a linear, 4 to 20 mA output in response to variation of differential pressure or air pressure sensing points. b. The differential pressure transmitter shall have non-interactive zero and span adjustments that are adjustable from the outside cover and meet the following performance specifications: 1) (0.00 - 1.00” to 5.00”) w.c. input differential pressure ranges. (Select range appropriate for system application.) 2) 4-20 mA output. 3) Maintain accuracy up to 20 to 1 ratio turndown. 4) Reference Accuracy: +0.2% of full span. c. Acceptable Manufacturers: Johnson Controls and Setra. Medium Differential Air Pressure Applications (5” to 21” w.c.) a. The pressure transmitter shall be similar to the Low Air Pressure Transmitter, except that the performance specifications are not as severe. Differential pressure transmitters shall be provided that meet the following performance requirements: 1) Zero & span: (c/o F.S./Deg. F): .04% including linearity, hysteresis and repeatability. 2) Accuracy: 1% F.S. (best straight line) Static Pressure Effect: 0.5% F.S. (to 100 PSIG. 3) Thermal Effects: <+.033 F.S./Deg. F. over 40F. to 100F. (calibrated at 70F.). b. Standalone pressure transmitters shall be mounted in a bypass valve assembly panel. The panel shall be constructed to NEMA 1 standards. The transmitter shall be installed in the panel with high and low connections piped and valved. Air bleed units, bypass valves, and compression fittings shall be provided. c. Acceptable manufacturers: Johnson Controls and Setra. Power Monitoring Devices: 1. Current Measurement (Amps): a. Current measurement shall be by a combination current transformer and a current transducer. The current transformer shall be sized to reduce the full amperage of the monitored circuit to a maximum 5 Amp signal, which will be converted to a 4-20 mA DDC compatible signal for use by the Facility Management System. b. Current Transformer – A split core current transformer shall be provided to monitor motor amps. 1) Operating frequency – 50 - 400 Hz. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 15900-26 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Addendum #1 01/28/2015 c. F. 2) Insulation – 0.6 Kv class 10Kv BIL. 3) UL recognized. 4) Five amp secondary. 5) Select current ration as appropriate for application. 6) Acceptable manufacturers: Veris Industries Current Transducer – A current to voltage or current to mA transducer shall be provided. The current transducer shall include: 1) 6X input over amp rating for AC inrushes of up to 120 amps. 2) Manufactured to UL 1244. 3) Accuracy: +.5%, Ripple +1%. 4) Minimum load resistance 30kOhm. 5) Input 0-20 Amps. 6) Output 4-20 mA. 7) Transducer shall be powered by a 24VDC regulated power supply (24 VDC +5%). 8) Acceptable manufacturers: Veris Industries Smoke Detectors : 1. G. Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 Duct detectors shall be furnished as specified elsewhere in Division 16 for installation under Division 15. All wiring for air duct detectors shall be provided under Division 16 , Fire Alarm System. Status and Safety Switches: 1. 2. 3. 4. General Requirements a. Switches shall be provided to monitor equipment status, safety conditions, and generate alarms at the BMS when a failure or abnormal condition occurs. Safety switches shall be provided with two sets of contacts and shall be interlock wired to shut down respective equipment. Current Sensing Switches a. The current sensing switch shall be self-powered with solid-state circuitry and a dry contact output. It shall consist of a current transformer, a solid state current sensing circuit, adjustable trip point, solid state switch, SPDT relay, and an LED indicating the on or off status. A conductor of the load shall be passed through the window of the device. It shall accept over-current up to twice its trip point range. b. Current sensing switches shall be used for run status for fans, pumps, and other miscellaneous motor loads. c. Current sensing switches shall be calibrated to show a positive run status only when the motor is operating under load. A motor running with a broken belt or coupling shall indicate a negative run status. d. Acceptable manufacturers: Veris Industries Air Filter Status Switches a. Differential pressure switches used to monitor air filter status shall be of the automatic reset type with SPDT contacts rated for 2 amps at 120VAC. b. A complete installation kit shall be provided, including: static pressure tops, tubing, fittings, and air filters. c. Provide appropriate scale range and differential adjustment for intended service. d. Acceptable manufacturers: Johnson Controls, Cleveland Controls Air Flow Switches INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 15900-27 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Addendum #1 01/28/2015 Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 a. 5. 6. 7. 2.9 Differential pressure flow switches shall be bellows actuated mercury switches or snap acting micro-switches with appropriate scale range and differential adjustment for intended service. b. Acceptable manufacturers: Johnson Controls, Cleveland Controls Air Pressure Safety Switches a. Air pressure safety switches shall be of the manual reset type with SPDT contacts rated for 2 amps at 120VAC. b. Pressure range shall be adjustable with appropriate scale range and differential adjustment for intended service. c. Acceptable manufacturers: Johnson Controls, Cleveland Controls Water Flow Switches a. Water flow switches shall be equal to the Johnson Controls P74. Low Temperature Limit Switches a. The low temperature limit switch shall be of the manual reset type with Double Pole/Single Throw snap acting contacts rated for 16 amps at 120VAC. b. The sensing element shall be a minimum of 15 feet in length and shall react to the coldest 18-inch section. Element shall be mounted horizontally across duct in accordance with manufacturers recommended installation procedures. c. For large duct areas where the sensing element does not provide full coverage of the air stream, additional switches shall be provided as required to provide full protection of the air stream. d. The low temperature limit switch shall be equal to Johnson Controls A70. OUTPUT DEVICES A. Actuators: 1. 2. General Requirements: a. Damper and valve actuators shall be electronic and/or pneumatic, as specified in the System Description section. Electronic Damper Actuators: a. Electronic damper actuators shall be direct shaft mount. b. Modulating and two-position actuators shall be provided as required by the sequence of operations. Damper sections shall be sized Based on actuator manufacturer’s recommendations for face velocity, differential pressure and damper type. The actuator mounting arrangement and spring return feature shall permit normally open or normally closed positions of the dampers, as required. All actuators (except terminal units) shall be furnished with mechanical spring return unless otherwise specified in the sequences of operations. All actuators shall have external adjustable stops to limit the travel in either direction, and a gear release to allow manual positioning. c. Modulating actuators shall accept 24 VAC or VDC power supply, consume no more than 15 VA, and be UL listed. The control signal shall be 2-10 VDC or 4-20 mA, and the actuator shall provide a clamp position feedback signal of 2-10 VDC. The feedback signal shall be independent of the input signal and may be used to parallel other actuators and provide true position indication. The feedback signal of one damper actuator for each separately controlled damper shall be wired back to a terminal strip in the control panel for trouble-shooting purposes. d. Two-position or open/closed actuators shall accept 24 or 120 VAC power supply and be UL listed. Isolation, smoke, exhaust fan, and other INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 15900-28 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Addendum #1 01/28/2015 3. B. Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 dampers, as specified in the sequence of operations, shall be furnished with adjustable end switches to indicate open/closed position or be hard wired to start/stop associated fan. Two-position actuators, as specified in sequences of operations as “quick acting,” shall move full stroke within 20 seconds. All smoke damper actuators shall be quick acting. e. Acceptable manufacturers: Johnson Controls or Belimo. Electronic Valve Actuators: a. Electronic valve actuators shall be manufactured by the valve manufacturer. b. Each actuator shall have current limiting circuitry incorporated in its design to prevent damage to the actuator. c. Modulating and two-position actuators shall be provided as required by the sequence of operations. Actuators shall provide the minimum torque required for proper valve close-off against the system pressure for the required application. The valve actuator shall be sized Based on valve manufacturer’s recommendations for flow and pressure differential. All actuators shall fail in the last position unless specified with mechanical spring return in the sequence of operations. The spring return feature shall permit normally open or normally closed positions of the valves, as required. All direct shaft mount rotational actuators shall have external adjustable stops to limit the travel in either direction. d. Modulating Actuators shall accept 24 VAC or VDC and 120 VAC power supply and be UL listed. The control signal shall be 2-10 VDC or 4-20 mA and the actuator shall provide a clamp position feedback signal of 210 VDC. The feedback signal shall be independent of the input signal, and may be used to parallel other actuators and provide true position indication. The feedback signal of each valve actuator (except terminal valves) shall be wired back to a terminal strip in the control panel for trouble-shooting purposes. e. Two-position or open/closed actuators shall accept 24 or 120 VAC power supply and be UL listed. Butterfly isolation and other valves, as specified in the sequence of operations, shall be furnished with adjustable end switches to indicate open/closed position or be hard wired to start/stop the associated pump or chiller. f. Acceptable manufacturers: Johnson Controls or Belimo. Control Dampers: 1. 2. 3. 4. The BMS Contractor shall furnish all automatic dampers. All automatic dampers shall be sized for the application by the BMS Contractor or as specifically indicated on the Drawings. All dampers used for throttling airflow shall be of the opposed blade type arranged for normally open or normally closed operation, as required. The damper is to be sized so that, when wide open, the pressure drop is a sufficient amount of its close-off pressure drop to shift the characteristic curve to near linear. All dampers used for two-position, open/close control shall be parallel blade type arranged for normally open or closed operation, as required. Damper frames and blades shall be constructed of either galvanized steel or aluminum. Maximum blade length in any section shall be 60”. Damper blades shall be 16-gauge minimum and shall not exceed eight (8) inches in width. Damper frames shall be 16-gauge minimum hat channel type with corner bracing. All damper bearings shall be made of reinforced nylon, stainless steel or oil-impregnated bronze. Dampers shall be tight closing, low leakage type, with INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 15900-29 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Addendum #1 01/28/2015 5. 6. 7. 8. C. synthetic elastomer seals on the blade edges and flexible stainless steel side seals. Dampers of 48”x48” size shall not leak in excess of 8.0 cfm per square foot when closed against 4” w.g. static pressure when tested in accordance with AMCA Std. 500. Airfoil blade dampers of double skin construction with linkage out of the air stream shall be used whenever the damper face velocity exceeds 1500 FPM or system pressure exceeds 2.5” w.g., but no more than 4000 FPM or 6” w.g. Acceptable manufacturers are Johnson Controls D-7250 D-1250 or D-1300, Ruskin CD50, and Vent Products 5650. One piece rolled blade dampers with exposed or concealed linkage may be used with face velocities of 1500 FPM or below. Acceptable manufacturers are: Johnson Controls D-1600, Ruskin CD36, and Vent Products 5800. Multiple section dampers may be jack-shafted to allow mounting of piston pneumatic actuators and direct connect electronic actuators. Each end of the jackshaft shall receive at least one actuator to reduce jackshaft twist. Provide Ruskin Model SP100 End Switch Package for control dampers or comparable products as manufactured by Johnson Controls or Vent Products. Control Relays: 1. 2. D. Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 Control Pilot Relays a. Control pilot relays shall be of a modular plug-in design with retaining springs or clips. b. Mounting Bases shall be snap-mount. c. DPDT, 3PDT, or 4PDT relays shall be provided, as appropriate for application. d. Contacts shall be rated for 10 amps at 120VAC. e. Relays shall have an integral indicator light and check button. f. Acceptable manufacturers: Johnson Controls, Lectro Lighting Control Relays a. Lighting control relays shall be latching with integral status contacts. b. Contacts shall be rated for 20 amps at 277 VAC. c. The coil shall be a split low-voltage coil that moves the line voltage contact armature to the ON or OFF latched position. d. Lighting control relays shall be controlled by: 1) Pulsed Tri-state Output – Preferred method. 2) Pulsed Paired Binary Outputs. 3) A Binary Input to the Facility Management System shall monitor integral status contacts on the lighting control relay. Relay status contacts shall be of the “dry-contact” type. e. The relay shall be designed so that power outages do not result in a change-of-state, and so that multiple same state commands will simply maintain the commanded state. Example: Multiple OFF command pulses shall simply keep the contacts in the OFF position. Electronic Signal Isolation Transducers: 1. 2. 3. A signal isolation transducer shall be provided whenever an analog output signal from the BMS is to be connected to an external control system as an input (such as a chiller control panel), or is to receive as an input signal from a remote system. The signal isolation transducer shall provide ground plane isolation between systems. Signals shall provide optical isolation between systems. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 15900-30 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Addendum #1 01/28/2015 4. E. External manual override stations shall provide the following: a. An integral HAND/OFF/AUTO switch shall override the controlled device pilot relay. b. A status input to the Facility Management System shall indicate whenever the switch is not in the automatic position. c. A Status LED shall illuminate whenever the output is ON. d. An Override LED shall illuminate whenever the HOA switch is in either the HAND or OFF position. e. Contacts shall be rated for a minimum of 1 amp at 24 VAC. Electronic/Pneumatic Transducers: 1. 2.10 Acceptable manufacturers: Advanced Control Technologies External Manual Override Stations: 1. F. Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 Electronic to Pneumatic transducers shall provide: a. Output: 3-15 PSIG. b. Input: 4-20 mA or 0-10 VDC. c. Manual output adjustment. d. Pressure gauge. e. External replaceable supply air filter. f. Acceptable manufacturers: Johnson Controls, Mamac MISCELLANEOUS DEVICES A. Local Control Panels: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. B. All control panels shall be factory constructed, incorporating the BMS manufacturer’s standard designs and layouts. All control panels shall be UL inspected and listed as an assembly and carry a UL 508 label listing compliance. Control panels shall be fully enclosed, with perforated sub-panel, hinged door, and slotted flush latch. In general, the control panels shall consist of the DDC controller(s), display module as specified and indicated on the plans, and I/O devices—such as relays, transducers, and so forth—that are not required to be located external to the control panel due to function. Where specified the display module shall be flush mounted in the panel face unless otherwise noted. All I/O connections on the DDC controller shall be provide via removable or fixed screw terminals. Low and line voltage wiring shall be segregated. All provided terminal strips and wiring shall be UL listed, 300-volt service and provide adequate clearance for field wiring. All wiring shall be neatly installed in plastic trays or tie-wrapped. A convenience 120 VAC duplex receptacle shall be provided in each enclosure, fused on/off power switch, and required transformers. Power Supplies: 1. 2. 3. 4. DC power supplies shall be sized for the connected device load. Total rated load shall not exceed 75% of the rated capacity of the power supply. Input: 120 VAC +10%, 60Hz. Output: 24 VDC. Line Regulation: +0.05% for 10% line change. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 15900-31 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Addendum #1 01/28/2015 5. 6. 7. 8. C. Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 Load Regulation: +0.05% for 50% load change. Ripple and Noise: 1 mV rms, 5 mV peak to peak. An appropriately sized fuse and fuse block shall be provided and located next to the power supply. A power disconnect switch shall be provided next to the power supply. Thermostats: 1. Electric room thermostats of the heavy-duty type shall be provided for unit heaters, cabinet unit heaters, and ventilation fans, where required. All these items shall be provided with concealed adjustment. Finish of covers for all roomtype instruments shall match and, unless otherwise indicated or specified, covers shall be manufacturer’s standard finish. D. Uninterruptible Power Supplies (UPS) 1. Each UPS devices shall provide 3 minute back-up at full load rating of equipment served by UPS. 2. UPS Devices shall be provided within metal housing cabinet, with a removable cover. 3. UPS Devices shall be provided with low battery alarm output contact for monitoring by BMS. E. Variable Refrigerant Flow System 1. Refer to specification section 15701 for hardware provided by VRF manufacturer. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 3.2 EXAMINATION A. Division 1 Coordination and project conditions. B. Verify building systems to be controlled are ready to operate. C. Verify that air handling units and ductwork have been accepted and air filters are in place before installing sensors in air streams. D. Verify location of thermostats and other exposed control sensors with Drawings before installation. INSTALLATION A. BMS Specific Requirements: 1. 2. Graphic Displays : a. Provide a color graphic system flow diagram display for each system with all points as indicated on the point list. All terminal unit graphic displays shall be from a standard design library. b. User shall access the various system schematics via a graphical penetration scheme and/or menu selection. . Custom Reports: a. Provide custom reports as required for this project: INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 15900-32 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Addendum #1 01/28/2015 B. BMS Wiring: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. C. All conduit, wiring, accessories and wiring (low and power line voltage) connections required for the installation of the Building Management System, as herein specified, shall be provided by the BMS Contractor unless specifically shown on the Electrical Drawings under Division 16. All wiring shall comply with the requirements of applicable portions of Division 16 and all local and national electric codes, unless specified otherwise in this section. All BMS wiring materials and installation methods shall comply with BMS manufacturer recommendations. The sizing, type and provision of cable, conduit, cable trays, and raceways shall be the design responsibility of the BMS Contractor. If complications arise, however, due to the incorrect selection of cable, cable trays, raceways and/or conduit by the BMS Contractor, the Contractor shall be responsible for all costs incurred in replacing the selected components. Class 2 Wiring: a. All Class 2 (24VAC or less) wiring shall be installed in conduit unless otherwise specified. b. Conduit is not required for Class 2 wiring in concealed accessible locations. Class 2 wiring not installed in conduit shall be supported every 5’ from the building structure utilizing metal hangers designed for this application. Wiring shall be installed parallel to the building structural lines. All wiring shall be installed in accordance with local code requirements. Class 2 signal wiring and 24VAC power can be run in the same conduit. Power wiring 120VAC and greater cannot share the same conduit with Class 2 signal wiring. Provide for complete grounding of all applicable signal and communications cables, panels and equipment so as to ensure system integrity of operation. Ground cabling and conduit at the panel terminations. Avoid grounding loops. BMS Line Voltage Power Source: 1. 2. 3. D. Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 120-volt AC circuits used for the Building Management System shall be taken from circuit breakers dedicated for the BMS system. Refer to electrical drawings and specs. Circuits used for the BMS shall be dedicated to the BMS and shall not be used for any other purposes. DDC terminal unit controllers may use AC power from motor power circuits. BMS Raceway: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. All wiring shall be installed in conduit or raceway except as noted elsewhere in this specification. Minimum control wiring conduit size 1/2”. Where it is not possible to conceal raceways in finished locations, surface raceway (Wiremold) may be used only as pre-approved by the Architect. Submit request for approval in writing, via a request for information. All conduits and raceways shall be installed level, plumb, at right angles to the building lines and shall follow the contours of the surface to which they are attached. Flexible Metal Conduit shall be used for vibration isolation and shall be limited to 3 feet in length when terminating to vibrating equipment. Flexible Metal Conduit may be used within partition walls. Flexible Metal Conduit shall be UL listed. Penetrations INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 15900-33 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Addendum #1 01/28/2015 a. Provide fire stopping for all penetrations used by dedicated BMS conduits and raceways. All openings in fire proofed or fire stopped components shall be closed by using approved fire resistive sealant. All wiring passing through penetrations, including walls shall be in conduit or enclosed raceway. Penetrations of floor slabs shall be by core drilling. All penetrations shall be plumb, true, and square. b. c. d. E. BMS Identification Standards: 1. 2. F. 2. The BMS panels and cabinets shall be located as indicated at an elevation of not less than 2 feet from the bottom edge of the panel to the finished floor. Each cabinet shall be anchored per the manufacturer’s recommendations. The BMS contractor shall be responsible for coordinating panel locations with other trades and electrical and mechanical contractors. Input Devices: 1. 2. H. Node Identification. All nodes shall be identified by a permanent label fastened to the enclosure. Labels shall be suitable for the node location. Cable types specified in Item A shall be color coded for easy identification and troubleshooting. BMS Panel Installation: 1. G. Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 All Input devices shall be installed per the manufacturer recommendation Locate components of the BMS in accessible local control panels wherever possible. HVAC Input Devices – General: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. All Input devices shall be installed per the manufacturer recommendation Locate components of the BMS in accessible local control panels wherever possible. The mechanical contractor shall install all in-line devices such as temperature wells, pressure taps, airflow stations, etc. Input Flow Measuring Devices shall be installed in strict compliance with ASME guidelines affecting non-standard approach conditions. Outside Air Sensors: a. Sensors shall be mounted on the North wall to minimize solar radiant heat impact or located in a continuous intake flow adequate to monitor outside air conditions accurately. b. Sensors shall be installed with a rain proof, perforated cover. Water Differential Pressure Sensors: a. Differential pressure transmitters used for flow measurement shall be sized to the flow-sensing device. b. Differential pressure transmitters shall be supplied with tee fittings and shut-off valves in the high and low sensing pick-up lines. c. The transmitters shall be installed in an accessible location wherever possible. Building Differential Air Pressure Applications (-1” to +1” w.c.): a. Transmitters’ exterior sensing tip shall be installed with a shielded static air probe to reduce pressure fluctuations caused by wind. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 15900-34 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Addendum #1 01/28/2015 Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 b. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. The interior tip shall be inconspicuous and located as shown on the drawings. Duct Temperature Sensors: a. Duct mount sensors shall mount in an electrical box through a hole in the duct and be positioned so as to be easily accessible for repair or replacement. b. The sensors shall be insertion type and constructed as a complete assembly including lock nut and mounting plate. c. For ductwork greater in any dimension than 48 inches or where air temperature stratification exists such as a mixed air plenum, utilize an averaging sensor. d. The sensor shall be mounted to suitable supports using factory approved element holders. Space Sensors: a. Shall be mounted per ADA requirements. b. Provide lockable tamper-proof covers where indicated on the plans or elsewhere in this Section. Low Temperature Limit Switches: a. Install on the discharge side of the first water or steam coil in the air stream. b. Mount element horizontally across duct in a serpentine pattern insuring each square foot of coil is protected by 1 foot of sensor. c. For large duct areas where the sensing element does not provide full coverage of the air stream, provide additional switches as required to provide full protection of the air stream. Air Differential Pressure Status Switches: a. Install with static pressure tips, tubing, fittings, and air filter. Water Differential Pressure Status Switches: a. Install with shut off valves for isolation. HVAC Output Devices: a. All output devices shall be installed per the manufacturer’s recommendation. The mechanical contractor shall install all in-line devices such as control valves, dampers, airflow stations, pressure wells, etc. b. Actuators: All control actuators shall be sized capable of closing against the maximum system shut-off pressure. The actuator shall modulate in a smooth fashion through the entire stroke. When any pneumatic actuator is sequenced with another device, pilot positioners shall be installed to allow for proper sequencing. c. Control Dampers: Shall be opposed blade for modulating control of airflow. Parallel blade dampers shall be installed for two position applications. d. Control Valves: Shall be sized for proper flow control with equal percentage valve plugs. The maximum pressure drop for water applications shall be 5 PSI. The maximum pressure drop for steam applications shall be 7 PSI. e. Electronic Signal Isolation Transducers: Whenever an analog output signal from the Building Management System is to be connected to an external control system as an input (such as a chiller control panel), or is to receive as an input a signal from a remote system, provide a signal isolation transducer. Signal isolation transducer shall provide ground plane isolation between systems. Signals shall provide optical isolation between systems. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 15900-35 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Addendum #1 01/28/2015 I. UPS DEVICES 1. 2. 3.3 Connect all UPS devices to emergency power circuits. Connect low battery alarm to BMS alarm points. TAB COORDINATION AND SOFTWARE A. Provide the Testing and Balancing Agency all control system software that would provide their capability to calibrate the following devices through the BMS system: 1. 2. 3. 3.4 Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 Terminal equipment controllers, VAV controllers, etc. Air flow measuring stations and devices. Water flow measuring stations and devices. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Manufacturer’s Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect field-assembled components and equipment installation, including wiring and electrical connections. Report results in writing. 1. 2. 3. Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm proper unit operation. Remove malfunctioning units, replace with new units, and retest. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment, and retest. Calibrate Test controllers by disconnecting input sensors and stimulating operation with compatible signal generator. B. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to perform startup services. C. Replace damaged or malfunctioning controls and equipment. 1. 2. 3. Start, test, and adjust control systems. Demonstrate compliance with requirements, including calibration and testing, and control sequences. Adjust, calibrate, and fine tune circuits and equipment to achieve sequence of operation specified. D. Place Building Management System (BMS) in the required modes of operation as requested by the Testing and Balancing Contractor (TAB). Provide programming changes and reporting of data from the BMS needed to achieve proper performance. E. Re-check fan static pressure control setpoints to ensure that the static pressure set points are the lowest value which enables terminal units to deliver design maximum flow plus or minus 10 percent with the variable frequency controller at maximum speed. The TAB Contractor shall make any fan adjustments needed. Adjust setpoint as requested by the TAB Contractor. F. Re-check pump differential pressure control setpoints to ensure that the differential pressure setpoints are the lowest value which enables coil control valves to deliver design maximum flows plus or minus 10 percent. Adjust setpoint as requested by the TAB Contractor. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 15900-36 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Addendum #1 01/28/2015 G. Verify DDC as follows: 1. 2. 3. 4. 3.5 Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 Verify software including automatic restart, control sequences, scheduling, reset controls, and occupied/unoccupied cycles. Verify operation of operator workstation. Verify local control units including self-diagnostics. Coordinate with commissioning agent. DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING A. Division 1 Section 01770 - “Closeout Procedures”: Requirements for demonstration and training. B. Demonstrate complete operation of systems, including sequence of operation prior to Date of Substantial Completion. C. Demonstrate complete and operating system to Owner. D. The BMS contractor shall provide the following minimum basic training services: 1. 24 hours of on-site orientation by a system technician who is fully knowledgeable of the specific installation details of the project. This orientation shall, at a minimum, consist of a review of the project as-built drawings, the BMS software layout and naming conventions, and a walk through of the facility to identify panel and device locations. 3.6 COMMISSIONING 1. Refer to specification Section 01913 – Building Commissioning for commissioning requirements. 3.7 IN-WARRANTY QUARTERLY BAS SERVICE INSPECTIONS A. 3.8 ON-SITE ASSISTANCE A. B. 3.9 For each quarter during the warranty phase provide 4 hours of operational service inspections on the Building Automation System to include database backup and system performance verification. Report any operational deficiencies to the HCPS Project Manager. Occupancy Adjustments: Within one year of date of Substantial Completion, provide up to three Project site visits, when requested by Owner, to adjust and calibrate components and to assist Owner’s personnel in adjusting sensors, settings, and controls, etc... to suit actual conditions. Return to site in season to demonstrate (and instruct operating personnel) so that both heating and cooling season operation is demonstrated. SEQUENCES OF OPERATION A. Refer to Sequence of Operation on Drawings. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 15900-37 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Addendum #1 01/28/2015 3.10 Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 POINTS LIST A. Refer to Points List on Drawings. END OF SECTION INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 15900-38 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Construction Documents 01/16/2015 Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 SECTION 16230 PACKAGED GENERATOR ASSEMBLIES PART 1 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. 1.2 GENERAL Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this section. SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. 2. 3. 4. B. Related Sections: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. C. Section 16050 “Common Work Results For Electrical” for concrete pads and bollards requirements. Section 16060 “Grounding & Bonding For Electrical Systems” for grounding, bonding and interconnection of equipment. Section 16120 “Low Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables” for grounding conductors and attachments and conductors used of low voltage controls. Section 16130 “Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems” for raceways and conduit requirements for generator connections, etc. Section 16440 “Low Voltage Electrical Distribution” for generator output circuit breaker requirements. Section 16495 “Transfer Switches” for coordination with power switching and control equipment. Permits and Fees: 1. 2. 3. 1.3 Diesel powered generator(s). Enclosures. Fuel tanks. Auxiliary equipment. Apply, pay for and secure all permits, required by the Authorities Having Jurisdiction prior to start of work, in accordance with contract General Conditions and Division 1. For projects in the State of Maryland, provide the following: a. Contractor shall pay the permit application fee to MDE. Deliver all certificates to the Owner prior to final acceptance of work. REFERENCES A. ANSI / IEEE: B. National Equipment Manufacturers Association (NEMA): 1. 2. NEMA NEMA MG-1 Standards of Construction and Testing. Motors and Generators PACKAGED GENERATOR ASSEMBLIES 16230-1 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Construction Documents 01/16/2015 C. Underwriters Laboratories (UL): 1. 2. 1.4 Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 UL 508 UL 2200 Industrial Control Equipment Standard for Safety for Stationary Engine Generator Assemblies SUBMITTALS A. Submittal Requirements of this section: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. B. Descriptive Data: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. C. Clearly indicate or state options, etc.: a. Manufacturer/cat. number. b. Manufacturer’s options. c. Accessories. Manufacturer's specifications, data sheets. Catalog cuts. Dimensional drawings. Drawing(s) to indicate muffler mounting location (in or on) enclosure). Drawing(s) to indicate exhaust discharge direction and angle, pipe cap, etc. Installation Instructions. Wiring & connection diagrams. Indicate point of connections with other equipment or systems. Capacity ratings of all components and accessories.. Manufacturer or vendor furnished load/starting calculations. Clearly indicate the exact size or rating proposed. Product Test Reports: 1. 2. 3. D. Engine-generator assembly. Weatherproof enclosure. Engine muffler/silencer. Engine control panel and instrumentation. Remote status panel. Subbase fuel tank. Engine jacket heater. Battery charger. Starting batteries. Vibration spring isolators. Prototype test reports for proposed engine-generator assemblies. Certified copies of manufacturer's design and routine factory tests required by the referenced standards. Computer load acceptance, starting and running calculations, when requested, performed by the manufacturer’s authorized vendor. Closeout Submittals: Submit in accordance with the General Conditions and Division 1 requirements, spec section 16050 “Common Work Results For Electrical”, and as follows: 1. 2. 3. 4. Original load acceptance, starting and running load calculations. All post-installation inspection checklists. Installer’s pre-startup checklist. Post installation load test results. PACKAGED GENERATOR ASSEMBLIES 16230-2 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Construction Documents 01/16/2015 5. 1.5 Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 Preventative maintenance schedule for each unit. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer’s Requirements: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. B. Single-Source Responsibility: 1. 2. C. D. The complete performance of the assembled engine generator system, including all accessories shall be the sole responsibility of the generator supplier. It is the installer’s responsibility to ensure that all factory and field installed accessories and loose components used in the system, meet these specifications, and perform up to the stated and tested standards. For exterior units, the manufacturer shall be responsible for the proper fit and performance of the weatherproof enclosure, exhaust system, including attachment hardware, support of mufflers, etc. Certification and Compliance with Standards: Comply with the following specific Code and/or Standards requirements, and all other applicable Codes/standards of these agencies or publications. 1. Underwriters Laboratories (UL): a. UL2200 Listed Generator Assembly, 1) Minimum working space requirements per UL2200. 2) Wire bending space per UL2200 and NEC. 3) Unit shall bear a UL2200 label. b. UL Listing of loose components, individually, where such standards exist. 2. National Electrical Code (NFPA 70) a. NEC Article 700 Emergency Systems b. NEC Article 701 Legally Required Standby Systems. a.c. b. NEC Article 702 Optional Standby Systems. 3. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): a. NFPA 110 Emergency Power Systems Installer Qualifications: 1. 2. E. Coordinate the components of the system and their arrangements electrically and mechanically. Manufacturer shall be experienced in manufacturing equipment of the types and capacities indicated that have a record of successful in-service performance for a minimum of 10 years. Maintain, within 50 miles from site, a maintenance and service organization complete with parts inventory and repair facility. Service shall be available on a 24-hour basis. Start up services and post installation tests, as specified. Preventative Maintenance program as specified. Has installed a minimum of five (5) generators of similar size and conditions. Has installed a minimum of three (3) generators manufactured by the proposed manufacturer. Installation Quality: In accordance with recognized trade organizations and standards. PACKAGED GENERATOR ASSEMBLIES 16230-3 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Construction Documents 01/16/2015 1.6 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. ANSI ASME IEEE IEEE C2“ NEC NECA 7. 8. 9. 10. NEMA NETA NFPA UL American National Standards Institute American Society of Mechanical Engineers Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers National Electrical Safety Code” National Electrical Code National Electrical Contractors Association “Standards of Installation” National Electrical Manufacturer’s Association National Electrical Testing Association National Fire Protection Association Underwriter’s Laboratories DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Packing, Shipping, Handling and Unloading: 1. 2. B. Provide all transportation of unit(s) to site. Provide for rigging needed for unloading, and setting into final position. Storage and Protection: 1. 1.7 Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 Where unit is to be installed indoors, without enclosure, store in covered building or offsite to prevent exposure to weather, etc. PROJECT CONDITIONS A. The emergency power system level, classification and type shall meet the requirements of NFPA 110, as follows: 1. 2. 3. Level: Classification: Type: 1 (critical to Life safety) Class 8 (8 hour operation) 10 (power restored in 10 seconds) B. The generator shall be capable of starting and operating the following loads in step increments under the specified parameters. C. Step Load 1: 1. Fluorescent Lighting; 2. Fire Alarm System: D. 5 kw, 0.95 pf 1 kw, 0.9 pf Step Load 2: 1. Misc Phone, PA, Security Systems, controls: 2. Misc Recept loads: 5 kw, 0.85 pf 5 kw, 0.9 pf E. Ste Load 3: 1. IDF/MDF Room UPS Units: Total of 6 kw, 6 pulse, 0.90 pf, 5 kva output, 0.85 2. IDF/MDF Rm ACU’s: 2.5 tons cooling, 0.81pf, 3. Auto Entry Doors: 0.5 HP 4. Walk-in Freezers: 3 kw, 0.83pf, 2 tons F. Step Load 4: 1. VRF System: 7 Indoor Fan Units @ 400W each, 0.80 pf 2. VRF Outdoor Cond Unit: 1 @ 44 FLA, 208V, 3P, Variable speed drive 3. DOAS-1: 1 @ 209 FLA, 208V, 3P, Variable speed drive PACKAGED GENERATOR ASSEMBLIES 16230-4 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Construction Documents 01/16/2015 G. Step Load 5: 1. 2. H. Packing, Shipping, Handling and Unloading: 1. 2. 3. B. Provide all transportation of unit(s), fuel tanks, enclosures and all components to site. Provide for rigging needed for unloading generators and equipment. Provide all rigging for setting equipment into final position. Storage and Protection: 1. 2. 3. 4. Store generators and all accessories in covered building or in factory weatherproof housing to prevent exposure to weather, etc. until building is weathertight and suitable for installation. Maintain unit in factory shrink-wrap or similar protection until installed in final position. After setting in final position, cover unit to protect from construction debris, fireproofing sprays, paint, etc. until ready for connections and startup. Do not install control panels, PLC’s, or other electronic components or systems in buildings unless the room is stabilized with permanent or temporary HVAC and humidity control. SEQUENCING A. General Sequencing: 1. 2. 3. 1.10 Max loading 65% 80% of rated generator capacity. Max frequency dip 3%. Starting voltage dip max 10%. Max running voltage dip max 15%. DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. 1.9 RTU-1: with 6-pulse VFD, 119 FLA, 208V, 3P, 0.90 pf. Performance Parameters: 1. 2. 3. 4. 1.8 Well Pump 1 Motor; 5HP, 0.84 efficiency, 0.85pf Full Voltage starting Well Pump 2 Motor; 5HP, 0.84 efficiency, 0.85pf Full Voltage starting Step Load 6: 1. I. Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 Coordinate generator installation with exterior grading, utilities and site construction. Provide for sub-grade rough-ins. Coordinate construction of concrete pads with final grading and underground utilities. WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Extended product warranty over and above that required by General Conditions of this contract. 1. Covers complete standby power generation system: PACKAGED GENERATOR ASSEMBLIES 16230-5 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Construction Documents 01/16/2015 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 1.11 Manufacturer's Services: Provide services of a factory-authorized service representative to supervise the field assembly and connection of generator, associated components and accessories, and the pre-startup adjustment of all settings, components and accessories. MAINTENANCE A. Provide all materials and services of factory authorized service company to return at the end of twelve (12) and twenty four (24) months following completion of original contract. Preventative maintenance and testing of each new generator shall be performed at each visit, including, but not limited to the following items: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. B. PART 2 2.1 a. Engine. b. Alternator. c. Controls. d. Accessories. e. Transfer switches. f. Remote annunciation devices. Warranty shall be by the manufacturer or authorized representative. Warranty period of five (5) years or 1500 operating hours, whichever occurs first, from initial start up. Warranty includes all parts, labor, travel expenses, with no deductibles. Installer shall complete and file all necessary documents to assure fulfillment of warranty requirements. Deliver warranty documents to Owner in O & M manuals. SYSTEM STARTUP A. 1.12 Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 4 hour full rated load test with test loadbank, as specified previously. Test and adjust all monitoring systems and annunciation devices. Test and adjust all safety, starting and shutdown systems and devices, including all manual and automatic controls. Test and adjust operation of all associated ATS's, battery chargers, daytanks and pumps, louvers, etc. Replace all oil, air and coolant filters. Drain and replace associated fluids. Adjust tension on all belts. Replace belts, as needed. Check battery condition, specific gravity, electrolyte level. Add water as needed. Clean all terminals and connections. Apply anti-corrosion treatment. Make adjustments to engine, fuel and starting systems to insure optimum starting and running efficiency. Provide a full report on each engine-generator at each adjustment/testing visit listing all maintenance procedures performed, all filter/fluid changes, adjustments, replacements, etc. Report shall also document the load test, indicating, voltages, amperes, oil pressure, alternator amps, engine temperature, battery charging current/voltage, etc. every 15 minutes. Also indicate any changes to the normal readings and at which point it/they occurred. PRODUCTS MANUFACTURER A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide a system by the named “Basis of Design” manufacturer, or a comparable product of one of the other following named manufacturers: PACKAGED GENERATOR ASSEMBLIES 16230-6 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Construction Documents 01/16/2015 1. 2. 3. 4. 2.2 Cummins (Basis of Design) Kohler Generac Caterpillar RATINGS AND CONDITIONS A. The following is based upon Cummins Model 175DSGAD 1. 2. 3. 4. B. KW/kVA @ 0.8 PF: Voltage: Phase: Wire: 175kW/219kVA 120/208 V 3φ 4W Engine Generator Specs: 1. 2. 3. 4. 2.3 Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 Fuel Consumption @ Full Load: Wet Weight: Motor Starting kVA: Max. Voltage Dip for skVA 6.9 13.06 gal/hr 2,700 lbs. 920 skVA 35 % ENGINE A. Engine shall be specifically matched to the generator to provide specified performance. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Full pressurized lubrication system, gear driven pump. Vertical, multi-cylinder. Manufacturer's nameplate identifying engine type, serial number, etc. for proper servicing. Factory prototype testing, with test results available. Engine shall not exceed greater than 10% lubricating oil consumption/loss over 100 hours of operation at any load (0-100%). 4 cycle diesel (2 cycle engines are not permitted). Designed for commercial grade diesel fuel. Solid injection, full diesel type. The lubrication system shall be of the full pressure type. B. Emissions: Provide an engine certified to meet EPA Non-road Source Emissions Standards, 40 CFR 89, Tier 3 or the appropriate Tier Schedules, based on engine kW and application. Contractor is responsible for providing proper Tier rating, coordination of manufacturing, shipping and startup dates. Owner will not accept incorrect Tier rating due to delays in installation, etc. which affect the required Tier rating. C. Furnish engine with the following accessories: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Replaceable full flow oil filters. Dry type air cleaners. Fuel filter with replaceable element. Battery charging alternator. Isochronous governor to control engine speed. Frequency variation shall not exceed + 0.25 % for constant loads from 0-100%. Cummins EFC or Woodward DSLC. Heavy duty (12) or (24) volt starting system. Gear driven starter motor. Cranking via gear drive. Safety shutdown via control panel. PACKAGED GENERATOR ASSEMBLIES 16230-7 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Construction Documents 01/16/2015 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 2.4 Generators shall be rated for continuous standby operation. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. B. Heavy duty, single bearing, pre-lubricated type. ° Temperature Rise: 125 C. Self ventilating via direct drive blower. Maximum speed not greater than 1800 rpm. Flexible coupling of generator shaft to engine flywheel. Self-regulating: Revolving field, 4-pole, brushless AC exciter with rotating rectifiers or static-exciter regulator assembly. Stator twice impregnated with varnish, skewed to minimize heating and harmonics. Excitor shall be full-wave rectified with silicon diodes mounted on rotor shaft. Manual reset circuit breaker shall protect field circuit. ° ° Class "H" for 150 C rise over a 40 C ambient, as defined by NEMA Standard MG1-1.65, “Motors and Generators.” 2/3 pitch. Subtransient Reactance: Maximum of 12% Solid state automatic voltage regulator with manual digital voltage adjustment. 1. 2. 3. 4. Terminal voltage regulation of +0.5% from 0-100% load. Synchronous operation for immunity to SCR tracking. Steady state output voltage maintained at +0.5% of rated voltage from 0-100% Output voltage recovery to +1% of final voltage in less than 4 seconds after adding/removal 25 % load increments. OUTPUT CIRCUIT BREAKERS A. UL Listed output circuit breaker(s) on or at the generator. 1. 2. 3. 4. 2.6 Water cooled oil cooler. Coolant water pumps, centrifugal type, gear driven by engine, starting ° simultaneously with engine. System shall be designed for operation up to 125 F without derating. Engine mounted radiator, belt-driven fan, and thermostat. No exposed moving parts. Guards installed on all rotating belts, blades, etc. per UL2200, “Standard for Safety for Stationary Engine Generator Assemblies.” Jacket water heater, thermostatically controlled, 1.5 KW (120V/60Hz/1φ), isolation valves for servicing. Provide disconnect switch at generator. GENERATOR A. 2.5 Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 Thermal magnetic, molded case type. All generator-mounted circuit breakers shall be UL Service Entrance rated and shall bear a UL nameplate indicating this rating. Rating as per drawings. Breaker(s) shall meet requirements of Section 16440 “Low Voltage Electrical Distribution”. CONTROLS A. Integrated Control System: Control shall be via integrated generator set control system providing governing, voltage regulation, engine protection and operator interfacefunctions. Major features include: 1. Integral AmpSentry™ Protective Relay providing a full range of alternator PACKAGED GENERATOR ASSEMBLIES 16230-8 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Construction Documents 01/16/2015 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. B. 6. 7. Overspeed shut down Low oil pressure warning and shut down High coolant temperature warning and shut down High oil temperature warning (some models) Low coolant level warning or shut down Low coolant temperature warning High and low battery voltage warning Weak battery warning Dead battery shut down Fail to start (overcrank) shut down Fail to crank shut down Redundant start disconnect Cranking lockout Sensor failure indication. Engine data: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. E. Off/manual/auto mode switch Manual run/stop switch Panel lamp test switch Emergency stop switch Alpha-numeric display with pushbutton access for viewing engine and alternator data and providing setup, controls and adjustments LED lamps indicating genset running, not in auto, common warning, common shutdown. Configurable LED lamps (5). Engine protection: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. D. protection functions that are matched to the alternator provided. Battery monitoring and testing features and smart starting control system. Three phase sensing, full wave rectified voltage regulation system, with a PWM output for stable operation with all load types. Standard PCC Net™ and optional Echelon LONW ORKS® network interface. Control suitable for operation in ambient temperature from -40 °C to +70 °C (-40 °F to +158 °F) and altitudes to 5000 meters (13,000 feet). Prototype tested; UL, CSA, and CE compliant. Cummins PowerCommand, or approved equal. Operator/display panel: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. C. Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 DC voltage Lube oil pressure Coolant temperature Lube oil temperature (some models) Engine speed AmpSentry. AC protection: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Over current and short-circuit shut down Over current warning Single and three phase fault regulation Over and under voltage shut down Over and under frequency shut down Overload warning with alarm contact PACKAGED GENERATOR ASSEMBLIES 16230-9 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Construction Documents 01/16/2015 7. 8. F. Data logging on faults Time delay start and cooldown Cycle cranking Configurable customer inputs (4) Configurable customer outputs (4) Remote emergency stop Control Panel: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. L. Digital PWM electronic voltage regulation Three phase line-to-neutral sensing Suitable for PMG or shunt excitation Single and three phase fault regulation Configurable torque matching Control functions: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. K. Digital electronic isochronous governor Temperature dynamic governing Smart idle speed mode Glow plug control (some models) Voltage regulation: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. J. Genset model data Start attempts, starts, running hours kW hours (total and since reset) Fault history Load profile (hours less than 30% and hours more than 90% load) Governing: 1. 2. 3. 4. I. Line-to-line and line-to-neutral AC volts Three phase AC current Frequency Total and individual phase power factor, kW and Kva Other Data: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. H. Reverse power and reverse Var shut down Excitation fault Alternator data: 1. 2. 3. 4. G. Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 Generator mounted, microprocessor based control panel. Sealed front panel with gasketed doors. Meets requirements of NFPA 110, “Emergency and Standby Power Systems” for Level 1 systems Dead front type, NEMA 1 construction. Separate customer interconnection/termination box, completely separate from control panel. Vibration absorbing mountings. Listed under UL 508, and UL2200. Control Panel Functions: PACKAGED GENERATOR ASSEMBLIES 16230-10 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Construction Documents 01/16/2015 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. M. Cycle cranking control. Emergency stop switch/button. Idle mode control. Panel backlighting with switch. Reset switch. Run-Off-Auto switch. Lamp test switch. Audible alarm sounder. "NOT IN AUTO" light signal at generator and remote panels whenever if out of "Automatic" position. Automatic starting controls. Auxiliary Run relays. Common Failure Relays. Spare pre-wired, Form C, dry contacts for remote monitoring, to indicate functions listed under Remote Monitoring Panel. Standard Gauges, Meters & Warnings: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. N. Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 Ammeter (Analog or digital). AC Voltmeter (Analog or digital). Ammeter and voltmeter phase selector switches (L-L, L-N). Voltage adjusting rheostat. Current and potential transformers. Frequency meter (Analog or digital). DC Voltmeter Engine oil pressure gauge. Engine temperature gauge. Running time meter. Indicator lamps for the following: a. Overcrank b. Low Oil Pressure c. High Engine Temperature d. Overspeed e. Not In Auto f. System Ready g. Low Battery Voltage h. Battery Charger Fault i. Low Fuel j. Pre-Alarm - High Engine Temperature k. Pre-Alarm - Low Oil Pressure l. Low Water Temperature m. Auxiliary Alarm n. Auxiliary Pre-Alarm o. Liquid in rupture Tank Starting controls (Initiated via contact closure in ATS): 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Starting control shall disconnect automatically after firing via speed sensing switch. Lock out of start control for start failure or any safety shutdown. Manual reset required. 3 start attempts of 15 seconds cranking each 15 seconds between each attempt. Total actual cranking time for the complete cranking cycle shall be 45 seconds PACKAGED GENERATOR ASSEMBLIES 16230-11 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Construction Documents 01/16/2015 6. 7. O. during a 90 second interval. After the engine has stopped, the cranking control shall reset. OVER-CRANK signal light shall energize, start system shall lock-out and audio/visual alarm for failure. Automatic Shutdown Controls: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 2.7 Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 Emergency Stop Fail to Crank High AC Voltage High Coolant Temp Low AC Voltage Low Oil Pressure Overcrank Overspeed Short Circuit Underfrequency Low Coolant Level REMOTE MONITORING PANEL A. Solid state remote monitoring panel with audible and LED visual alarm lamps to indicate the following functions: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. Generator Running Normal Power Low Coolant Temperature (A) High Coolant Temperature (A) Pre-High Coolant Temp. (A) Low Oil Pressure (A) Pre-Low Oil Pressure (A) Overcrank (A) Overspeed (A) Low Battery Voltage Charger Fault (A) Normal Battery Voltage Low Engine Temp. (A) Not in Auto Mode (A) Emergency Stop (A) Low Fuel (Subbase Tank) (A) Liquid in Rupture Tank (Subbase Tank) (A) indicates audio/visual alarm. Others are visual only. B. 2.8 Panel test button shall be provided to check all indicator lights. An audible alarm with silence button shall warn user of generator trouble in addition to visual lamps. BATTERY CHARGER A. The battery charger shall be furnished as part of the engine/generator package from the manufacturer. 1. 2. 3. NEMA 1 enclosure. Automatic equalize-charge & float modes. DC volt and ammeter. PACKAGED GENERATOR ASSEMBLIES 16230-12 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Construction Documents 01/16/2015 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 2.9 For engine starting, provide heavy duty battery. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Lead calcium type batteries. 12 or 24 volt as required by engine. Batteries shipped dry. ° CCA rated per engine manufacturer for 0 F starting. Non-metallic, corrosion resistant rack. All cabling, connections and accessories. Champion, Interstate, Exide, C&D Charter, or equal. EXHAUST SYSTEM A. Provide exhaust system including silencer, size per generator set manufacturer. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. B. 2.11 On-Off" control switch. Fused AC input and DC output, with terminals for input and output connections. DC output of 12 or 24 volts, as required. Dry output contacts for AC input or DC output failure. Relays for high and low DC voltage. Inherently self-protected against shorts, overloads and reversed leads. Fuses accessible from the front of the charger. BATTERIES A. 2.10 Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 Critical (hospital) grade muffler. Maximum noise level of 85 dBA at 300-3000Hz within 10 feet at 100 percent of its specified KW/kVA rating. Muffler sized per engine manufacturer. ° Temperature warning labels on all surfaces which might exceed 158 F. Exhaust gas leakage shall not exceed UL558, “Standard for Industrial Trucks,” for the entire exhaust system. System exhaust discharge shall be horizontal, directed away from the Boiler Room wall. Exhaust system components not furnished by the manufacturer shall be of the same construction and quality as those sections furnished by same. SUBBASE FUEL STORAGE TANK A. Provide a sub base fuel storage tank under generator. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Listed per UL 142, “Steel Aboveground Tanks for Flammable and Combustible Liquids.” Double wall tank, pressure tested to 5 psi on both inner and outer tank. 750 gallon minimum capacity. 12 gauge corrosion resistant steel tank. 12 gauge top bottom and baffles, 7 gauge steel channel side supports. All required fittings and connections, including, but not limited to, fuel supply and return, fuel level gauge, low fuel alarm, manual fill, vent, fuel in rupture tank alarm, etc. Pressure relief vent caps shall be supplied for both the inner and outer tank. Normal vent and Emergency relief valve per NFPA 30, “Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code.” Maximum height of 30 inches. PACKAGED GENERATOR ASSEMBLIES 16230-13 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Construction Documents 01/16/2015 9. 10. 11. 12. 2.12 The generator set shall be housed in a weatherproof, sound attenuating outdoor housing as follows: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. Spring Isolators: application, spring quantity and spring constants, per generator manufacturer: 1. Spring type, vibration isolators with external leveling bolts, suitable for full static deflection. 2. Ribbed rubber or neoprene sound pads between spring isolator and foundation. 3. Zinc plated, corrosion-resistant fasteners and hardware 4. Power coated, high-strength steel springs. 5. ASTM-A36 steel construction, suitable for bolted or welded attachments. 6. Captive spring type, rated for high wind and Seismic Zone applications. 7. Vibro/Dynamics VSC Series spring mount isolators, or equal. FLUIDS A. All fluids of type and rating per engine manufacturer: 1. 2. 2.15 Welded and bolted, reinforced 14 gauge sheet steel. Weatherproof enclosure, electrostatically painted with paint inside and out. Inspection doors located for access to control equipment and maintenance points. Doors with continuous piano hinge and key locking handles. Expanded metal louvers for air intakes. Radiator discharge through shrouded scoop to provide Vertical discharge. Non-hygrscopic sound attenuating internal liner materials. Attenuation to 82 dB(A) at 7 meters. Enclosed exhaust piping and silencer mounting sealed or flanged to insure a weatherproof installation. Enclosure bolted to the generator set base. Two lifting eyes. Sized to house the various control components herein specified. Mounting of components shall be accomplished in such a way that vibration effect is not an inherent problem. Cummins Quite Site Level 1 Enclosure, or approved equal. VIBRATION CONTROL A. 2.14 Dimensions of base tank are permitted to exceed generator housing footprint, but must be coordinated with the generator yard enclosure dimensions to fit within the designed space, and provide Code required access paths. Height of base tank shall not place the output circuit breaker handle higher than 72” above surrounding grade. Dimensions of tank are permitted to exceed those of the generator skid dimensions, provided access to generator components are not impeded. Finish to match the color of Generator Enclosure. WEATHERPROOF SOUND ATTENUATING ENCLOSURE A. 2.13 Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 Engine oil. Ethylene Glycol Coolant with corrosion inhibitors. REMOTE EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN SWITCH A. Description: Remote Emergency Shutdown Switch for shut down of generator from each PACKAGED GENERATOR ASSEMBLIES 16230-14 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Construction Documents 01/16/2015 Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 ATS location. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 2.16 CONCRETE EQUIPMENT PADS A. PART 3 3.1 As specified in Section 16050 "Common Work Results For Electrical.” EXECUTION EXAMINATION A. 3.2 Mounted adjacent to ATS switch(es) within each building’s electrical room. With all required wiring, contacts, and interface for interrupting generator “run” circuit to cause immediate engine/generator shutdown. Yellow lexan housing, surface mounting. Maintained position, red pushbutton (Turn to reset). PUSH label on center of button. Label as EMERGENCY GENERATOR SHUTOFF Safety Technology International, Inc. #SS2-2-3-1, or equal. Site Verification of Conditions: Examine the conditions under which the equipment shall be delivered, installed, and operated. Make all allowances required for operation and maintenance of the equipment, per Codes and manufacturer. INSTALLATION A. General Requirements: 1. 2. B. Rough-in: 1. 2. 3. 4. C. Install all equipment, as indicated. Maintain minimum working space at live parts according to manufacturer’s written instructions. Provide all required access space per NEC for controls, fuses and items requiring maintenance access. Rough-in all underslab, below grade or below roof conduits, ducts, etc. prior to setting generator in place. Coordinate exact stub-ups with proposed manufacturer’s equipment installation drawings. All conduit shall be within the generator footprint. Rough-in for all required circuits, controls, connections, etc. as required by proposed equipment, even if not explicitly indicated on plans. Coordinate exact placement within the generator yard, accounting for differences in manufacturer’s units, subbase fuel tanks, etc, and required access clearances. Generator Assembly: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Provide concrete foundation/equipment pad or housekeeping pad, per 16050 “Common Work Results For Electrical.” Mount generator assembly steel skid, including sub-base tank where applicable, on a minimum of four spring type vibration isolators. Provide ribbed rubber sound pads between vibration isolators and concrete pad. Securely bolt spring isolators to concrete pad. Adjust internal isolator leveling bolts for level installation. Maintain 42" minimum width around entire generator set for maintenance access. Construct concrete pads such that pad is a minimum of 6 inches above surrounding grade. PACKAGED GENERATOR ASSEMBLIES 16230-15 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Construction Documents 01/16/2015 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. D. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. If the sub base tank places any maintenance item above 72”, provide a service platform acceptable to the AHJ. Fluids: Provide all fluids of type and rating per engine manufacturer, for initial starting, testing and final delivery to Owner including: 1. 2. 3. I. Securely attach sub-base tank to generator skid and to vibration isolators on concrete slab. Provide all required fittings and connections, including, but not limited to, fuel supply and return, fuel level gauge, low fuel alarm, manual fill, vent, fuel in rupture tank alarm, etc. Provide pressure relief vent caps for both the inner and outer tank. Connect all alarms to the control panel and remote annunciator, where applicable. Coordinate tank installation with electrical and plumbing connections. Make provisions for electrical stub-up access after tank installation. Vent all tank(s) per NFPA 30, “Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code.” Service Platform. 1. H. Provide flexible stainless steel fuel lines in within first 18" between engine and all rigid fuel supply and/or return line(s), sub-base tanks, skid mounted day-tanks, or connections to rigid gas piping system. Generator Sub-base Tank: 1. G. Install flexible stainless steel exhaust coupling for first 18" between engine connection and silencer. Install such that no exhaust system weight is supported by the turbocharger or generator. Provide condensate drain with manual valve on muffler. Provide flanges, gaskets, fittings, connectors, brackets and piping as required. Provide insulation on exhaust system, as specified in Division 15. For horizontal discharges, provide 45 degree backward slant cut on pipe tip. Generator Fuel Line Connections: 1. F. Coordinate conduit and fuel line stub-ups within generator frame and/or sub-base tank. No conduit is permitted outside of generator footprint. Install generator with radiator airflow directed vertically. Install exhaust discharge directed horizontally away from building, per drawings. Ensure that all service access doors can be fully opened for access. Seal all penetrations for conduit, piping, exhaust, etc. to maintain weatherproof and/or sound attenuating properties. Generator Exhaust: 1. E. Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 Engine oil. Completely fill entire system including radiator and all piping with coolant and softened water in 50:50 ratio. Add corrosion inhibitor. Fuel oil (provide as required for startup and testing, and completely fill sub-base tank prior to delivery to owner. Electrical Accessories: PACKAGED GENERATOR ASSEMBLIES 16230-16 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Construction Documents 01/16/2015 1. J. 4. Remote Monitoring Panels. Emergency Generator Stop Buttons. Connections to sensors and other equipment displayed and/or monitored by the generator control system and status panel. a. Fuel leak detection sensors. b. High/low fuel level sensors. c. Daytank alarms. d. Battery charger failure. Connections to automatic transfer switch(es) connected to the generator control system. a. Engine start/stop controls. CONSTRUCTION A. Interface with Other Work: 1. B. 3.4 Fill dry battery cells with distilled water per manufacturer’s instructions. Provide hold-downs for each battery cell to prevent movement. Apply spray-on corrosion inhibitor with red dye to all battery terminals. Remote Equipment: Install all remote equipment, as specified, indicated on contract drawings, or required for proper operation of generator system. Provide all raceways, wiring, connections, testing of remote equipment: 1. 2. 3. 3.3 Provide local disconnecting means for all generator accessories for servicing, to comply with NEC: a. Battery Chargers - provide toggle switch. b. Jacket Heaters - provide non-fused safety switch. Starting Batteries: 1. 2. 3. K. Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 Provide connections between generator and other work of this contract: a. Auto transfer switch(es). b. Panelboards, switchboards, etc. c. Fuel oil system. d. Exhaust piping system. Sequences of Operation: Where multiple automatic transfer switches are coupled to a single generator, the starting control system shall be such that Engine Start contacts at any transfer switch will start the engine. Engines shall not shut down until all associated transfer switches have transferred back to normal source and all cool-down time delays have expired. GROUNDING & BONDING A. Connections: Ground generators, frame and enclosures per NEC Article 250, “Grounding” and as specified in Section 16060 “Grounding & Bonding for Electrical Systems.” B. Ground generator system as follows: 1. 2. 3. Connect alternator equipment ground lug to generator frame and housing. Provide grounding electrode conductor to bond generator ground bus to the building ground system through the ATS ground lug. Driven ground rod at the generator location for grounding frame and housing. PACKAGED GENERATOR ASSEMBLIES 16230-17 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Construction Documents 01/16/2015 4. C. 3. The generator neutral bus shall be isolated from the generator ground and frame. The size of the neutral conductor from the neutral bus to the circuit breaker shall equal the size of the neutral conductor indicated on the plans on the load side of the circuit breaker. Solidly connect this neutral to the normal AC power neutral conductor at the ATS isolated neutral bus. REPAIR/RESTORATION A. 3.6 All sizes shall be as per NEC or as indicated on drawings, whichever is larger. Provide a non-separately derived system: 1. 2. 3.5 Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 Restore all finishes, equipment, surfaces and/or grade to original condition, where affected by the work of this section. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Independent Testing Agency: Provide services of an independent electrical testing agency, according to the requirements of Section "Quality Control” to perform tests on generator installations. B. Test Objectives: To ensure generator installation complies with Contract Documents, is operational within industry and manufacturer's tolerances, is adjusted to specific project parameters, and is suitable for energizing. C. Site Tests: 1. 2. 3. Schedule tests and provide notification at least one week in advance of test commencement. Pre-Startup Testing: After completing system installation, perform the following preparations for tests: a. Make insulation-resistance tests for generator, output breaker(s). b. Make continuity tests of windings and remote alarm circuits. c. Provide a set of Contract Drawings to the testing agency. d. Provide manufacturer's installation and testing instructions to the testing agency. e. Provide complete shop drawing data on all equipment. Start-Up Services: a. The complete installation shall be initially started and checked for operational compliance by factory trained manufacturer's representative(s). b. Inspect accessible components for cleanliness, mechanical, and electrical integrity, for presence of damage or deterioration, and to ensure removal of temporary shipping bracing. Do not proceed with tests until deficiencies are corrected. c. Inspect bolted electrical connections for tightness according to manufacturer's published torque values or, where not available, those of Standards 486A, “Wire Connectors and Soldering Lugs for Use with Copper Conductors.” d. All settings, as specified in this section, shall be properly set and verified by start-up personnel. e. Provide a written start-up and testing checklist, which verifies all settings and features are properly set and functioning. Written report shall PACKAGED GENERATOR ASSEMBLIES 16230-18 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Construction Documents 01/16/2015 4. indicate final setting of all adjustable features. Generator Tests: After installing generator, perform the following tests, at a minimum: a. Phase rotation. Matched to load requirements. b. All protective and shutdown features tested. c. Complete integrated test of generator and automatic transfer switch and control. d. Specified pickup, dropout, transfer, retransfer, engine start and cool down, and exercise timer settings. e. Operation of transfer and retransfer operation, including failure of emergency source. f. Operation of auxiliary contacts and devices. g. Operation of all gauges, displays and control equipment. D. Remove and replace malfunctioning components with new, and retest. E. Test Failures: Compare test results with specified performance or manufacturer's data. Correct deficiencies identified by tests and retest. F. Load Testing: 1. 2. 3. 4. 3.7 Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 Schedule and perform a post-installation load test to demonstrate the load capacity of the unit. Installer shall be present during the start-up and testing. Notify Owner and Architect at least one week in advance of start up/test date. A resistive load bank shall be used to test the generator. a. Load generator to nameplate rating. b. Maintain records for duration of test. Record: c. Time of day. d. Ambient air temperature e. Coolant temperature. f. Cranking time to start. g. Output voltage, frequency, current. h. Oil pressure. i. Battery charger rate at 5 minute intervals for the first 15 minutes and at 15 minute intervals thereafter. j. Load test shall be run as follows, recording load changes and the result on voltage and frequency. k. 25% rated load for 20 minutes l. 50% rated load for 20 minutes m. 75% rated load for 20 minutes n. 100% rated load for 3 hours Following running load test, allow generator to run unloaded for a cool down period of 5 minutes. After shutdown and another 5 minute period (not running), apply full rated load (nameplate KW). Apply load in one increment of 100% full load pick-up immediately upon reaching rated RPM. Test shall be run at full load for 30 minutes. Allow all proper cool down periods. IDENTIFICATION A. Provide permanent warning signs on generator housings and on fenced yards containing generators and associated equipment. Warning signs shall be as specified in section 16050 “Common Work Results for Electrical”. B. Provide Red identification plate with white engraved letters on the main service equipment PACKAGED GENERATOR ASSEMBLIES 16230-19 Kibart Inc. Baltimore, MD Kibart Project No. 14043.00 Construction Documents 01/16/2015 Darlington Elementary School 2119 Shuresville Road Darlington, MD 21034 to identify the type and location of emergency generator, per NEC articles 700, 701, 702, as applicable. C. 3.8 Provide Red identification plate with white engraved letters on the main service equipment to warn of shock hazard if neutral-ground bonding jumper or grounding electrode conductor is disconnected, as required by NEC article 700.7 (B). ADJUSTING A. General: 1. 3.9 CLEANING A. 3.10 Set all field adjustable parameters to those as specified. Inspect interior and exterior of installed generators and enclosures. Remove paint splatters and other spots, dirt, and debris. Touch up scratches and mars of finish to match original finish. DEMONSTRATION A. Training: Arrange and pay for the services of a factory-authorized service representative to demonstrate generator and accessories and train Owner's staff. Include a minimum of 8 hours of training in operation and maintenance. Provide both classroom training and hands-on equipment operation covering the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. B. Safety precautions. Features and construction of project equipment and accessories. Routine inspection, test and maintenance procedures. Routine cleaning. Changing of filters, fluids, etc. Features, operation, and maintenance of unit and protective devices. Interpretation of readings of indicating and alarm devices. Coordination with transfer switch(es). Ground fault protection systems. Schedule training with at least 7 days' advance notice. END OF SECTION PACKAGED GENERATOR ASSEMBLIES 16230-20 Phone (410) 494-1111 Fax (410) - 494-1112 901 Dulaney Valley Rd. Suite 301 Towson, MD 21204 CONSULTING ENGINEERS KIBART, Inc. CONSULTING ENGINEERS DARLINGTON ELEMENTARY SCHOOL HVAC SYSTEMIC RENOVATION HARFORD COUNTY PUBLIC SCHOOLS 2119 SHURESVILLE ROAD DARLINGTON, MD 21034 BASE BID A SCALE: 1/32" = 1'-0" BASE BID "A" INCLUDES BUT IS NOT LIMITED TOO: BASE BID "B" INCLUDES BUT IS NOT LIMITED TOO: - - - 1 - LOCATION MAP BASE BID PLANS - 1ST FLOOR - DUCTWORK ASSOCIATED WITH DOAS-1 INDOOR UNITS, DUCTWORK, AND PIPING ASSOCIATED WITH ACCU-2 INDOOR UNITS, DUCTWORK, AND PIPING ASSOCIATED WITH ACCU-3 ALL ASSOCIATED WORK, DUCTWORK, PIPING, CONTROLS TO MAKE EQUIPMENT LISTED ABOVE OPERABLE. ANY ADDITIONAL DEMOLITION OR NEW WORK IN THE AREA INDICATED. EMERGENCY GENERATOR AND ASSOCIATED WORK. ELECTRICAL SERVICE AND MAIN PANEL UPGRADE LIGHTING UPGRADE FUEL OIL TANK REMOVAL FIRE ALARM REPLACEMENT (UNDER ADD ALT 3) - ARCHITECTS 800 WYMAN PARK DRIVE, SUITE 300 BALTIMORE, MARYLAND 21211, 410-332-1009 N GRIEVES WORRALL WRIGHT & O'HATNICK INCORPORATED CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS JANUARY 16, 2015 PSC NUMBER: 12.056.SR BID NUMBER: HRM 01-15 DUCTWORK ASSOCIATED WITH DOAS-2 INDOOR UNITS, DUCTWORK, AND PIPING ASSOCIATED WITH ACCU-1 DUCTWORK ASSOCIATED WITH RTU-1 DUCTWORK ASSOCIATED WITH EF-1 ALL ASSOCIATED WORK, DUCTWORK, PIPING, CONTROLS TO MAKE EQUIPMENT LISTED ABOVE OPERABLE. ANY ADDITIONAL DEMOLITION OR NEW WORK IN THE AREA INDICATED. PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATION. I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THESE DOCUMENT WERE PREPARED OR APPROVED BY ME, AND THAT I AM A DULY LICENSED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MARYLAND. LICENSE NO : EXPIRATION DATE: 17655 2016-01-11 ENGINEER'S SEAL BASE BID B BASE BID A KIBART, INC (c) 2007 C:\Users\mgh\Documents\Darlington Elementary HVAC Renovation_Central File_mgh.rvt PLOTTED: 1/28/2015 1:31:18 PM GENERAL DRAWING LIST AREA MAP SHEET NUMBER CS1 S101 S201 AD-101 AD-102 AD-301 A-101 A-102 A-103 A-104 A-201 A-202 A-301 MP001 MP002 MP101 MP102 MP103 MP201 MP202 MP203 MP204 MP205 MP301 MP601 MP602 MP701 MP702 MP703 MP801 MP802 E001 E002 E101 E102 E103 E201 E202 E301 E302 E303 E601 E602 E701 E702 SHEET NAME COVER SHEET EXISTING ROOF FRAMING PLAN AND TYPICAL DETAILS TYPICAL DETAILS AND GENERAL NOTES FIRST FLOOR FLOOR PLAN - DEMOLITION SECOND FLOOR PLAN - DEMOLITION EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS - DEMOLITION FIRST FLOOR PLAN - ARCHITECTURAL SECOND FLOOR PLAN - ARCHITECTURAL WINDOW ELEVATIONS, DOOR SCHEDULE, DOOR TYPES & FRAME TYPES ADD ALTERNATE 1 ROOF PLAN REFLECTED CEILING PLAN - FIRST FLOOR REFLECTED CEILING PLAN - SECOND FLOOR EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS MECHANICAL COVER SHEET MECHANICAL CODE COMPLIANCE DEMOLITION - FIRST FLOOR - MECHANICAL DEMOLITION - SECOND FLOOR - MECHANICAL DEMOLITION - ROOF PLAN - MECHANICAL NEW WORK - FIRST FLOOR - MECHANICAL NEW WORK - SECOND FLOOR - MECHANICAL NEW WORK - ROOF PLAN - MECHANICAL NEW WORK - FIRST FLOOR - PIPING NEW WORK - SECOND FLOOR - PIPING PART PLANS - MECHANICAL SCHEMATICS - CONTROLS SCHEMATICS - CONTROLS DETAILS - MECHANICAL DETAILS - MECHANICAL DETAILS - MECHANICAL SCHEDULES - MECHANICAL SCHEDULES - MECHANICAL ELECTRICAL COVER SHEET ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN DEMOLITION - FIRST FLOOR - ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION - SECOND FLOOR - ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION - ROOF - POWER NEW WORK - FIRST FLOOR - LIGHTING NEW WORK - SECOND FLOOR - LIGHTING NEW WORK - FIRST FLOOR - POWER NEW WORK - SECOND FLOOR - POWER NEW WORK - ROOF - POWER DETAILS - ELECTRICAL DETAILS - ELECTRICAL - FIRE ALARM ANNUNCIATOR RISER - ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES - ELECTRICAL APPLICABLE CODES CODE COMAR .05.02.02 MARYLAND ACCESSIBILITY CODE INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE INTERNATIONAL ENERGY CODE INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE INTERNATIONAL FUEL GAS CODE INTERNATIONAL MECHANICAL CODE INTERNATIONAL PLUMBING CODE MARYLAND FIRE PREVENTION CODE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE NFPA 101 LIFE SAFETY CODE YEAR 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2012 2014 2009 N BASE BID PLANS - SECOND FLOOR PROJECT TITLE: SCALE: 1/32" = 1'-0" DARLINGTON ELEMENTARY SCHOOL HVAC SYSTEMIC RENOVATION BASE BID "A" INCLUDES BUT IS NOT LIMITED TOO: BASE BID "B" INCLUDES BUT IS NOT LIMITED TOO: - - - DUCTWORK ASSOCIATED WITH DOAS-1 INDOOR UNITS, DUCTWORK, AND PIPING ASSOCIATED WITH ACCU-2 INDOOR UNITS, DUCTWORK, AND PIPING ASSOCIATED WITH ACCU-3 ALL ASSOCIATED WORK, DUCTWORK, PIPING, CONTROLS TO MAKE EQUIPMENT LISTED ABOVE OPERABLE. ANY ADDITIONAL DEMOLITION OR NEW WORK IN THE AREA INDICATED. EMERGENCY GENERATOR AND ASSOCIATED WORK. LIGHTING UPGRADE IN OFFICES AND CORRIDORS FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL UPGRADE LIGHTING UPGRADE IN CLASSROOMS (UNDER ADD ALT 2) FIRE ALARM REPLACEMENT (UNDER ADD ALT 3) - DUCTWORK ASSOCIATED WITH DOAS-2 INDOOR UNITS, DUCTWORK, AND PIPING ASSOCIATED WITH ACCU-1 DUCTWORK ASSOCIATED WITH RTU-1 DUCTWORK ASSOCIATED WITH EF-1 ALL ASSOCIATED WORK, DUCTWORK, PIPING, CONTROLS TO MAKE EQUIPMENT LISTED ABOVE OPERABLE. ANY ADDITIONAL DEMOLITION OR NEW WORK IN THE AREA INDICATED. 14043.00 A/E PROJECT NO. : DRAFTED BY: MGH DESIGNED BY: MGH CHECKED BY: SPB 01/16/2015 DATE: REVISIONS NO 1 Revision Date 01/28/15 Revision Description Addendum 1 BASE BID B BASE BID A N SHEET TITLE: BASE BID PLANS - ROOF SCALE: 1/32" = 1'-0" BASE BID "A" INCLUDES BUT IS NOT LIMITED TOO: BASE BID "B" INCLUDES BUT IS NOT LIMITED TOO: - - - COVER SHEET DOAS-1 ACCU-2 ACCU-3 ALL ASSOCIATED WORK, DUCTWORK, PIPING, CONTROLS TO MAKE EQUIPMENT LISTED ABOVE OPERABLE. ANY ADDITIONAL DEMOLITION OR NEW WORK IN THE AREA INDICATED. - DOAS-2 ACCU-1 RTU-1 EF-1 ALL ASSOCIATED WORK, DUCTWORK, PIPING, CONTROLS TO MAKE EQUIPMENT LISTED ABOVE OPERABLE. ANY ADDITIONAL DEMOLITION OR NEW WORK IN THE AREA INDICATED. SHEET No. CS1 TIE FOUNDATION DRAIN INTO EXIST SUMP PUMP (CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY EXACT LOCATION) CORRIDOR 106 UP Phone (410) 494-1111 Fax (410) - 494-1112 901 Dulaney Valley Rd. Suite 301 Towson, MD 21204 ART ROOM 108 CONSULTING ENGINEERS BOILER ROOM 101 STORAGE 102 KIBART, Inc. STORAGE 104 CONSULTING ENGINEERS GYM OFFICE 105 SECOND FLOOR 17.00' UP CRAWLSPACE 103 AREA TO BE EXCAVATED FOR EXECUTION OF WORK.* FOLLOW EXCAVATION AND CONTROLLED FILL PROCEDURES ON MP101 (FUEL OIL TANK NOTES). 7.3 EXTENT OF WATERPROOFING ALTERNATE 7.2 9.8 STORAGE 109 MUSIC ROOM 107 LOUNGE 111 PLANNING 110 *EXCAVATION IS TO BE SLOPED/BENCHED PER OHSA REQUIREMENTS SO THAT NO SHORING OF THE EXCAVATION IS REQUIRED. 2 A105 2.1 3 A105 9.8 7.2 7.3 9.8 7.2 7.3 FIRST FLOOR 0.00' 2 A105 1 A105 FIRST FLOOR PLAN - WATERPROOFING - ADD ALTERNATE 5 2 A105 1/8" = 1'-0" ARCHITECTS 800 WYMAN PARK DRIVE, SUITE 300 BALTIMORE, MARYLAND 21211, 410-332-1009 EXTENT OF WATERPROOFING ALTERNATE WALL SECTION - WATERPROOFING - ADD ALTERNATE 5 1/4" = 1'-0" EXISTING CMU WALL METAL LATH PARGING PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATION. I HERE BY CERTIFY THAT THESE DOCUMENT WERE PREPARED OR APPROVED BY ME, AND THAT I AM A LICENCED ARCHITECT UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MARYLAND. 1 SHEET MEMBRANE WATERPROOFING LICENCE NO : EXPIRATION DATE: DRAINAGE PANEL GRAVEL 10910 2016-11-04 ARCHITECT'S SEAL 2.1 FIRST FLOOR 0.00' PLOTTED: 1/23/2015 11:14:44 AM SLOPE PARGING AT BASE OF WALL PROJECT TITLE: DARLINGTON ELEMENTARY SCHOOL HVAC SYSTEMIC RENOVATION 3 A105 DETAIL - BASE OF WATERPROOFING - ADD ALTERNATE 5 1 1 1/2" = 1'-0" CONSTRUCTION NOTES GENERAL NOTES 1. 2. KIBART, INC (c) 2007 C:\Users\BDE\Documents\Revit Files\1431-CD_2014-1_BDE.rvt 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. REFER TO REFLECTIVE CEILING PLANS FOR CEILING WORK. WORK ON OR TO THE EXISTING BUILDING ROOF SHALL NOT VOID THE EXISTING MANUFACTURER'S ROOFING WARRANTY ON THE ORIGINAL BUILDING. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY WARRANTOR PRIOR TO ANY WORK TO THE EXISTING ROOF AND ONCE WORK IS COMPLETED, OBTAIN DOCUMENTATION VERIFYING THAT THE EXISTING ROOFING SYSTEM HAS BEEN INSPECTED BY WARRANTOR AND THE WARRANTY REMAINS IN EFFECT. SUBMIT DOCUMENTATION AT PROJECT CLOSEOUT. ALL WORK SHOWN IS EXIST TO REMAIN UNLESS NOTED OR INDICATED AS DASHED LINES TO BE REMOVED. THE EXTENT OF DEMO WORK SHALL INCLUDE ALL INCIDENTAL DEMO WORK NECESSARY TO PROPERLY PROVIDE ALL NEW WORK SHOWN AND SPECIFIED, TO INCLUDE MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL AND PLUMBING ITEMS. DEMO WORK SHOWN IS BASED ON EXIST DWGS AND INSPECTIONS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VISUALLY INSPECT ALL EXIST CONDITIONS AND IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PERFORMING THE INDICATED DEMO WORK EVEN IF ACTUAL CONDITIONS DIFFER FROM THOSE SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. DEMO CONTRACTOR SHALL COORD WITH NEW WORK SECTIONS FOR ADDITIONAL INFO RELATED TO EXTENT OF DEMO. REFER TO ALL OTHER DWGS IN THIS SET FOR INCIDENTAL DEMOLITION WORK NOT NOTED ON THE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS. THE OWNER HAS FIRST RIGHT REFUSAL OF ALL SALVAGE ITEMS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROPERLY DISPOSE OF ALL CONSTRUCTION DEBRIS. DO NOT STOCKPILE DEBRIS ON SITE. ITEMS TO BE DEMOLISHED SHALL BE REMOVED COMPLETELY INCLUDING ALL ANCHORS, HANGERS, FASTENERS, PIPES, CONDUITS, DUCTS, ETC UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED TO BE ABANDONED IN PLACE. CONC SLAB PATCHES MUST BE FLUSH WITH REMAINING SURFACES TO PERMIT APPLICATION OF FINISHES. PROVIDE WELDED WIRE MESH IN PATCH AREAS LARGER THAN (4) FOUR SQUARE FEET. REMOVE, PATCH AND REPAIR PORTIONS OF WALL PARTITIONS WHICH CONFLICT WITH NEW WORK TO BE INSTALLED, EVEN IF NOT SPECIFICALLY NOTED TO BE DEMOLISHED ON PLANS. ALL EXISTING STRUCTURES SHALL REMAIN, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR MAINTAINING THE INTEGRITY OF EXIST BUILDING ELEMENTS TO REMAIN THROUGHOUT SEQUENCE OF WORK. ANY DAMAGE TO EXISTING BUILDING CONDITIONS SHOWN TO REMAIN SHALL BE RESTORED TO NEW WORK CONDITION AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. WHERE CLGS ARE TO BE REMOVED, REMOVE ALL CLG SYSTEMS COMPLETE INCLUDING GRID, TRIM HANGERS, CLIPS, ETC. WHERE NEW CLGS ARE SPECIFIED, NO DOUBLE CLGS PERMITTED. REMOVE ALL ORIGINAL CONCEALED CLGS WHERE ENCOUNTERED. ALL EXIST SURFACES TO REMAIN SHALL BE PROTECTED, PATCHED IF DAMAGED AND CLEANED PRIOR TO APPLICATION OF FINISHES. REMOVE MECH, ELEC AND PLUMBING ITEMS AS NOTED ON MECH, ELEC AND PLUMBING PLANS. COORD WITH STRUCT, MECH, ELEC AND PLUMBING FOR ADDITIONAL DEMO NOTES. CONTRACTOR SHALL REFER TO ALL STRUCT, MECH, ELEC AND PLUMBING DRAWINGS AND SPECS FOR PROCEDURES CONCERNING RELATED TRADES IN AREAS WHICH REQUIRE DEMO. REMOVE WALL PORTIONS FOR PROPOSED MECHANICAL DUCT OR PIPING PENETRATIONS ON MECH/PLUMBING EVEN IN NOT SHOWN ON DEMOLITION PLANS. PROVIDE STEEL LINTEL. CONTRACTOR SHALL FILL ALL EXISTING OR NEW VOIDS/OPENINGS/PENETRATIONS IN THE EXISTING CORRIDOR WALLS, INCLUDING WHERE WALLS MEET THE FLOOR OR ROOF DECK ABOVE, WITH FIRE SAFING MATERIAL AND THEN SEAL WITH FIRE SEALANT (OR 5/8" THICK GYPSUM BOARD IF REQUESTED BY AHJ) TO MEET THE FIRE RATING OF THE CORRIDOR WALLS. 2.1 4.1 4.2 4.3 7.1 7.2 7.3 8.1 8.2 ADD ALTERNATE 5 - PROVIDE 8" DIA. FOUNDATION DRAIN ALONG WATERPROOFING. TIE INTO EXISTING SUMP AT THE BOTTOM OF THE EXTERIOR STAIR. PROVIDE BLANK-OFF PANEL ON BACKSIDE OF EXTERIOR LOUVER, SEAL AND INSULATE BEHIND PANEL, AND PROVIDE CMU AT WALL OPENING ON INTERIOR SIDE. PAINT EXISTING AND NEW INTERIOR WALL FINISH BEHIND REMOVED MECHANICAL UNIT TO MATCH EXISTING. PROVIDE CMU INFILL AT OPENING (MATCH EXIST); COORDINATE WITH MECHANICAL DEMO. PAINT TO MATCH EXISTING WALL FINISH. ADD ALTERNATE 4 - RAKE OUT ALL EXTERIOR MASONRY MORTAR JOINTS (ON ADDITION ONLY) TO DEPTH 2 TIMES JOINT WIDTH AND REPOINT WITH NEW MORTAR THAT MATCHES ORIGINAL BUILDING. NEW ROOF PENETRATION. COORDINATE LOCATIONS WITH MECHANICAL DRAWINGS. MAINTAIN ROOF WARRANTY. SEE DETAIL 2/A104 FOR DETAIL AT NEW ROOF EQUIPMENT CURBS; COORDINATE WITH CURB. ADD ALTERNATE 5 - PROVIDE BELOW-GRADE WATERPROOFING AND ACCESSORIES. TOP OF WATERPROOFING TO EXTEND TO ABOVE GRADE WITH A TERMINATION BAR AND SEALANT PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTION. TOP OF WATERPROOFING SHALL STEP AS GRADE SLOPES. ADD ALTERNATE 5 - CLEAN EXISTING WALL TO BE FREE OF DIRT AND OTHER CONTAMINENTS THAT WOULD PREVENT THE INSTALLATION OF PARGING. ADD ALTERNATE 1 - PROVIDE STOREFRONT SYSTEM AS INDICATED IN CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. EXISTING LINTELS SHALL BE SCRAPED TO BARE METAL, SANDED, PRIMED, AND PAINTED PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF NEW STOREFRONT SYSTEM. ADD ALTERNATE 1 - PROVIDE DOOR SYSTEM AS INDICATED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. EXISTING LINTELS SHALL BE SCRAPED TO BARE METAL, SANDED, PRIMED AND PAINTED PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF NEW DOOR SYSTEM. 8.3 ADD ALTERNATE 1 - INSTALL EXTERIOR FACE OF NEW STOREFRONT OR DOOR FRAME IN SAME VERTICAL PLANE AS EXTERIOR FACE OF DEMOLISHED FRAME. 8.4 PROVIDE BLANK-OFF PANEL ON BACKSIDE OF EXTERIOR LOUVER, INSULATE AND PROVIDE BRAKE METAL AT PANEL OPENING ON INTERIOR SIDE TO MATCH EXISTING. (DELETE THIS WORK AS PART OF ADD ALTERNATE 1) 9.1 9.2 INSTALL NEW ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILING SYSTEM INCLUDING PANELS AND SUSPENSION GRID THROUGH OUT. EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURES, SPRINKLER HEADS, AND OTHER ELECTRICAL DEVICES TO REMAIN, UNLESS SHOWN OTHERWISE ON ELECTRICAL DOCUMENTS. INSTALL NEW GYP BD CEILING, INCLUDING SUPPORT SYSTEM AND ACCESS PANELS AS REQUIRED. EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURES, SPRINKLER HEADS, AND OTHER ELECTRICAL DEVICES TO REMAIN, UNLESS SHOWN OTHERWISE ON ELECTRICAL DOCUMENTS. 9.3 9.4 PROVIDE VCT FLOORING AS REQUIRED TO FILL AREA OF REMOVED MECHANICAL UNIT AND/OR SHELVING. NEW VCT SHALL MATCH EXISTING IN SIZE AND THICKNESS. COLOR TO MATCH EXISTING AND BE REVIEWED BY ARCHITECT. EXISTING CEILING SYSTEM TO REMAIN. PAINT. 9.5 ADD ALTERNATE 1 - SCRAPE, SAND, AND PAINT ALL METAL LINTELS, SOFFITS, VENTS, AND LOUVERS ASSOCIATED WITH DOOR/WINDOW RECESS. 9.6 GYP BD ON METAL STUD BULKHEAD, SEE DETAIL 2/A201. FINISH AND PAINT TO MATCH EXISTING. 9.7 9.8 Author DRAFTED BY: DESIGNED BY: Designer CHECKED BY: Checker 01/16/2015 DATE: PROVIDE METAL STUD FRAMING FOR A MECH CHASE, WITH ONE LATER OF 5/8" GYP BD ON EXTERIOR SIDE, TO FIT AROUND MECH PIPES OR DUCTWORK, FROM FLOOR TO 6" ABOVE CEILING. SEE PLAN FOR DIMENSIONS OF CLEARANCE WITHIN THE FRAMING. PAINT WALLS TO MATCH EXISTING WALLS AND PROVIDE WALL BASE TO MATCH EXISTING. ADD ALTERNATE 5 - PROVIDE PARGING ON METAL LATH SECURELY AFFIXED TO CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS. 14043.00 A/E PROJECT NO. : REVISIONS NO 1 Revision Date 01/28/2015 Revision Description Addendum 1 ADD ALTERNATE 1 - PROVIDE METAL LOUVER BLINDS TO FIT IN WINDOW, TRANSOM, 12.1 AND/OR SIDELITE OPENING. INSTALL SUCH THAT OPERATION OF WINDOW BLINDS DOES NOT CONFLICT WITH WINDOW OPERATION OR ADJACENT SURFACES OR CONSTRUCTION. PROVIDE 36" TALL X 34" WIDE X 18" PLASTIC LAMINATE, OPEN BOOKCASE UNITS WITH 12.2 SOLID BACKS, ONE ADJUSTABLE SHELF AND LAMINATE ON EXPOSED ENDS. BASIS OF DESIGN SHALL BE CANDEX CUSTOM FURNITURE; WWW.CANDEXCUSTOM.COM. ADD ALTERNATE 1 - WHERE THEY ARE INSTALLED IN SOFFITS, CLEAN, REPAINT, AND 16.1 INSTALL PREVIOUSLY REMOVED AND STORED RECESSED LIGHT HOUSINGS AND TRIMS; PROVIDE NEW LAMPS TO MATCH PRODUCTS SPECIFIED FOR EXISTING FIXTURES. SHEET TITLE: EXTERIOR WALL WATERPROOFING ADD ALTERNATE 5 SHEET No. A105 Phone (410) 494-1111 Fax (410) - 494-1112 901 Dulaney Valley Rd. Suite 301 Towson, MD 21204 11 CONSULTING ENGINEERS KIBART, Inc. CONSULTING ENGINEERS 12 RX. 1" FOS/FOR 4 RX. 3/4" HS/HR 5 RX. OA DUCT 6 5 5 10 10 RX. 1/2" HS/HR 13 1 15 RX. 14x8 RX. 10x8 RX. 10x6 16 17 2 15 18 3 RX. 1 1/4" HS/HR RX. 4" HS/HR 18 RX. 1 1/4" HS RX. 3" HR RX. 2 1/2" HS RX. 1 1/2" HR RX. 3" HS RX. 1 1/4" HR RX. 18x18 RX. 4" HS/HR RX. 1" HR 8 8 T RX. 28x12 RX. 1/2" HS/HR MP301 1 RX. 18x10 2 RX. 1/2" HS/HR 1 13 8 T 15 T ARCHITECTS 800 WYMAN PARK DRIVE, SUITE 300 BALTIMORE, MARYLAND 21211, 410-332-1009 4 GRIEVES WORRALL WRIGHT & O'HATNICK INCORPORATED 4 RX. 1/2" HS/HR 14 3 RX. 18x10 RX. 2" HS/HR RX. 10x8 2 2 T 8 T RX. 3" HR & 1 1/2" HS 8 6 RX. 14x6 2 RX. 10x8 2 RX. 2" HS RX. 24x10 RX. 2 1/2" HR 1 15 PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATION. I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THESE DOCUMENT WERE PREPARED OR APPROVED BY ME, AND THAT I AM A DULY LICENSED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MARYLAND. RX. 2" HS RX. 3" HR RX. 14x8 RX. 2" HS/HR 1 6 RX. 18x8 RX. 14x6 LICENSE NO : EXPIRATION DATE: 3 15 9 17655 2016-01-11 15 RX. 1/2" HS/HR 7 ENGINEER'S SEAL RX. 3/4" HS/HR RX. 10x6 13 1 13 RX. 10x6 RX. 14x14 5 4 4 4 N FIRST FLOOR HVAC - DEMOLITION SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0" FUEL OIL TANK DEMOLITION NOTES: KIBART, INC (c) 2007 C:\Users\mgh\Documents\Darlington Elementary HVAC Renovation_Central File_mgh.rvt PLOTTED: 1/28/2015 1:31:27 PM CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURE 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. A CERTIFIED U.S.T. REMOVAL PERSON SHALL BE ON-SITE AND ALL WORK SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TANK EXCAVATION ASSESSMENT (T.E.A.) CLOSURE SPECIFICATIONS THIS SHEET. REMOVE UNDERGROUND TANK PER T.E.A. CLOSURE SPECIFICATIONS SHOWN ON THIS SHEET. BACKFILL EXCAVATION PER CONTROLLED FILL SPECIFICATIONS SHOWN ON THIS SHEET. SEED AND MULCH ALL DISTURBED AREAS TO STABILIZE. CONTRACTOR TO REPAIR ANY AREAS DAMAGED DURING CONSTRUCTION TO THE SATISFACTION OF HCPS. TANK EXCAVATION, ASSESSMENT (TEA) CLOSURE THE MARYLAND DEPARTMENT OF THE ENVIRONMENT (MDE) MUST BE NOTIFIED IN ACCORDANCE WITH COMAR 26.10.10.02A BY SUBMITTING THE 30 DAY WRITTEN NOTIFICATION FORM-UST REMOVAL/ABANDOMENT FORM NUMBER MDE/LMA/COM.039).ALL UST CLOSURE ACTIVITIES MUST BE PERFORMED UNDER THE DIRECT SUPERVISION OF A MARYLAND CERTIFIED TECHNICIAN OR REMOVER. PROPER SAFETY PROCEDURES MUST BE FOLLOWED AND SAFETY EQUIPMENT USED. REMOVE ALL LIQUID/SLUDGE FROM THE UST PRIOR TO REMOVAL USING A VACUUM TRUCK OR SIMILAR EQUIPMENT AND DISPOSAL OF IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE LOCAL, STATE, AND FEDERAL REGULATIONS. EXCAVATE AND REMOVE THE UST AND SYSTEM COMPONENTS INCLUDING SUPPLY LINES, FILLS, AND VENTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE LOCAL, STATE, AND FEDERAL REGULATIONS. DURING THE EXCAVATION OF THE SOILS SURROUNDING THE UST, THE SOILS SHALL BE SCREEN FOR VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS (VOCS) USING A PROPERLY CALIBRATED PHOTO-IONIZATION DETECTOR (PID). FOLLOWING THE REMOVAL OF THE UST, THE UST SHALL BE INSPECTED FOR CURRENT CONDITION AND DISPOSED OF AT A FACILITY APPROVED TO ACCEPT SUCH MATERIAL. EXCAVATE, REMOVE AND DISPOSE OF "DEADMAN" UST COUNTER WEIGHTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE LOCAL, STATE, AND FEDERAL REGULATIONS, BY DIRECTION OF MDE. AS DIRECTED BY THE MDE, A MAXIMUM OF 4 CONFIRMATION SAMPLES SHALL BE COLLECTED APPROXIMATELY 2 FEET INTO RESIDUAL MATERIAL DIRECTLY BENEATH THE UST AND SUBMITTED FOR LABORATORY ANALYSIS TO INCLUDE FULL SUITE VOC'S USING ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY (EPA) METHOD 8260 AND TOTAL PETROLEUM HYDROCARBONS-DIESEL RANGE ORGANICS (TPH-DRO) AND GASOLINE RANGE ORGANICS (TPH-GRO) USING EPA METHOD 8015. IF A CONCRETE PAD IS ENCOUNTERED, THE CONCRETE WILL NEED TO BE REMOVED TO COLLECT THE CONFIRMATION SOIL SAMPLES. ANY ENCOUNTERED PETROLEUM CONTAMINATED SOIL MUST BE REMOVED FROM THE SITE IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE LOCAL, STATE, AND FEDERAL REGULATIONS. ANY STOCKPILED CONTAMINATED SOIL MUST BE PLACED ON AND COVERED BY PLASTIC WITH A MINIMUM THICKNESS OF 5 MILLIMETERS. THE EXCAVATION MUST BE BACKFILLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CONTROLLED FILL SPECIFICATIONS SHOWN ON THIS SHEET. PREPARE A TANK EXCAVATION ASSESSMENT (TEA) CLOSURE REPORT TO BE SUBMITTED TO THE MDE. THE TEA CLOSURE REPORT SHALL INCLUDE, BUT NOT NECESSARILY BE LIMITED TO, THE FOLLOWING: PERFORMED FOR EVERY 50 SQUARE FEET OF FILL PLACEMENT, PER LIFT. A TESTING FIRM SHALL BE RETAINED TO MONITOR THE CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES, INCLUDING OBSERVATION OF PROOF-ROLLING PRIOR TO FILL PLACEMENT, PLACEMENT OF CONTROLLED FILL, FIELD DENSITY TESTING FOR ALL NEW CONTROLLED FILL INCLUDING BASE STONE AND ASPHALT PLACEMENT FOR PAVEMENT AREAS. A.SUMMARY OF THE ACTIVITIES. B. SOIL SCREENING RESULTS. C.ANALYTICAL SUMMARY TABLES. D.LABORATORY ANALYTICAL REPORTS. E. WASTE MANIFESTS. F. PHOTO-DOCUMENTATION. G.SITE DIAGRAM DEPICTING THE UST LOCATION. H.MDE CORRESPONDENCE. I. UST DISPOSAL RECEIPT. CONTROLLED FILL SPECIFICATIONS : NEW BACKFILL MATERIALS SHALL NOT CONTAIN ANY DEBRIS, WASTE, OR FROZEN MATERIALS AND THEY SHALL CONTAIN LESS THAN TWO (2) PERCENT VEGETATION-ORGANIC MATERIALS BY WEIGHT. ALSO, MATERIALS CLASSIFIED AS CH, MH, OL, OH, OR PT SHALL NOT BE USED. THE ON-SITE LOW TO HIGH PLASTICITY SILTY CLAYS ARE RELATIVELY SENSITIVE TO MOISTURE FLUCTUATIONS AND TYPICALLY CAN BE EFFECTIVELY PLACED AND COMPACTED ONLY DURING DRIER SEASONS. USE OF THESE SOILS DURING WET OR RAINY SEASONS IS OFTEN FUTILE DUE TO THE TIME AND EFFORT REQUIRED TO DRY THE MATERIAL TO ACHIEVE ADEQUATE COMPACTION. THEREFORE, EARTHWORK CONSTRUCTION DURING THE APPROXIMATE PERIOD OF LATE FALL TO EARLY SPRING IS GENERALLY VERY DIFFICULT WITH THE LIMESTONE DERIVED SOILS IN THIS REGION. USE OF LOCAL WEATHERED SHALE CAN BE CONSIDERED AS AN ALTERNATE FILL MATERIAL DURING ADVERSE WEATHER CONDITIONS. IN SUMMARY, SATISFACTORY MATERIALS PLACED SHALL BE FREE OF ROCK OR GRAVEL LARGER THAN SIX (6) INCHES IN ANY DIMENSION. PRIOR TO PLACEMENT AS CONTROLLED FILL, AND REPRESENTATIVE SAMPLES SHALL BE SUBMITTED BY THE CONTRACTOR ONE WEEK PRIOR TO PLACEMENT OF THAT MATERIAL TO ALLOW TIME FOR COMPLETION OF THE NECESSARY LABORATORY TESTS. EACH LAYER SHALL BE MOISTENED OR AERATED AS NECESSARY TO OBTAIN THE REQUIRED COMPACTION. EACH LAYER SHALL BE COMPACTED TO THE REQUIRED PERCENTAGE OF MAXIMUM DRY DENSITY. FILL SHALL NOT BE PLACED ON SURFACES THAT ARE MUDDY OR FROZEN, OR HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED BY TESTING AND/OR PROOF-ROLLING. FREE WATER SHALL BE PREVENTED FROM APPEARING ON THE SURFACE DURING OR SUBSEQUENT TO COMPACTION OPERATIONS. SOIL MATERIAL WHICH IS REMOVED BECAUSE IT IS TOO WET TO PERMIT PROPER COMPACTION SHALL BE SPREAD AND ALLOWED TO DRY. DRYING CAN BE FACILITATED BY DISCING OR HARROWING UNTIL THE MOISTURE CONTENT IS REDUCED TO AN ACCEPTABLE LEVEL. WHEN THE SOIL IS TOO DRY, WATER SHALL BE APPLIED UNIFORMLY TO THE SUBGRADE SURFACE OR TO THE LAYER TO BE COMPACTED. ALL FILL MATERIAL COMPACTED BY HEAVY COMPACTION EQUIPMENT SHALL BE PLACED IN MAXIMUM 10-INCH LOOSE LIFTS. ALL FILL MATERIAL COMPACTED BY HAND-OPERATED TAMPERS OR LIGHT COMPACTION EQUIPMENT SHALL BE PLACED IN MAXIMUM 4-INCH LOOSE LIFTS. STRUCTURAL FILL MATERIAL PLACED BELOW PAVEMENT AREAS AND CONTROLLED FILL SLOPES SHALL BE COMPACTED TO AT LEAST 95 PERCENT OF THE LABORATORY MAXIMUM DRY DENSITY AS DETERMINED BY THE MODIFIED PROCTOR METHOD (ASTM D 1557). FILL PLACED WITHIN THE TOP ONE (1) FOOT OF PAVEMENT AND STRUCTURE SUBGRADE AREAS SHALL BE COMPACTED TO 97 PERCENT OF THE MAXIMUM DRY DENSITY AS DETERMINED BY ASTM D 1557. FILL PLACED BELOW THE TOP ONE (1) FOOT OF PAVEMENT SUBGRADE AREAS SHALL BE COMPACTED TO NOT LESS THAN 95 PERCENT OF THE MAXIMUM DRY DENSITY AS DETERMINED BY ASTM D 1557. THE MOISTURE CONTENT OF THE SOILS SHALL BE AT OR WITHIN TWO (2) PERCENTAGE POINTS OF THE OPTIMUM MOISTURE CONTENT. COMPACTION TESTING SHALL BE PERFORMED ON ALL MATERIALS PLACED AS NEW CONTROLLED FILL. A MINIMUM OF 1 COMPACTION TEST SHALL BE OF SOD/TURFGRASS FOR PERMANENT, LONG-LIVED VEGETATIVE COVER SHALL CONFORM TO SECTION G20-10 & 11 OF THE "1994 MARYLAND STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR SOIL EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL," PUBLISHED JOINTLY BY WATER RESOURCES ADMINISTRATION, NATURAL RESOURCES CONSERVATION SERVICE, AND THE STATE SOIL CONSERVATION COMMITTEE. PERMANENT SEEDING AND SOD NOTES GENERAL FUEL OIL TANK REMOVAL NOTES GENERAL NO SUBSURFACE INVESTIGATION HAS BEEN PERFORMED. TO DETERMINE THE EXISTENCE OR LOCATION OF GROUND WATER, ROCK, OR OTHER NATURAL OR MAN-MADE FEATURES. EXCEPT AS SPECIFICALLY INDICATED. NO ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES HAVE BEEN CONDUCTED BY OUR FIRM. SCOPE: PLANTING PERMANENT, LONG-LIVED VEGETATIVE COVER ON GRADED OR CLEARED AREAS. STANDARDS: PERMANENT SEEDING SHALL CONFORM TO ALL REQUIREMENTS OF THE "1994 MARYLAND STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR SOIL EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL," SECTION 20.0, PUBLISHED JOINTLY BY WATER RESOURCES ADMINISTRATION, NATURAL RESOURCES CONSERVATION SERVICE, AND THE STATE SOIL CONSERVATION COMMITTEE. SPECIFICATIONS SOIL AMENDMENTS: a. FOR SITES 5 ACRES OR UNDER, APPLY 90 lbs./ac. (2.0 lbs. ACTUAL NITROGEN/1000 sq.ft.) AND 175 lbs./ac. (4 lbs. ACTUAL P205 AND K20/1000 sq. ft.). A SLOW RELEASE UREAFORM FERTILIZER (46-0-0) MAY BE APPLIED TO AREAS RECEIVING LOW MAINTENANCE TO PROVIDE NITROGEN OVER A LONGER PERIOD OF TIME. FOR THIS TREATMENT, APPLY 150 lbs./ac. (3.5 lbs./1000 sq. ft.) OF A UREAFORM FERTILIZER IN ADDITION TO THE ABOVE FERTILIZER APPLICATION AT TIME OF SEEDING. b. LIME SHALL BE APPLIED AT 2 TONS/ac. (100 lbs./1000 sq. ft.). c. INCORPORATE LIME AND FERTILIZER INTO THE TOP 3-5 INCHES OF SOIL. d. SITES HAVING A DISTURBED AREA OVER 5 ACRES SHALL HAVE SOIL TESTS PERFORMED TO DETERMINE RATE. SEEDBED PREPARATION: SOIL SHALL BE LOOSENED TO A DEPTH OF 3-5 INCHES BY RAKING, DISCING, OR OTHER ACCEPTABLE MEANS PRIOR TO SEEDING. SEEDING: a. USE THE MIXTURE SPECIFIED ON THE PERMANENT SEEDING SUMMARY. b. APPLY SEED UNIFORMLY WITH A CYCLONE SEEDER, DRILL, CULTIPAKER SEEDER OR HYDROSEEDER (SLURRY INCLUDES SEED AND FERTILIZER ON A FIRM, MOIST SEEDBED). MAXIMUM SEEDING DEPTH SHOULD BE 1/4" ON CLAYEY SOILS AND 1/2" ON SANDY SOILS, WHEN USING OTHER THAN HYDROSEEDER METHOD OF APPLICATION. NOTE: IF HYDROSEEDING IS USED AND THE SEED AND FERTILIZER IS MIXED, THEY WILL BE MIXED ON SITE AND THE SEEDING SHALL BE IMMEDIATE WITHOUT INTERRUPTION. MULCHING: a. MULCH SHALL BE APPLIED IMMEDIATELY AFTER SEEDING. MULCH MATERIALS AND APPLICATIONS SHALL CONFORM TO THE "1994 MARYLAND STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR SOIL EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL," SECTION 20.0, PUBLISHED JOINTLY BY WATER RESOURCES ADMINISTRATION, NATURAL RESOURCES CONSERVATION SERVICE, AND THE STATE SOIL CONSERVATION COMMITTEE. PERMANENT STABILIZATION WITH SOD/TURFGRASS EXISTING UTILITY INFORMATION SHOWN HEREON IS FROM NUMEROUS SOURCES INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROPERTY OWNER, UTILITY OWNER, PAST SITE PLANS AND DRAWINGS AND LOCATION OF SURFACE FEATURES. EXACT LOCATIONS SHALL BE DETERMINED IN THE FIELD BEFORE BEGINNING CONSTRUCTION. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY MISS UTILITY AND ANY OTHER UTILITY AND SUBSURFACE INVESTIGATIVE SERVICES AT (1-800-257-7777) A MINIMUM OF 48 HOURS BEFORE BEGINNING ANY WORK SHOWN ON THESE DRAWINGS.ANY DAMAGE TO UTILITIES BY THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE REPAIRED BY THE CONTRACTOR AT HIS EXPENSE AND TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE UTILITY OWNER. HAND PIT EXCAVATION SHALL BE PROVIDED AS NEEDED BY CONTRACTOR TO LOCATE EXISTING UNDERGROUND UTILITIES. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE APPLICABLE MUNICIPAL, COUNTY AND/OR STATE AUTHORITIES AT LEAST 48 HOURS BEFORE BEGINNING ANY WORK WITHIN PUBLIC RIGHT(S) OF WAY. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL SURFACE AND SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS (LOCATIONS AND ELEVATIONS) PRIOR TO BIDDING AND START OF CONSTRUCTION. ANY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN THE DRAWINGS AND ACTUAL FIELD CONDITIONS SHALL BE REPORTED TO THE OWNER AND/OR ENGINEER BEFORE PROCEEDING IF THEY AFFECT THE DESIGN FEASIBILITY OF THIS PROJECT. ANY DAMAGE TO FACILITIES, STRUCTURES, PAVEMENT OR OTHER MAN-MADE ITEMS ON OR ADJACENT TO THE SITE OR NOT SPECIFICALLY INDICATED FOR DEMOLITION SHALL BE REPAIRED OR REPLACED AT CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE AND TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE OWNER. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR OBTAINING ALL NECESSARY PERMITS AND FOR COMPLYING WITH ALL APPLICABLE LEGAL AND REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS. CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN ANY BONDS REQUIRED BY COUNTY/ STATE FOR WORK WITHIN COUNTY/ STATE RIGHT-OF-WAYS. TEMPORARY EROSION CONTROL MEASURES WILL BE USED TO CORRECT CONDITIONS THAT DEVELOP DURING CONSTRUCTION THAT ARE UNFORESEEN DURING THE DESIGN STAGE OR THAT ARE NEEDED TO TEMPORARILY CONTROL EROSION THAT DEVELOPS DURING NORMAL CONSTRUCTION PRACTICES. JOB SITE SAFETY SHALL BE THE SOLE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR. IT SHALL BE THE SOLE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE OWNER AND/OR DEVELOPER TO OBTAIN ALL NECESSARY EASEMENTS AND/OR RIGHT OF WAYS NECESSARY IN ORDER TO COMPLETE THE PROJECT SHOWN ON THESE PLANS. KIBART, INC. WILL ASSUME NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY ASSOCIATED WITH THE ACQUIRING OF OFFSITE EASEMENTS AND RIGHT OF WAYS. PERMANENT SEEDING SUMMARY SEED MIXTURE (HARDNESS ZONE 6-B) GENERAL NOTES: 1 REMOVE EXISTING RETURN GRILLE. 1. 2 REMOVE EXISTING SUPPLY DIFFUSER. 3 REMOVE EXISTING INDOOR AIR HANDLING UNIT AND ALL ASSOCIATED APPURTENANCES. REMOVE EXISTING CONDENSATE PIPING IN ITS ENTIRETY. PATCH AND SEAL ANY PENETRATIONS INTO THE BUILDING. FERTILIZER RATE (10-20-20) APPLICATION RATE (LB./AC.) SEEDING DATES TALL FESCUE (85%) 125 MAR. 1 - MAY 15 AUG. 1 OCT. 15 1/4" - 1/2" PERENNIAL RYEGRASS (10%) 15 MAR. 1 - MAY 15 AUG. 1 OCT. 15 1/4" - 1/2" KENTUCKY BLUEGRASS (5%) 10 MAR. 1 - MAY 15 AUG. 1 OCT. 15 1/4" - 1/2" SPECIES DRAWING NOTES: SEEDING DEPTHS (INCHES) N P205 K20 LIME RATE 4 90 LB./AC. (2 LB./1,000 SQ. FT.) 175 LB./AC. (4 LB./1,000 SQ. FT.) 175 LB./AC. (4 LB./1,000 SQ. FT.) 2 TONS/AC. (100 LB./1,000 SQ. FT.) REMOVE EXISTING CONDENSING UNIT AND ASSOCIATED HOUSEKEEPING PAD. REMOVE ALL ASSOCIATED REFRIGERANT PIPING AND CONTROL WIRING. PATCH AND SEAL TO MATCH EXISTING ANY PENETRATIONS INTO THE BUILDING. 5 REMOVE EXISTING OUTSIDE AIR LOUVER, PATCH AND SEAL TO MATCH EXISTING REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR MORE INFORMATION. 6 REMOVE EXISTING RELIEF AIR LOUVER, PATCH AND SEAL TO MATCH EXISTING REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR MORE INFORMATION. 7 COORDINATE DUCT AND PIPING ROUTING WITH EXISTING STRUCTURE, ELECTRICAL CONDUIT, PLUMBING PIPING, ETC. REROUTE DUCTWORK, EXISTING ELECTRICAL CONDUIT, PLUMBING PIPING, ETC. TO ALLOW FOR A COMPLETE INSTALLATION OF DUCTWORK, PIPING, ETC. INDICATED IN THESE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. REMOVE EXISTING THERMOSTAT AND ALL ASSOCIATED CONTROL WIRING. REPAIR OPENING TO MATCH EXISTING. 9 REMOVE EXISTING RELIEF GRILLE. PATCH OPENING TO MATCH EXISTING. 10 REMOVE EXISTING UNIT HEATER AND ALL ASSOCIATED APPURTENANCES. REMOVE EXISTING FUEL OIL TANK VENT PIPE IN ITS ENTIRETY. 13 REMOVE EXISTING LINEAR SLOT DIFFUSER. 14 COMPLETELY REMOVE ALL ANCHORS AND GUIDES ASSOCIATED WITH HS/HR PIPING. (TYPICAL) 15 REMOVE EXISTING 1" HS/HR PIPING. 16 REMOVE EXISTING 1 1/4" HS/HR PIPING. 17 REMOVE EXISTING 1 1/2" HS/HR PIPING. 18 REMOVE EXISTING 1/2" HS/HR PIPING. DARLINGTON ELEMENTARY SCHOOL HVAC SYSTEMIC RENOVATION 14043.00 A/E PROJECT NO. : DRAFTED BY: MGH DESIGNED BY: MGH CHECKED BY: SPB 01/16/2015 DATE: REVISIONS APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF EXISTING 10,000 GALLON FUEL OIL TANK. REMOVE EXISTING FUEL OIL TANK. REFER TO REMOVAL NOTES ON THIS DRAWING FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 12 PROJECT TITLE: 1 REMOVE EXISTING BASEBOARD HEATER AND ALL ASSOCIATED APPURTENANCES. 8 11 2. EXISTING CONDITIONS (DUCTWORK, PIPING, EQUIPMENT, AND MATERIAL(S) INDICATED ON THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ARE NOT WARRANTED TO REPRESENT ALL EXISTING AS-BUILT CONDITIONS. FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATIONS OF ALL DUCTWORK, PIPING, EQUIPMENT, AND MATERIALS IN THE FIELD PRIOR TO COMMENCING WITH NEW AND DEMOLITION WORK. EXISTING DUCT, PIPE, AND EQUIPMENT SIZES ARE NOT WARRANTED TO BE COMPLETELY CORRECT. FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO ORDERING MATERIALS AND INSTALLING NEW WORK. NO 1 Revision Date 01/28/15 Revision Description Addendum 1 SHEET TITLE: DEMOLITION - FIRST FLOOR - MECHANICAL ALL SPECIFICATIONS SHOWN HEREIN SHALL BE USED AND LOCAL, STATE AND FEDERAL SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE MINIMUM STANDARD. ALL SPECIFICATIONS, SITE PREPARATION, INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0" 8 0 SHEET No. 8 16 MP101 14 5 8 2 34 T RX. 2" HS, 4 HR & 3" HR 33 EX. 4" RL 35 8 15 7 T 3 16 5 14 8 T 18 5 16 14 2 1 8 T T 8 Phone (410) 494-1111 Fax (410) - 494-1112 11 29 CONSULTING ENGINEERS 19 KIBART, Inc. 30 EX. 4" SW DN. 901 Dulaney Valley Rd. Suite 301 Towson, MD 21204 5 CONSULTING ENGINEERS 21 18 36 17 RX. 4" RL 18 EX. 5" SW DN. RX. 1 1/2" CHS/CHR RX. 2 1/2" HS, 4 HR & 2 1/2" HR 4 35 6 5 6 6 5 6 6 RX. 14x20 7 29 32 32 14 32 32 7 RX. 14x6 32 32 14 32 RX. 14x8 1 3 32 29 7 28 RX. 42x12 UP. 32 2 3 1 2 32 14 RX. 4" HS/HR DOWN TO CRAWL SPACE RX. 12x12 RX. 18x10 T 8 8 10 10 29 8 32 14 32 29 28 1 5 6 6 RX. 10x6 5 6 T T 3 2 2 C:\Users\mgh\Documents\Darlington Elementary HVAC Renovation_Central File_mgh.rvt PLOTTED: 1/28/2015 1:31:35 PM 23 25 8 32 8 32 14 32 31 32 LICENSE NO : EXPIRATION DATE: RX. 1 1/4" CHS/CHR RX. 1" CHS/CHR 14 PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATION. I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THESE DOCUMENT WERE PREPARED OR APPROVED BY ME, AND THAT I AM A DULY LICENSED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MARYLAND. 27 24 RX. 1" CHS/CHR RX. 10x6 17655 2016-01-11 9 14 ENGINEER'S SEAL 14 4 31 RX 20x10 RX. 12x6 RX. 6x4 5 T 8 6 N KIBART, INC (c) 2007 33 T 2 26 RX. 12x12 RX. 14x8 8 1 1 29 16 EX. 4" RL 28 T T 20 29 8 1 28 6 T RX. 2" CHS/CHR 22 28 RX. 14x8 1 RX. 20x12 28 32 8 29 29 33 T 8 T 2 29 32 RX. 12x10 2 33 18 8 16 T 8 T RX. 12x12 32 RX. 12x6 2 RX.12x6 RX.6x4 RX. 10x6 32 11 16 30 T RX. 14x14 RX. 14x6 T 14 1 RX. 4" HS/HR EX. 5" SW DN. & 2" HR 8 32 T 28 2 T 8 32 3 5 14 8 15 T 8 2 12 RX. 14x8 T 36 T RX. 4" HS/HR & 1/2" HR 8 T 8 RX. 20x12 UP. RX. 14x14 RX. 18x10 7 8 RX. 20x14 14 29 RX. CD PIPING 2 5 5 14 ARCHITECTS 800 WYMAN PARK DRIVE, SUITE 300 BALTIMORE, MARYLAND 21211, 410-332-1009 4 GRIEVES WORRALL WRIGHT & O'HATNICK INCORPORATED 4 5 5 5 5 DRAWING NOTES: SECOND FLOOR HVAC - DEMOLITION SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0" 30 1 REMOVE EXISTING RETURN GRILLE. 2 REMOVE EXISTING SUPPLY DIFFUSER. 3 REMOVE EXISTING INDOOR AIR HANDLING UNIT AND ALL ASSOCIATED APPURTENANCES. REMOVE EXISTING CONDENSATE PIPING IN ITS ENTIRETY. PATCH AND SEAL ANY PENETRATIONS INTO THE BUILDING. 4 5 6 REMOVE EXISTING CONDENSING UNIT AND ASSOCIATED HOUSEKEEPING PAD. REMOVE ALL ASSOCIATED REFRIGERANT PIPING AND CONTROL WIRING. PATCH AND SEAL TO MATCH EXISTING ANY PENETRATIONS INTO THE BUILDING. GENERAL NOTES: 22 EXISTING EXHAUST AIR LOUVER TO REMAIN. PROVIDE INSULATED BLANK OFF PANEL 1. 23 REMOVE EXISTING EVAPORATOR AND ALL ASSOCIATED APPURTENANCES INCLUDING HOUSEKEEPING PAD. 24 REMOVE BASE MOUNTED PUMP AND ASSOCIATED APPURTENANCES INCLUDING HOUSEKEEPING PAD. 25 REMOVE EXISTING EXPANSION TANK. 26 REMOVE EXISTING AIR SEPARATOR. 27 EXISTING OUTSIDE AIR LOUVER TO REMAIN. REPLACE BIRD EXISTING OUTSIDE AIR LOUVER TO REMAIN, PROVIDE INSULATED SCREEN AND CLEAN LOUVER. BLANK OFF PANEL. REFER ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR MORE 28 REMOVE EXISTING EXHAUST AIR GRILLE. INFORMATION. EXISTING OUTSIDE AIR LOUVER TO REMAIN, PROVIDE INSULATED 29 REMOVE EXISTING CONVECTOR. PATCH AND SEAL TO MATCH BLANK OFF PANEL. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR EXISTING. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR MORE INFORMATION. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 2. EXISTING CONDITIONS (DUCTWORK, PIPING, EQUIPMENT, AND MATERIAL(S) INDICATED ON THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ARE NOT WARRANTED TO REPRESENT ALL EXISTING AS-BUILT CONDITIONS. FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATIONS OF ALL DUCTWORK, PIPING, EQUIPMENT, AND MATERIALS IN THE FIELD PRIOR TO COMMENCING WITH NEW AND DEMOLITION WORK. EXISTING DUCT, PIPE, AND EQUIPMENT SIZES ARE NOT WARRANTED TO BE COMPLETELY CORRECT. FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO ORDERING MATERIALS AND INSTALLING NEW WORK. PROJECT TITLE: DARLINGTON ELEMENTARY SCHOOL HVAC SYSTEMIC RENOVATION COORDINATE DUCT AND PIPING ROUTING WITH EXISTING STRUCTURE, ELECTRICAL CONDUIT, PLUMBING PIPING, ETC. REROUTE DUCTWORK, EXISTING ELECTRICAL CONDUIT, PLUMBING PIPING, ETC. TO ALLOW FOR A COMPLETE INSTALLATION OF DUCTWORK, PIPING, ETC. INDICATED IN THESE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 14043.00 A/E PROJECT NO. : 1 DRAFTED BY: MGH REMOVE EXISTING BASEBOARD HEATER AND ALL ASSOCIATED APPURTENANCES. 30 REMOVE EXISTING HEATING WATER PIPING DOWN TO FLOOR CAP AND SEAL PIPING TO BE ABANDONED UNDER SLAB. DESIGNED BY: MGH CHECKED BY: SPB 8 REMOVE EXISTING TEMP. SENSOR/THERMOSTAT AND ALL ASSOCIATED CONTROL WIRING. REPAIR OPENING TO MATCH EXISTING. 31 REMOVE EXISTING CHILLED WATER PIPING DOWN TO FLOOR CAP AND SEAL PIPING TO BE ABANDONED UNDER SLAB. DATE: 9 REMOVE EXISTING UNIT HEATER AND ALL ASSOCIATED APPURTENANCES. 32 REMOVE EXISTING CABINET WITH BUILT-IN DRAFT STOP ENCLOSURE. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR WORK ASSOCIATED WITH BOOKSHELVES 10 REMOVE EXISTING 1" HS/HR PIPING. 33 REMOVE EXISTING 3/4" HS/HR PIPING. 11 REMOVE EXISTING 1 1/4" HS/HR PIPING. 34 REMOVE EXISTING 3/4" CHS/CHR/HS/HR PIPING. 12 REMOVE EXISTING 1 1/2" HS/HR PIPING. 35 REMOVE EXISTING 1" CHS/CHR/HS/HR PIPING. 13 REMOVE EXISTING 1/2" HS/HR PIPING. 36 REMOVE EXISTING SUPPLY GRILLE. 14 REMOVE EXISTING UNIT VENTILATOR AND ALL ASSOCIATED APPURTENANCES. REMOVE EXISTING CONDENSATE PIPING IN ITS ENTIRETY. PROVIDE INSULATED BLANK OFF PANEL. 15 REMOVE EXISTING EXHAUST AIR CAP. PATCH AND SEAL TO MATCH EXISTING REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR MORE INFORMATION. 7 16 REMOVE EXISTING LOUVER. PATCH AND SEAL OPENING. 17 REMOVE EXISTING EXHAUST AIR LOUVER. PATCH AND SEAL TO MATCH EXISTING REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR MORE INFORMATION. 18 REMOVE EXISTING CEILING MOUNTED EXHAUST FAN AND ALL ASSOCIATED APPURTENANCES. 19 REMOVE EXISTING MAKE UP AIR UNIT AND ALL ASSOCIATED APPURTENANCES. 20 REMOVE EXISTING WALL MOUNTED EXHAUST FAN AND ALL ASSOCIATED APPURTENANCES. 21 EXISTING WALL MOUNTED EXHAUST FAN. POWER WASH EXISTING WALL EXTERIOR TO ELIMINATE ALL GREASE FROM WALL. 01/16/2015 REVISIONS NO 1 Revision Date 01/28/15 Revision Description Addendum 1 SHEET TITLE: DEMOLITION SECOND FLOOR MECHANICAL SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0" 8 0 SHEET No. 8 16 MP102 2 EXISTING RL Phone (410) 494-1111 Fax (410) - 494-1112 901 Dulaney Valley Rd. Suite 301 Towson, MD 21204 EXISTING 2" VTR CONSULTING ENGINEERS KIBART, Inc. EXISTING 3" VTR EX. RD. CONSULTING ENGINEERS EX. RD. EX. RD. EXISTING 3" VTR 1 2 2 1 ARCHITECTS 800 WYMAN PARK DRIVE, SUITE 300 BALTIMORE, MARYLAND 21211, 410-332-1009 4 GRIEVES WORRALL WRIGHT & O'HATNICK INCORPORATED 4 EXISTING 2" VTR EXISTING RL 3 3 EX. RD. PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATION. I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THESE DOCUMENT WERE PREPARED OR APPROVED BY ME, AND THAT I AM A DULY LICENSED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MARYLAND. 2 LICENSE NO : EXPIRATION DATE: EXISTING 3" VTR 17655 2016-01-11 ENGINEER'S SEAL 2 3 KIBART, INC (c) 2007 C:\Users\mgh\Documents\Darlington Elementary HVAC Renovation_Central File_mgh.rvt PLOTTED: 1/28/2015 1:31:40 PM 2 PROJECT TITLE: N ROOF HVAC - DEMOLITION SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0" DRAWING NOTES: GENERAL NOTES: 1 REMOVE EXISTING OUTSIDE AIR HOOD. PATCH AND SEAL ROOF OPENING. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR MORE INFORMATION. 1. 2 REMOVE EXISTING EXHAUST FAN AND ALL ASSOCIATED APPURTENANCES. PATCH AND SEAL ROOF OPENING. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR MORE INFORMATION. 3 REMOVE EXISTING RELIEF HOOD. PATCH AND SEAL ROOF OPENING. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR MORE INFORMATION. EXISTING CONDITIONS (DUCTWORK, PIPING, EQUIPMENT, AND MATERIAL(S) INDICATED ON THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ARE NOT WARRANTED TO REPRESENT ALL EXISTING AS-BUILT CONDITIONS. FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATIONS OF ALL DUCTWORK, PIPING, EQUIPMENT, AND MATERIALS IN THE FIELD PRIOR TO COMMENCING WITH NEW AND DEMOLITION WORK. EXISTING DUCT, PIPE, AND EQUIPMENT SIZES ARE NOT WARRANTED TO BE COMPLETELY CORRECT. FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO ORDERING MATERIALS AND INSTALLING NEW WORK. 2. 4 REMOVE EXISTING MOTORIZED RELIEF DAMPER. BLANK OFF ON INTERIOR SIDE OF LOUVER AND SEAL CLOSED. COORDINATE DUCT AND PIPING ROUTING WITH EXISTING STRUCTURE, ELECTRICAL CONDUIT, PLUMBING PIPING, ETC. REROUTE DUCTWORK, EXISTING ELECTRICAL CONDUIT, PLUMBING PIPING, ETC. TO ALLOW FOR A COMPLETE INSTALLATION OF DUCTWORK, PIPING, ETC. INDICATED IN THESE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. DARLINGTON ELEMENTARY SCHOOL HVAC SYSTEMIC RENOVATION 14043.00 A/E PROJECT NO. : DRAFTED BY: MGH DESIGNED BY: MGH CHECKED BY: SPB 01/16/2015 DATE: 1 REVISIONS NO 1 Revision Date 01/28/15 Revision Description Addendum 1 SHEET TITLE: DEMOLITION - ROOF PLAN - MECHANICAL SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0" 8 0 SHEET No. 8 16 MP103 A 300 A 300 18"x12" SA ART ROOM 108 A 300 6"øOA AHU-3.13 1 4"øOA A 300 7 10"x8"OA B 100 A 300 10"x8" EA C 50 8"x8" EA 1 2 Phone (410) 494-1111 Fax (410) - 494-1112 901 Dulaney Valley Rd. Suite 301 Towson, MD 21204 MP301 AHU-3.15 18"x14" SA 8"x6"OA A 425 8"x6" EA CORRIDOR 106 6 10"x8" EA B 350 8"x6"OA C 50 5 PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATION. I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THESE DOCUMENT WERE PREPARED OR APPROVED BY ME, AND THAT I AM A DULY LICENSED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MARYLAND. CRAWLSPACE 103 LICENSE NO : EXPIRATION DATE: A 14"x6" EA 170 MUSIC ROOM 107 17655 2016-01-11 ENGINEER'S SEAL A 170 PLANNING 110 STORAGE 109 BOILER ROOM 101 12"x14" SA 10"x12" SA A 300 E 425 12"ø SA 6"x6" SA 10"x8"OA STORAGE 102 16"x12" RA E 300 ARCHITECTS 800 WYMAN PARK DRIVE, SUITE 300 BALTIMORE, MARYLAND 21211, 410-332-1009 AHU-3.12 24"x12" SA E 1175 14"x6" RA GYM OFFICE 105 6"x6" OA 4 30"x10"OA 18"x14" RA CONSULTING ENGINEERS KIBART, Inc. CONSULTING ENGINEERS 14"x10"OA 14"x10"OA 18"x12"OA 14"x6" RA GRIEVES WORRALL WRIGHT & O'HATNICK INCORPORATED STORAGE 104 AHU-3.16 3 AHU-3.14 LOUNGE 111 16"x10" SA A 300 B 725 24"x6" EA 18"x12" EA 14"x10" EA E 295 A 180 A 180 24"x6"OA KIBART, INC (c) 2007 C:\Users\mgh\Documents\Darlington Elementary HVAC Renovation_Central File_mgh.rvt PLOTTED: 1/28/2015 1:31:46 PM 2 PROJECT TITLE: N DRAWING NOTES: GENERAL NOTES: 1 EQUIPMENT REQUIRED CLEARANCE (TYP.) 1. PROVIDE MANUFACTURER REQUIRED CLEARANCE ON ALL EQUIPMENT. 2 18x12 EXHAUST AIR UP TO SECOND FLOOR. 2. 3 18x12 OUTSIDE AIR UP TO SECOND FLOOR. 4 1" DUCT SOUND LINING (TYP.) 5 MOUNT SUPPLY GRILLE 9' 6" AFF. 6 MOUNT SUPPLY GRILLE 14' 6" AFF. 7 MOUNT EXHAUST GRILLE 14' 6" AFF. EXISTING CONDITIONS (DUCTWORK, PIPING, EQUIPMENT, AND MATERIAL(S) INDICATED ON THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ARE NOT WARRANTED TO REPRESENT ALL EXISTING AS-BUILT CONDITIONS. FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATIONS OF ALL DUCTWORK, PIPING, EQUIPMENT, AND MATERIALS IN THE FIELD PRIOR TO COMMENCING WITH NEW AND DEMOLITION WORK. EXISTING DUCT, PIPE, AND EQUIPMENT SIZES ARE NOT WARRANTED TO BE COMPLETELY CORRECT. FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO ORDERING MATERIALS AND INSTALLING NEW WORK. FIRST FLOOR HVAC - NEW WORK DARLINGTON ELEMENTARY SCHOOL HVAC SYSTEMIC RENOVATION SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0" 3. 4. 5. 14043.00 A/E PROJECT NO. : COORDINATE DUCT AND PIPING ROUTING WITH EXISTING ELECTRICAL CONDUIT, PLUMBING PIPING, ETC. REROUTE ELECTRICAL CONDUIT, PLUMBING PIPING ,ETC. TO ALLOW FOR A COMPLETE INSTALLATION FOR DUCTWORK, PIPING ETC. INDICATED IN THESE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. DRAFTED BY: MGH DESIGNED BY: MGH CHECKED BY: SPB 01/16/2015 DATE: SUPPORT EXISTING DATA CABLING, WIRING, VOICE CABLING, ETC. ABOVE CEILINGS. REVISIONS REFER TO DWG. MP204 FOR THERMOSTAT LOCATIONS. NO 1 Revision Date 01/28/15 Revision Description Addendum 1 1 SHEET TITLE: NEW WORK - FIRST FLOOR - MECHANICAL SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0" 8 0 SHEET No. 8 16 MP201 A 380 30"x10" RA CAN WASH 241 TOILET 240 8"x6" EA 3 17 30"x12" EA 12"x8"OA 14 26"x10" SA 26"x14" OA A 395 AHU-1.03 6 D 2150 16 8"x8" EA B 75 B 75 E 1155 11 22"x8"OA CORRIDOR 231 B 350 PLATFORM 229 MULTI-PURPOSE ROOM 228 TOILET 233 26"x10" RA 8"x8" EA AHU-1.04 12"x8" SA 16"x6"OA 1 17 A 395 18 Phone (410) 494-1111 Fax (410) - 494-1112 1155 11 A 190 OUTDOOR STORAGE 242 16"x6" OA 26"x10" RA TOILET E 235 11 28"x12" SA 28"x12" RA 26"x14" OA 20 A 395 17 B 350 C 250 CORRIDOR 236 13 16"x10" SA CONSULTING ENGINEERS 2 14"x8"OA B 2400 14"x6" SA 14 E 295 AHU-1.02 A 190 SD B 75 B 250 7 A 395 901 Dulaney Valley Rd. Suite 301 Towson, MD 21204 EWH-6 14"x6" EA A 395 A 380 14"x10" SA 1 CONSULTING ENGINEERS 22"x8" SA A 270 A 380 CLASSROOM 2 A 234 395 EWH-5 SA-2 AHU-1.01 SD 8"x8"OA SD 17 15 CLASSROOM 237 A 8"x8"OA 275 14"x6" SA SA-3 30"x10" SA A 380 22"x8" SA STORAGE C 239 200 KIBART, Inc. 12 KITCHEN 238 A 395 18"x10"OA SD CLASSROOM 217 A 300 A 300 24"x10" RA B 450 E 865 CLASSROOM 214 A 345 AHU-3.06 24"x10" RA 28"x12" SA 20 A 345 AHU-3.08 AHU-3.07 E 1030 A 285 12"x12" SA A 285 CLASSROOM 211 RESOURCE 203 24"x10" RA AHU-3.01 STORAGE 201A COMPUTER LAB 201 14"x16" SA A 570 E 790 10"x12" SA 24"x10" RA AHU-3.10 A 315 8"x6" OA E 990 B 350 A 300 A 190 16"x14" SA GIRLS 216 A 450 20"x16"OA AHU-3.02 A 240 RESOURCE ROOM 204 8"x6"OA 28"x16"OA A 570 B 375 A 190 E 1055 24"x16" EA 20"x16" EA 10"x8"OA AHU-3.11 A 300 B 350 CLASSROOM 215 10"x8"OA A 315 A 14"x6" EA 315 B 350 24"x10" RA 1 E 865 A 320 18"x12" EA CORRIDOR 212 A 450 12"x8" EA 18"x12" SA A 300 18"x12" EA 24"x10" RA 12"øOA A 320 24"x10" RA 18 8"x8"OA 6"x6"OA B 1040 AHU-3.05 ENTRY 213 6"x6" OA B 100 AHU-1.05 42"x16" OA 6"x6"OA GENERAL OFFICE 208 14"x8" RA AHU-3.09 E 320 A 270 8"x8" EA TOILET 205 B A 320 E 925 EWH-1 B 450 A 190 6"x6"OA B 75 A 150 A 285 PRINCIPAL 207 AHU-2.01 TOILET 209 42"x16" EA 14"x6" EA B 350 E 790 AHU-3.03 A 285 16"x12" SA A 285 24"x10" RA 7 B 100 DN. 14"x8" EA A 190 5 LOBBY 221 A 300 BOYS 225 AHU-1.06 B 225 6"x6"OA B 225 VESTIBULE 220 16"x8" SA 14"x8" EA A 225 GIRLS 224 EWH-3 8"ø SA WORK ROOM 206 EWH-7 AHU-2.03 A 190 A 225 24"x8" RA SA-5 10"x10" SA 75 BOYS 219 10"x8"OA A 190 A 395 16 32"x16" EA AHU-2.02 B 2400 20"x10" SA A 395 D. 6"øOA 32"x16" OA 28"x16" EA 6 13 SA-4 18"x12" SA SD B 100 SENSORY ROOM 222 C 50 AHU-3.04 AHU-2.04 CLASSROOM 218 A 300 8 B 350 14"x6" EA 10"x8"OA A 190 24"x16"OA 20"x10" SA SD B 350 A 285 1 A 285 14"x6" EA 10"x8" OA A 190 12"øOA EWH-2 16"x12" SA A 345 A 345 12"x8" EA AHU-2.05 22"x8" EA 16"x10" SA D 2150 14"x10"OA CORRIDOR 223 6"x6"OA 26"x10" SA CLASSROOM 1 232 C 250 JANITOR 230 CHAIR STORAGE 229A 18"x12" SA A 190 ARCHITECTS 800 WYMAN PARK DRIVE, SUITE 300 BALTIMORE, MARYLAND 21211, 410-332-1009 18"x12" OA SD GRIEVES WORRALL WRIGHT & O'HATNICK INCORPORATED 9 WORK ROOM 227 A 300 B 500 A 300 AHU-1.07 19 10 PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATION. I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THESE DOCUMENT WERE PREPARED OR APPROVED BY ME, AND THAT I AM A DULY LICENSED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MARYLAND. WELL WATER ROOM 243 LICENSE NO : EXPIRATION DATE: 4 28"x10" RA 16 16"x6" SA AHU-1.08 A CLASSROOM 285 202 UH-1 M 17 A 300 16"x6" SA 10"x12" SA 12"x8"OA A 300 16"x6" SA 16"x6" SA LIBRARY 226 14"x10" SA A EWH-4 190 30"x10" SA 1 A 300 17655 2016-01-11 ENGINEER'S SEAL E 1350 8"x8" EA KIBART, INC (c) 2007 C:\Users\mgh\Documents\Darlington Elementary HVAC Renovation_Central File_mgh.rvt PLOTTED: 1/28/2015 1:31:54 PM NURSE 210 N SECOND FLOOR HVAC - NEW WORK DRAWING NOTES: SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0" 1 EQUIPMENT REQUIRED CLEARANCE (TYP.) 2 26x14 OUTSIDE AIR UP TO ROOF. TRANSITION TO FULL SIZE UNIT CONNECTION. PROVIDE FLEX CONNECTION AT UNIT. 3 30x12 EXHAUST AIR UP TO ROOF. TRANSITION TO FULL SIZE UNIT CONNECTION. PROVIDE FLEX CONNECTION AT UNIT. 4 8x8 OPEN ENDED EXHAUST DUCT UP TO EF-1 ON ROOF. PROVIDE FLEX CONNECTION AND BACKDRAFT DAMPER AT UNIT. PROVIDE BIRD SCREEN AT OPEN END. 5 6 7 8 SUPPLY AND EXHAUST AIR DUCTWORK TO PENETRATE BUILDING WALL AND EXTEND ON TO ROOF. REFER TO ROOF PLAN FOR CONTINUATION. 10 11 1. PROVIDE MANUFACTURER REQUIRED CLEARANCE ON ALL EQUIPMENT. 2. EXISTING CONDITIONS (DUCTWORK, PIPING, EQUIPMENT, AND MATERIAL(S) INDICATED ON THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ARE NOT WARRANTED TO REPRESENT ALL EXISTING AS-BUILT CONDITIONS. FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATIONS OF ALL DUCTWORK, PIPING, EQUIPMENT, AND MATERIALS IN THE FIELD PRIOR TO COMMENCING WITH NEW AND DEMOLITION WORK. EXISTING DUCT, PIPE, AND EQUIPMENT SIZES ARE NOT WARRANTED TO BE COMPLETELY CORRECT. FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO ORDERING MATERIALS AND INSTALLING NEW WORK. 3. COORDINATE DUCT AND PIPING ROUTING WITH EXISTING ELECTRICAL CONDUIT, PLUMBING PIPING, ETC. REROUTE ELECTRICAL CONDUIT, PLUMBING PIPING ,ETC. TO ALLOW FOR A COMPLETE INSTALLATION FOR DUCTWORK, PIPING ETC. INDICATED IN THESE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 28x12 SUPPLY AIR DUCT UP TO ROOF. 20x16 SOUND LINED RETURN AIR DUCT UP TO ROOF. 18x12 EXHAUST AIR DOWN TO FIRST FLOOR. 18x12 OUTSIDE AIR DOWN TO FIRST FLOOR. 9 GENERAL NOTES: 4. SUPPORT EXISTING DATA CABLING, WIRING, VOICE CABLING, ETC. ABOVE CEILINGS. 5. REFER TO DWG. MP205 FOR THERMOSTAT LOCATIONS. PROJECT TITLE: DARLINGTON ELEMENTARY SCHOOL HVAC SYSTEMIC RENOVATION DRAFTED BY: MGH DESIGNED BY: MGH CHECKED BY: SPB 01/16/2015 DATE: 1 REVISIONS EXISTING OUTSIDE AIR LOUVER. NO PROVIDE ACCESS PANEL IN GYPSUM CEILING BELOW BALANCING DAMPER. 12 EXISTING WALL MOUNTED EXHAUST FAN #1. CONTRACTOR TO MEASURE AIRFLOW AT FAN PRIOR TO FINAL BALANCING. PROVIDE IN AN RFI TO THE ENGINEER REQUESTING FINAL SPACE OUTSIDE AIRFLOW BALANCING INFORMATION. RESHEEVE AND REBALANCE AS REQUIRED TO MEET FINAL TAB REQUIREMENTS. 13 MOUNT SUPPLY AND RETURN GRILLES IN SAME LOCATION AS EXISTING GRILLES. PATCH WALLS TO MATCH EXISTING CONDITIONS. 14 32x24 STATIONARY LOUVER. 15 TWO 12x8 TYPE B TRANSFER GRILLES LOCATED OVER DOOR. 16 1" DUCT SOUND LINING (TYP.) 17 LOCATE UNIT AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE INBETWEEN STRUCTURAL BEAMS. TRANSITION DUCTWORK UP TO FULL SIZE UNIT CONNECTION. 18 LOCATE COMBINATION FIRE/SMOKE DAMPER AND SMOKE DETECTOR AT FLOOR PENETRATION. 19 INTERLOCK MOTOR OPERATED DAMPER WITH EF-1. 20 LOCATE SUPPLY GRILLE IN EXISTING MASONRY OPENING. 14043.00 A/E PROJECT NO. : 1 Revision Date 01/28/15 Revision Description Addendum 1 SHEET TITLE: NEW WORK - SECOND FLOOR - MECHANICAL SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0" 8 0 SHEET No. 8 16 MP202 3 12 Phone (410) 494-1111 Fax (410) - 494-1112 901 Dulaney Valley Rd. Suite 301 Towson, MD 21204 EXISTING 2" VTR CONSULTING ENGINEERS EX. RD. 4 EXISTING 3" VTR KIBART, Inc. CONSULTING ENGINEERS EX. RD. EX. RL 9 DOAS-2 8 1 13 20"x16" SA 20"x16" RA 4" RL DN. 4" RL EX. RD. 30"x18" SA EXISTING 3" VTR 10 SD SA-1 5 SD RTU-1 38"x16" RA GRIEVES WORRALL WRIGHT & O'HATNICK INCORPORATED 1 20"x16" RA 20"x16" SA 13 8 ARCHITECTS 800 WYMAN PARK DRIVE, SUITE 300 BALTIMORE, MARYLAND 21211, 410-332-1009 UP 10 9 EXISTING 2" VTR 2 2 EX. RL 10 42"x16" OA ACCU-1 13 PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATION. I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THESE DOCUMENT WERE PREPARED OR APPROVED BY ME, AND THAT I AM A DULY LICENSED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MARYLAND. SD DOAS-1 7 LICENSE NO : EXPIRATION DATE: SD 5 17655 2016-01-11 EX. RD. EF-1 42"x16" EA 13 EXISTING 3" VTR 1 11 ENGINEER'S SEAL ACCU-3 ACCU-2 6 KIBART, INC (c) 2007 C:\Users\mgh\Documents\Darlington Elementary HVAC Renovation_Central File_mgh.rvt PLOTTED: 1/28/2015 1:32:02 PM 2 PROJECT TITLE: DARLINGTON ELEMENTARY SCHOOL HVAC SYSTEMIC RENOVATION N ROOF HVAC - NEW WORK DRAWING NOTES: GENERAL NOTES: 1 EQUIPMENT REQUIRED CLEARANCE (TYP.) 1. 2 REFRIGERANT PIPING DOWN TO 2ND FLOOR CEILING SPACE. REFER PIPING DRAWINGS FOR CONTINUATION. REFER TO MANUFACTURER PROVIDED REFRIGERANT SCHEMATICS FOR SIZES, VALVING AND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 2. 3 26x14 OUTSIDE AIR DOWN TO SECOND FLOOR. TRANSITION TO FULL SIZE UNIT CONNECTION. PROVIDE FLEX CONNECTION AT UNIT. PROVIDE MANUFACTURER REQUIRED CLEARANCE ON ALL EQUIPMENT. SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0" 4 3. 30x12 EXHAUST AIR DOWN TO SECOND FLOOR. TRANSITION TO FULL SIZE UNIT CONNECTION. PROVIDE FLEX CONNECTION AT UNIT. 5 PROVIDE FLEX CONNECTION AT UNIT . 6 8x8 EXHAUST AIR DOWN TO SECOND FLOOR. PROVIDE FLEX CONNECTION AND BACKDRAFT DAMPER AT UNIT. EXISTING CONDITIONS (DUCTWORK, PIPING, EQUIPMENT, AND MATERIAL(S) INDICATED ON THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ARE NOT WARRANTED TO REPRESENT ALL EXISTING AS-BUILT CONDITIONS. FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATIONS OF ALL DUCTWORK, PIPING, EQUIPMENT, AND MATERIALS IN THE FIELD PRIOR TO COMMENCING WITH NEW AND DEMOLITION WORK. EXISTING DUCT, PIPE, AND EQUIPMENT SIZES ARE NOT WARRANTED TO BE COMPLETELY CORRECT. FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO ORDERING MATERIALS AND INSTALLING NEW WORK. 1 DRAFTED BY: MGH DESIGNED BY: MGH CHECKED BY: SPB SUPPLY AND EXHAUST AIR DUCTWORK TO PENETRATE BUILDING WALL AND EXTEND INTO 2ND FLOOR CEILING SPACE. REFER TO SECOND FLOOR MECHANICAL PLAN FOR CONTINUATION. 8 28x12 SUPPLY AIR DUCT DOWN TO SECOND FLOOR CEILING. 9 20x16 RETURN AIR DUCT DOWN TO SECOND FLOOR CEILING. 10 DUCT SUPPORT. REFER TO ROOF MOUNTED DUCTWORK DETAIL FOR MORE INFORMATION (TYP.) 11 PIPE SUPPORT. REFER TO PIPE SUPPORT DETAIL FOR MORE INFORMATION (TYP.) 12 EXISTING EXHAUST FAN #2. CONTRACTOR TO MEASURE AIRFLOW AT FAN PRIOR TO FINAL BALANCING. PROVIDE IN AN RFI TO THE ENGINEER REQUESTING FINAL SPACE OUTSIDE AIRFLOW BALANCING INFORMATION. RESHEEVE AND REBALANCE AS REQUIRED TO MEET FINAL TAB REQUIREMENTS. 13 4. 01/16/2015 DATE: REVISIONS NO 7 14043.00 A/E PROJECT NO. : COORDINATE DUCT AND PIPING ROUTING WITH EXISTING ELECTRICAL CONDUIT, PLUMBING PIPING, ETC. REROUTE ELECTRICAL CONDUIT, PLUMBING PIPING ,ETC. TO ALLOW FOR A COMPLETE INSTALLATION FOR DUCTWORK, PIPING ETC. INDICATED IN THESE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 1 Revision Date 01/28/15 Revision Description Addendum 1 SHEET TITLE: PROVIDE DUCTWORK WITH PITCHED INSULATION PER DETAIL ON SHEET MP703. SUPPLY DUCTWORK AND RETURN DUCTWORK SHOULD NOT BE SUPPORTED BY EACH OTHER. DUCTWORK INSULATION MUST MAINTAIN THICKNESS REQUIRED BY SPECIFICATIONS. NEW WORK - ROOF PLAN - MECHANICAL SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0" 8 0 SHEET No. 8 16 MP203 1 STORAGE 102 1 GYM OFFICE 105 1 STORAGE 104 AHU-3.15 RS CO RL AHU-3.16 BOILER ROOM 101 4 MP301 --- RL T AHU-3.12 ART ROOM 108 T H HRU-11 HRU-10 DOAS-1 RS T T AHU-3.13 ARCHITECTS 800 WYMAN PARK DRIVE, SUITE 300 BALTIMORE, MARYLAND 21211, 410-332-1009 1 CO RS Phone (410) 494-1111 Fax (410) - 494-1112 1 -2 CO 901 Dulaney Valley Rd. Suite 301 Towson, MD 21204 CO CD AHU-3.13 CONSULTING ENGINEERS KIBART, Inc. CONSULTING ENGINEERS 2 AHU-3.12 GRIEVES WORRALL WRIGHT & O'HATNICK INCORPORATED 2 3 PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATION. I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THESE DOCUMENT WERE PREPARED OR APPROVED BY ME, AND THAT I AM A DULY LICENSED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MARYLAND. AHU-3.15 RL RS AHU-3.16 LICENSE NO : EXPIRATION DATE: 3 CORRIDOR 106 17655 2016-01-11 CRAWLSPACE 103 ENGINEER'S SEAL T CO STORAGE 109 PLANNING 110 LOUNGE 111 RL CD RS 1 AHU-3.14 MUSIC ROOM 107 KIBART, INC (c) 2007 C:\Users\mgh\Documents\Darlington Elementary HVAC Renovation_Central File_mgh.rvt PLOTTED: 1/28/2015 1:33:24 PM AHU-3.14 PROJECT TITLE: DARLINGTON ELEMENTARY SCHOOL HVAC SYSTEMIC RENOVATION N FIRST FLOOR PIPING - NEW WORK DRAWING NOTES: SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0" GENERAL NOTES: 1 1 1" CONDENSATE PIPING. SLOPE PIPING TO 1" PER 1'. 2 1 1/2" CONDENSATE PIPING. SLOPE PIPING TO 1" PER 1'. 3 1" CONDENSATE UP TO SECOND FLOOR. 4 PROVIDE PIPE HEAT TRACE FOR CONDENSATE PIPING IN UNCONDITIONED CRAWL SPACE. 1. 2. REFER TO MANUFACTURER PROVIDED REFRIGERANT SCHEMATICS FOR SIZES, VALVING AND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. PROVIDE MANUFACTURER REQUIRED CLEARANCE ON ALL EQUIPMENT. 3. WHERE REQUIRED FOR COORDINATION WITH DUCTWORK, PIPING, ETC. ROUTE CONDENSATE PIPING TIGHT TO ROOF DECK TO PROVIDE THE HIGHEST POSSIBLE ROUTING. 4. EXISTING CONDITIONS (DUCTWORK, PIPING, EQUIPMENT, AND MATERIAL(S) INDICATED ON THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ARE NOT WARRANTED TO REPRESENT ALL EXISTING AS-BUILT CONDITIONS. FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATIONS OF ALL DUCTWORK, PIPING, EQUIPMENT, AND MATERIALS IN THE FIELD PRIOR TO COMMENCING WITH NEW AND DEMOLITION WORK. EXISTING DUCT, PIPE, AND EQUIPMENT SIZES ARE NOT WARRANTED TO BE COMPLETELY CORRECT. FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO ORDERING MATERIALS AND INSTALLING NEW WORK. 5. COORDINATE DUCT AND PIPING ROUTING WITH EXISTING ELECTRICAL CONDUIT, PLUMBING PIPING, ETC. REROUTE ELECTRICAL CONDUIT, PLUMBING PIPING ,ETC. TO ALLOW FOR A COMPLETE INSTALLATION FOR DUCTWORK, PIPING ETC. INDICATED IN THESE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 6. ALL SENSORS MUST BE PROVIDED WITH A LOCKABLE COVER. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR MORE INFORMATION. 14043.00 A/E PROJECT NO. : DRAFTED BY: MGH DESIGNED BY: MGH CHECKED BY: SPB 01/16/2015 DATE: REVISIONS NO 1 Revision Date 01/28/15 Revision Description Addendum 1 SHEET TITLE: NEW WORK - FIRST FLOOR - PIPING SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0" 8 0 SHEET No. 8 16 MP204 1 T EWH-5 CLASSROOM 2 234 RS AHU-1.01 RL RS RL HRU-1 CAN WASH 241 EWH-6 1 3 CD TOILET 240 CO AHU-1.02 1 AHU-1.02 T Phone (410) 494-1111 Fax (410) - 494-1112 901 Dulaney Valley Rd. Suite 301 Towson, MD 21204 AHU-1.01 CONSULTING ENGINEERS CLASSROOM 237 KIBART, Inc. CONSULTING ENGINEERS KITCHEN 238 STORAGE 239 EX. 3" RL CORRIDOR 236 CO AHU-1.03 1 AHU-1.03 T 3 RS RS OUTDOOR STORAGE 242 RL RL RS TOILET 235 TOILET 233 EX. 5" SW DN. 4" RL UP. AHU-1.04 1 MULTI-PURPOSE ROOM 228 PLATFORM 229 1 CORRIDOR 231 RL RS AHU-3.01 CO CORRIDOR 212 CO T T T AHU-2.05 4 RS 1 AHU-3.08 RS RL T AHU-3.07 T AHU-3.04 SENSORY ROOM 222 RS RS RS RS RL 1 CO AHU-3.05 AHU-2.03 AHU-2.03 T AHU-2.01 CO TOILET 209 RS RS 2 RL 1 AHU-3.03 EWH-3 T H RS EWH-4 DOAS-2 CD RS RL RL RS RS 1 LOBBY 221 AHU-1.06 1 1 RS UH-1 3 PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATION. I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THESE DOCUMENT WERE PREPARED OR APPROVED BY ME, AND THAT I AM A DULY LICENSED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MARYLAND. EX. 4" SW LIBRARY 226 EX. 4" RL T GIRLS 224 RL RS BOYS 225 1 AHU-1.07 LICENSE NO : EXPIRATION DATE: WELL WATER ROOM 243 17655 2016-01-11 2 CLASSROOM 202 AHU-1.08 AHU-1.08 T ENGINEER'S SEAL CO CD CO AHU-2.01 CO WORK ROOM 227 EWH-1 N C:\Users\mgh\Documents\Darlington Elementary HVAC Renovation_Central File_mgh.rvt PLOTTED: 1/28/2015 1:33:45 PM T PRINCIPAL 207 NURSE 210 KIBART, INC (c) 2007 WORK ROOM 206 AHU-2.02 TOILET 205 VESTIBULE 220 HRU-6 1 1 1 BOYS 219 RL AHU-2.04 RS CLASSROOM 215 RL RS 1 RS RS RS RL RS H T AHU-3.03 RL RS AHU-1.07 AHU-1.06 T HRU-4 CD DOAS-1 ENTRY 213 CLASSROOM 218 CO 1 CD AHU-3.11 CD RS RL AHU-3.09 T RS AHU-3.05 RL AHU-3.09 AHU-2.02 RL T RL GENERAL OFFICE 208 RS T RL 1 HRU-3 RS RL 1 RL HRU-5 HRU-8 AHU-3.11 RS RL T RL HRU-7 T RL AHU-1.05 RL HRU-9 AHU-2.04 RS CD 1 RS RL RS AHU-1.05 HRU-2 CD RL RS EWH-2 RS RL RS RTU-1 1 CO AHU-3.02 RS RL RS RL RL RS RS RTU-1 RTU-1 T H P CO CD 1 AHU-3.02 RTU-1 AHU-3.04 H T JANITOR 230 CORRIDOR 223 RS RS T 1 DOAS-2 COMPUTER LAB 201 1 RS 1 AHU-3.06 AHU-3.10 CO RL RS GIRLS 216 1 RL CD AHU-3.01 1 CLASSROOM 211 1 1 T GRIEVES WORRALL WRIGHT & O'HATNICK INCORPORATED 1 CO CD AHU-3.07 CHAIR STORAGE 229A AHU-2.05 RS AHU-3.10 STORAGE 201A 1 RESOURCE 203 RL RESOURCE ROOM 204 AHU-3.08 CD AHU-3.06 AHU-1.04 T RL CLASSROOM 214 CLASSROOM 217 ARCHITECTS 800 WYMAN PARK DRIVE, SUITE 300 BALTIMORE, MARYLAND 21211, 410-332-1009 CLASSROOM 1 232 SECOND FLOOR PIPING - NEW WORK SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0" PROJECT TITLE: DARLINGTON ELEMENTARY SCHOOL HVAC SYSTEMIC RENOVATION DRAWING NOTES: GENERAL NOTES: 1 1" CONDENSATE PIPING. SLOPE PIPING TO 1" PER 1'. 1. 2 REFRIGERANT PIPING UP TO AIR COOLED CONDENSING UNIT. BACKWATER VALVE (TYP.) 2. PROVIDE MANUFACTURER REQUIRED CLEARANCE ON ALL EQUIPMENT. 4 1" CONDENSATE PIPING AND REFRIGERANT PIPING DOWN TO FIRST FLOOR. 3. WHERE REQUIRED FOR COORDINATION WITH DUCTWORK, PIPING, ETC. ROUTE CONDENSATE PIPING TIGHT TO ROOF DECK TO PROVIDE THE HIGHEST POSSIBLE ROUTING. COORDINATE DUCT AND PIPING ROUTING WITH EXISTING ELECTRICAL CONDUIT, PLUMBING PIPING, ETC. REROUTE ELECTRICAL CONDUIT, PLUMBING PIPING ,ETC. TO ALLOW FOR A COMPLETE INSTALLATION FOR DUCTWORK, PIPING ETC. INDICATED IN THESE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 6. ALL SENSORS MUST BE PROVIDED WITH A LOCKABLE COVER. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR MORE INFORMATION. DRAFTED BY: MGH DESIGNED BY: MGH CHECKED BY: SPB 01/16/2015 DATE: REVISIONS EXISTING CONDITIONS (DUCTWORK, PIPING, EQUIPMENT, AND MATERIAL(S) INDICATED ON THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ARE NOT WARRANTED TO REPRESENT ALL EXISTING AS-BUILT CONDITIONS. FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATIONS OF ALL DUCTWORK, PIPING, EQUIPMENT, AND MATERIALS IN THE FIELD PRIOR TO COMMENCING WITH NEW AND DEMOLITION WORK. EXISTING DUCT, PIPE, AND EQUIPMENT SIZES ARE NOT WARRANTED TO BE COMPLETELY CORRECT. FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO ORDERING MATERIALS AND INSTALLING NEW WORK. 5. 14043.00 A/E PROJECT NO. : REFER TO MANUFACTURER PROVIDED REFRIGERANT SCHEMATICS FOR SIZES, VALVING AND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 3 4. 1 NO 1 Revision Date 01/28/15 Revision Description Addendum 1 SHEET TITLE: NEW WORK - SECOND FLOOR - PIPING SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0" 8 0 SHEET No. 8 16 MP205 1 REMOVE EXISTING PROPELLER FAN AND ALL ASSOCIATED APPURTENANCES. 1. 2 REMOVE EXISTING CONCRETE HOUSEKEEPING PAD. RESTORE FLOOR FINISH TO MATCH EXISTING. 3 REMOVE EXISTING INLINE PUMP AND ALL ASSOCIATED APPURTENANCES. 4 REMOVE EXISTING UNIT HEATER AND ALL ASSOCIATED APPURTENANCES 5 REMOVE EXISTING THERMOSTAT AND ALL CONTROL WIRING. 6 REMOVE EXISTING CONTROL PANEL. 7 REMOVE EXISTING AIR SEPARATOR. DEMOLISH COLD WATER BACK TO SHUT OFF VALVE. 8 REMOVE EXISTING CHEMICAL FEED TANK. 9 REMOVE EXISTING EXPANSION TANK. 10 REMOVE EXISTING BOILER AND ALL ASSOCIATED APPURTENANCES. ASBESTOS ABATEMENT REQUIRED. REPORT AVAILABLE UPON REQUEST. 11 REMOVE EXISTING FUEL OIL PUMP AND FUEL OIL PIPING. PATCH AND SEAL PENETRATION THROUGH EXTERIOR WALL. 12 REMOVE EXISTING EXHAUST AIR LOUVER. PATCH AND SEAL TO MATCH EXISTING. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR MORE INFORMATION. 13 REMOVE EXISTING OUTSIDE AIR LOUVER. PATCH AND SEAL TO MATCH EXISTING. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR MORE INFORMATION. 14 REMOVE EXISTING BASE MOUNTED PUMP AND ALL ASSOCIATED APPURTENANCES. 15 REMOVE EXISTING FLUE TO CHIMNEY. PATCH AND SEAL PENETRATION INTO CHIMNEY TO MATCH EXISTING. 16 REMOVE EXISTING ATC COMPRESSOR AND ALL ASSOCIATED APPURTENANCES INCLUDING COMPRESSED AIR PIPING. 17 LOCATION OF ATC PANELS 10 1 RX. 22x28 RX. 3/4" HS/HR RX. 14"Ø 4 RX. 3" HR 2. RX. 1" HS 9 2 BOILER ROOM 101 RX. 4" HS/HR & 3" HR 10 3 RX. 3" HS 6 RX. 4" HS RX. 3" HR 2 RX. 3/4" HS 7 5 T 1 N MP101 8 16 6 2 14 T DEMOLITION - BOILER ROOM - MECHANICAL SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" 1 Phone (410) 494-1111 Fax (410) - 494-1112 COORDINATE DUCT AND PIPING ROUTING WITH EXISTING STRUCTURE, ELECTRICAL CONDUIT, PLUMBING PIPING, ETC. REROUTE DUCTWORK, EXISTING ELECTRICAL CONDUIT, PLUMBING PIPING, ETC. TO ALLOW FOR A COMPLETE INSTALLATION OF DUCTWORK, PIPING, ETC. INDICATED IN THESE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. ARCHITECTS 800 WYMAN PARK DRIVE, SUITE 300 BALTIMORE, MARYLAND 21211, 410-332-1009 15 EXISTING CONDITIONS (DUCTWORK, PIPING, EQUIPMENT, AND MATERIAL(S) INDICATED ON THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ARE NOT WARRANTED TO REPRESENT ALL EXISTING AS-BUILT CONDITIONS. FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATIONS OF ALL DUCTWORK, PIPING, EQUIPMENT, AND MATERIALS IN THE FIELD PRIOR TO COMMENCING WITH NEW AND DEMOLITION WORK. EXISTING DUCT, PIPE, AND EQUIPMENT SIZES ARE NOT WARRANTED TO BE COMPLETELY CORRECT. FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO ORDERING MATERIALS AND INSTALLING NEW WORK. 901 Dulaney Valley Rd. Suite 301 Towson, MD 21204 GENERAL NOTES: CONSULTING ENGINEERS DRAWING NOTES: KIBART, Inc. 11 CONSULTING ENGINEERS 13 GRIEVES WORRALL WRIGHT & O'HATNICK INCORPORATED 12 1 1/2" CONDENSATE TO DISCHARGE 12" ABOVE STAIR WELL CONCRETE SLAB 1" CD 1 1/2" CD CD CD PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATION. I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THESE DOCUMENT WERE PREPARED OR APPROVED BY ME, AND THAT I AM A DULY LICENSED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MARYLAND. 1" CD B 700 LICENSE NO : EXPIRATION DATE: 16"x12" RA A 400 A 400 17655 2016-01-11 ENGINEER'S SEAL 12"ø SA 12"x14" SA BOILER ROOM 101 REFRIGERANT PIPING UP TO SECOND FLOOR. B 150 1" CONDENSATE UP TO SECOND FLOOR. 17 PROJECT TITLE: 2 MP201 N NEW WORK - BOILER ROOM - MECHANICAL DARLINGTON ELEMENTARY SCHOOL HVAC SYSTEMIC RENOVATION SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" 14043.00 A/E PROJECT NO. : DRAFTED BY: MGH DESIGNED BY: MGH CHECKED BY: SPB 01/16/2015 DATE: REVISIONS NO 1 AREA OF WORK Revision Date 01/28/15 Revision Description Addendum 1 SHEET TITLE: PART PLANS MECHANICAL N KIBART, INC (c) 2007 C:\Users\mgh\Documents\Darlington Elementary HVAC Renovation_Central File_mgh.rvt PLOTTED: 1/28/2015 1:32:58 PM 8"x6" EA KEY PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" 4 0 SHEET No. 4 8 MP301 T EXHAUST FAN (TYP) LOCAL CONTROLLED SPACE THERMOSTAT HEAT RECOVERY UNIT EXHAUST AIR CONTROL DIAGRAM SCALE: NONE SEQUENCE OF OPERATION Phone (410) 494-1111 Fax (410) - 494-1112 BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM INTEGRATION TO VRV SYSTEM CONTROLLER CS 901 Dulaney Valley Rd. Suite 301 Towson, MD 21204 BAS CURRENT SENSOR KIBART, Inc. BACNET DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROLLER BY VRF MANUFACTURER CONSULTING ENGINEERS DDC BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM CONSULTING ENGINEERS BAS A. GENERAL 1. INDOOR UNIT (DUCTED) INDOOR UNIT (CASSETTE) INDOOR UNIT (CASSETTE) ALL FANS SHALL BE CONTROLLED LOCALLY. 2. EF-1: SHALL RUN DURING OCCUPIED MODE. IF THE FAN STATUS DOES NOT MATCH THE COMMANDED VALUE, AN ALARM WILL BE GENERATED. 3. EXISTING FANS : EXHAUST FANS SHALL BE INTERLOCKED TO IT'S ASSOCIATED KITCHEN HOOD EQUIPMENT. MANUFACTURER SUPPLIED CONTACTS SHALL ENERGIZE A CONTROL RELAY TO ENERGIZE EXHAUST FAN DURING KITCHEN HOOD OPERATION. WHEN KITCHEN HOOD IS DE-ENERGIZED THE EXHAUST FAN SHALL CONTINUE TO RUN FOR 10 MINUTES VIA A CONTROL RELAY WITH ADJUSTABLE TIMER. DETAIL - TYPICAL VRF (VARIABLE REFRIGERENT FLOW) SYSTEM SCALE: NONE FAN POINTS POINT TYPE EF-1 COMMAND EF-1 STATUS TREND ALARM X EXHAUST FANS (EF-1) AND EXISTING EXHAUST FANS TYPE BO BI MO MI AI BI AI AV BO BI BO BI BO BI AI MI MO AV AI AI AI TREND ALARM UNITS X OFF/ON X OFF/ON AUTO/HEAT/COOL X X AUTO/HEAT/COOL X X X ERROR CODE NORMAL/ABNORMAL X X X DEGREE F X X DEGREE F ENABLE/DISABLE ENABLE/DISABLE ENABLE/DISABLE ENABLE/DISABLE ENABLE/DISABLE ENABLE/DISABLE DEGREE F LO-MED.-HI-AUTO X LO-MED.-HI-AUTO X DEGREE F DEGREE F DEGREE F DEGREE F NOTES: AI = ANALOG INPUT AO = ANALOG OUTPUT BI = BINARY INPUT BO = BINARY OUTPUT MI = MULTISTATE INPUT MO = MULTISTATE OUTPUT AV = ANALOG VALUE BV = BINARY VALUE SW = SOFTWARE ZN-T I INTEGRAL SPACE TEMPERATURE SENSOR SAFETY ON-OFF SWITCH (FIRE ALARM PANEL) ELECTRIC WALL HEATER SUPPLY AIR CURRENT SENSOR VRF (VARIABLE REFRIGERENT FLOW) SYSTEM SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS CS PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATION. I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THESE DOCUMENT WERE PREPARED OR APPROVED BY ME, AND THAT I AM A DULY LICENSED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MARYLAND. CONTROL DIAGRAM SCALE: NONE 1. INDOOR UNIT: SEQUENCE OF OPERATION A. A. ALL SETPOINTS SHALL BE ADJUSTABLE LOCALLY. THE INDOOR UNITS CAN BE COMMANDED ON/OFF EITHER BY A SCHEDULE IN THE CENTRAL CONTROLLER, AT THE REMOTE CONTROLLER, OR BY THE BMS. IF ALL INDOOR UNITS ARE OFF, THE OUTDOOR UNIT SHALL TURN OFF. WITH THE NIGHT SETBACK FUNCTION/MODE, THE SYSTEM SHALL CYCLE ON DURING UNOCCUPIED PERIODS AS NEEDED TO MAINTAIN UNOCCUPIED TEMPERATURE SET POINT. THE INDOOR UNIT SHALL MODULATE ITS INTERNAL LINEAR EXPANSION VALVE (LEV) TO MAINTAIN THE TEMPERATURE SET POINT VIA THE INDOOR UNIT'S INTERNAL CONTROLS. THE SET POINT IS ADJUSTABLE AT THE REMOTE CONTROLLER, CENTRAL CONTROLLER, OR THROUGH A BMS INTERFACE. THE TEMPERATURE SET POINT CAN ALSO BE SCHEDULED AT THE REMOTE CONTROLLER OR THE CENTRAL CONTROLLER. WHEN ZONE TEMPERATURE FALLS MORE THAN 4.0°F DEFAULT (ADJUSTABLE) BELOW HEATING TEMPERATURE SET POINT THE INDOOR UNIT WILL ENERGIZE SUPPLEMENTAL HEATING OUTPUT. BOTH THE SUPPLEMENTAL HEAT AND THE HEAT PUMP WILL BE ACTIVE ONCE SPACE TEMPERATURE DROPS 4.0°F (ADJUSTABLE) BELOW HEATING TEMPERATURE SET POINT. WHEN THE SPACE TEMPERATURE RISES TO SET POINT, THE SUPPLEMENTAL HEATING OUTPUT IS DEACTIVATED AND THE SUPPLEMENTAL HEAT SOURCE TURNS OFF. KIBART, INC (c) 2007 C:\Users\mgh\Documents\Darlington Elementary HVAC Renovation_Central File_mgh.rvt PLOTTED: 1/28/2015 1:37:06 PM B. 2. MODE CONTROL: I. AUTO MODE: C. THE INDOOR UNIT SHALL DETERMINE WHETHER IT SHOULD BE IN AUTO-HEAT MODE OR AUTO-COOL MODE BASED ON SPACE TEMPERATURE RELATIVE TO TEMPERATURE SET POINT. IF THE INDOOR UNIT IS IN AUTO HEAT MODE, THE INDOOR UNIT CONTROL BOARD SHALL FOLLOW THE HEAT MODE SEQUENCE. IF THE INDOOR UNIT IS IN AUTO COOL MODE, THE INDOOR UNIT CONTROL BOARD SHALL FOLLOW THE COOL MODE SEQUENCE. D. THE INDOOR UNIT SHALL SWITCH FROM AUTOHEAT TO AUTOCOOL WHEN THE SPACE TEMPERATURE RISES ABOVE AND REMAINS ABOVE THE TEMPERATURE SET POINT PLUS THE DEAD BAND FOR 3 MINUTES. E. THE INDOOR UNIT WILL SWITCH FROM AUTOCOOL TO AUTOHEAT WHEN THE SPACE TEMPERATURE DROPS BELOW AND REMAINS BELOW THE TEMPERATURE SET POINT MINUS THE DEAD BAND FOR 3 MINUTES. F. HEATING MODE: THE INDOOR UNIT SHALL MODULATE ITS LINEAR EXPANSION VALVE (LEV) TO MAINTAIN TEMPERATURE SET POINT. G. COOLING MODE: THE INDOOR UNIT SHALL MODULATE ITS LINEAR EXPANSION VALVE (LEV) TO MAINTAIN TEMPERATURE SET POINT. H. FAN/VANE CONTROL: FAN SPEED AND VANE DIRECTION (IF APPLICABLE) SHALL BE ADJUSTABLE BY THE USER AT THE REMOTE CONTROLLER AND/OR THE CENTRAL CONTROLLER. ARCHITECTS 800 WYMAN PARK DRIVE, SUITE 300 BALTIMORE, MARYLAND 21211, 410-332-1009 POINT SYSTEM SETTING SYSTEM STATUS OPERATION MODE SETTING OPERATION MODE STATUS SYSTEM ERROR CODE GENERAL ALARM ROOM TEMPERATURE ROOM TEMPERATURE SETPOINT LOCK LOCAL SYSTEM SETTING LOCK LOCAL SYSTEM STATUS LOCK LOCAL MODE SETTING LOCK LOCAL MODE STATUS LOCK LOCAL FAN SETTING LOCK LOCAL FAN STATUS SET TEMPERATURE STATUS FAN SPEED STATUS FAN SPEED SETTING SET UPPER TEMPERATURE SETTING SET LOWER TEMPERATURE SETTING SET UPPER TEMPERATURE STATUS SET UPPER TEMPERATURE STATUS UNITS Off/On Off/On GRIEVES WORRALL WRIGHT & O'HATNICK INCORPORATED VRF POINTS LIST BO BI LICENSE NO : EXPIRATION DATE: ENGINEER'S SEAL B. INITIAL VALUES OF SET POINTS SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH OWNER AND THE ENGINEER. C. THE UNIT HEATER SHALL BE CONTROLLED BY THE LOCAL THERMOSTAT. WHEN THE SPACE TEMPERATURE DROPS BELOW THE HEATING SETPOINT OF 70°F, THE FAN AND THE ELECTRIC HEAT SHALL BE ENERGIZED. WHEN THE SPACE TEMPERATURE RISES ABOVE THE SETPOINT BY A TEMPERATURE DIFFERENTIAL OF 1°F, THE FAN AND HEATER SHALL DE-ENERGIZE. ELECTRIC WALL HEATER (EWH-1 THROUGH EWH-7) PROJECT TITLE: BAS INTERFACE WITH PACKAGED EQUIPMENT 1. ALL SENSORS REQUIRED FOR PROPER OPERATION OF SEQUENCES TO BE PROVIDED BY EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER AND INSTALLED BY ATC CONTRACTOR. 2. PACKAGED EQUIPMENT TO INCLUDE A SINGLE BACNET INTERFACE FOR CONNECTION TO THE JCI METASYS SYSTEM. · ONE INTERFACE FOR RTU/DOAS SYSTEM. · ONE INTERFACE FOR VRF SYSTEM. DARLINGTON ELEMENTARY SCHOOL HVAC SYSTEMIC RENOVATION VRF CASSETTES: VRF CASSETTES SHALL MONITOR SPACE TEMPERATURE VIA WALL THERMOSTAT AND NOT RETURN AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR. 1 DRAFTED BY: MGH DESIGNED BY: MGH CHECKED BY: SPB 01/16/2015 DATE: REVISIONS NO THE VRF MANUFACTURER SHALL PROVIDE AN INTEGRAL CONTROL SYSTEM THAT WILL INTERFACE WITH THE BACNET SYSTEM. 5. SETPOINTS 5.1. 6. 14043.00 A/E PROJECT NO. : 3. OUTDOOR UNIT: 3.1. UNIT SHALL MODULATE TO PROVIDE HEATING OR COOLING CONTROL AS REQUIRED BY THE INDOOR UNITS. UNIT SHALL HAVE VARIABLE SPEED COMPRESSOR TO PROVIDE TEMPERATURE CONTROL FOR INDOOR UNIT. 4. 17655 2016-01-11 1 Revision Date 01/28/15 Revision Description Addendum 1 OCCUPIED COOLING: 75° ADJUSTABLE UNOCCUPIED COOLING: 80° ADJUSTABLE OCCUPIED HEATING: 72° ADJUSTABLE UNOCCUPIED HEATING: 68° ADJUSTABLE OCCUPIED MODE 6.1. DURING OCCUPIED MODE, THE INDOOR UNIT SHALL BE SET TO AUTO-MODE AND THE FAN SHALL BE ON. UNOCCUPIED MODE 6.1. DURING UNOCCUPIED MODE, THE INDOOR UNIT SHALL BE SET TO AUTO-MODE AND THE FAN SHALL AUTO. SHEET TITLE: SCHEMATICS CONTROLS SHEET No. MP602 MIN MAX SUPPLY (°F) EXHAUST (°F) SUPPLY (°F) HOT GAS REHEAT COIL EXHAUST (°F) MOTOR BHP MOTOR RPM VFD (YES/NO) ELECTRICAL (V/ɸ/Hz) MIN CFM MAX CFM 100% ECONOMIZER (YES/NO) EAT (DB) EAT (WB) LAT (DB) LAT (WB) EAT (DB) EAT (WB) LAT (DB) LAT (WB) EAT (DB) EAT (WB) LAT (DB) LAT (WB) EAT (DB) EAT (WB) LAT (DB) LAT (WB) TOTAL MBH LAT (DB) LAT (WB) DOAS-1 ROOF CAV 5200 5200 PL 1.7 4.26 7.5 4.51 1760 YES 208/3/60 5200 5200 YES 95.0 78.0 81.6 68.4 75.0 62.0 88.4 72.9 0 0 46.8 38.9 70.0 53.0 23.2 22.5 130 72 58.2 DOAS-2 ROOF CAV 2450 2450 PL 1.75 3.99 3.0 2.48 1760 YES 208/3/60 2450 2450 YES 95.0 78.0 81.8 69.0 75.0 62.0 88.2 72.4 0 0 46.1 38.2 70.0 53.0 23.9 23.4 59 72 58.4 RTU-1 ROOF VAV 2700 4825 PL 1.75 3.87 7.5 4.36 1760 YES 208/3/60 500 2725 YES 95.0 78.0 77.4 64.7 75.0 62.0 90.7 74.3 0 0 61.7 48.1 70.0 53.0 15.1 15.1 - - 1 RETURN/EXHAUST FAN UNIT DESIGNATION DESIGN CFM TSP ESP MOTOR FAN TYPE HP (IN H₂O)(IN H₂O) HEAT PUMP PERFORMANCE DX COOLING PERFORMANCE MOTOR BHP MOTOR RPM VFD (YES/NO) ELECTRICAL (V/ɸ/Hz) EAT LAT TOTAL MBH SENSIBLE MBH FINS PER INCH ELECTRIC HEAT ROWS AIR VELOCITY (FPM) NUMBER OF COMPRESSORS MAX. APD (IN WC) EAT DB (°F) LAT DB (°F) TOTAL MBH @ 47°F AMB. MBH UNIT TOTAL ELECTRICAL KW EAT DB (°F) LAT DB (°F) STAGES MCA FLA PRE-FILTER FINAL FILTER MOCP ELEC. CHAR. (V/∅/HZ) MERV MERV EFFICIENCY FILTER MAX FACE VELOCITY (FPM) UNIT WEIGHT (LBS) EER COP NOTES DB (°F) WB (°F) DB (°F) WB (°F) 208/3/60 81.6 68.4 48.8 48.6 293.6 180.9 14 4 261.8 2 0.12 43.7 98.8 325.4 205.1 60.1 43.7 80.2 SCR 219 209 225 208/3/60 8 13 249.6 3739 13.4 YES 208/3/60 81.8 69.0 49.3 49.1 136.8 82.7 14 4 164.6 2 0.08 43.1 97.4 148.2 102.4 30.0 43.1 82.6 SCR 131 105 150 208/3/60 8 13 172.8 2595 YES 208/3/60 77.4 64.7 51.0 50.8 189.0 136.4 14 4 242.9 2 0.10 59.7 96.1 193.2 102.4 30.0 59.7 79.3 SCR 149 119 150 208/3/60 8 13 231.6 3453 MIN MAX DOAS-1 0 5050 PL 1.7 3.3 5.0 4.0 1760 YES DOAS-2 0 2225 PL 1.75 3.24 3.0 2.13 1760 RTU-1 2700 4825 PL 1.0 2.03 3.0 2.39 1760 BASIS OF DESIGN MFGR. MODEL 3.92 AAON RN-030 1,2,3,4 14.1 3.95 AAON RN-013 1,2,3,4 14.0 3.95 AAON RN-018 1,2,3,4 NOTES: UNIT TYPE: 1: REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION AND ACCESSORIES ASSOCIATED WITH UNIT AND CONTROL SEQUENCE.. CAV = CONSTANT AIR VOLUME 2: FAN TYPE: DWDI = DOUBLE WIDTH DOUBLE INLET AIRFOIL, VA = VANE AXIAL, PL = PLENUM AIRFOIL. VAV = VARIABLE AIR VOLUME Phone (410) 494-1111 Fax (410) - 494-1112 CAV / VAV ESP TSP MOTOR FAN TYPE HP (IN H₂O)(IN H₂O) ENTHALPY WHEEL WINTER PERFORMANCE 901 Dulaney Valley Rd. Suite 301 Towson, MD 21204 DESIGN CFM ENTHALPY WHEEL SUMMER PERFORMANCE KIBART, Inc. LOCATION OUTSIDE AIR CONSULTING ENGINEERS UNIT DESIGNATION SUPPLY FAN UNIT TYPE CONSULTING ENGINEERS ENERGY RECOVERY ROOF TOP UNIT SCHEDULE 3: SUBSTITUTIONS FOR LOWER FAN MOTOR HP SHALL NOT BE ACCEPTABLE. 4: FAN'S SHALL BE NEMA PREMIUM EFFICIENCY. SPLIT SYSTEM VRV SYSTEM SCHEDULE INDOOR UNIT KIBART, INC (c) 2007 C:\Users\mgh\Documents\Darlington Elementary HVAC Renovation_Central File_mgh.rvt PLOTTED: 1/28/2015 1:33:03 PM LOCATION TOTAL CFM O.A. CFM CFM TOTAL ESP MBH (IN H₂O) (RC/CC) EAT SENSIBLE MBH (RC/CC) DB (°F) WB (°F) HEAT RECOVERY UNIT TOTAL INDOOR UNIT ELECTRICAL HEATING MBH (RC/CC) EAT DB (°F) FLA MOCP V/ ∅/HZ UNIT WEIGHT (LBS.) BASIS OF DESIGN MFGR. MODEL 1.01 KITCHEN 2115 200 2119 0.6 76.4/76.6 54.2/53.5 80.6 67.1 86.0/65.0 68 4.5 15 208/1/60 192 LG ARNU763B8A2 1.02 CLASSROOM 237 545 250 547 0.45 19.1/19.1 14.1/13.9 80.6 67.1 21.5/16.3 68 0.92 15 208/1/60 59 LG ARNU183BHA2 1.03 CLASSROOM 2 1580 425 1582 0.6 48.1/48.2 36.5/36.1 80.6 67.1 51.2/38.7 68 2.3 15 208/1/60 117 LG ARNU483BRA2 1.04 CLASSROOM 1 1580 425 1582 0.6 48.1/48.2 36.5/36.1 80.6 67.1 51.2/38.7 68 2.3 15 208/1/60 117 LG ARNU483BRA2 1.05 CORRIDOR 1140 100 1141 0.55 36.2/36.3 27.1/26.8 80.6 67.1 40.6/30.7 68 2.3 15 208/1/60 84 LG ARNU363BGA2 1.06 LOBBY 565 50 565 0.1 15.4/15.4 12.1/12.1 80.6 67.1 17.1/14.9 68 0.15 15 208/1/60 50 LG ARNU153TPAA 1.07 LIBRARY 1800 450 1801 0.6 54.0/54.1 42.6/42.1 80.6 67.1 61.4/53.6 68 3.0 15 208/1/60 117 LG ARNU543BRA2 1.08 WORK ROOM 227 396 50 396 0.1 19.1/19.1 14.0/13.8 80.6 67.1 21.5/18.8 68 0.2 15 208/1/60 35 LG ARNU183TQC2 2.01 PRINCIPAL 396 50 396 0.1 19.1/19.1 14.0/13.8 80.6 67.1 21.5/18.8 68 0.2 15 208/1/60 35 LG ARNU183TQC2 2.02 OPEN OFFICE 420 100 424 0.45 12.3/12.3 9.1/9.0 80.6 67.1 13.6/10.3 68 0.92 15 208/1/60 59 LG ARNU123BHA2 2.03 NURSE 265 50 265 0.1 7.5/7.5 5.5/5.4 80.6 67.1 8.5/8.1 68 0.2 15 208/1/60 29 LG ARNU073TRC2 2.04 CORRIDOR 1140 150 1141 0.55 26.2/36.3 27.1/26.8 80.6 67.1 40.6/30.7 68 2.3 15 208/1/60 84 LG ARNU363BGA2 2.05 STORAGE 201A 742 50 742 0.1 24.2/24.2 19.8/19.6 80.6 67.1 27.3/23.8 56 0.56 15 208/1/60 59 LG ARNU243TNAA 3.01 RESOURCE 203 388 50 388 0.1 15.4/15.4 11.2/11.1 80.6 67.1 17.1/16.2 68 0.2 15 208/1/60 35 LG ARNU153TQC2 3.02 RESOURCE 204 265 50 265 0.1 7.5/7.5 5.5/5.4 80.6 67.1 8.5/8.1 68 0.2 15 208/1/60 29 LG ARNU073TRC2 3.03 CLASSROOM 202 1140 350 1141 0.55 36.2/36.3 27.1/26.8 80.6 67.1 40.6/38.5 68 2.3 15 208/1/60 84 LG ARNU363BGA2 3.04 COMPUTER 201 1380 325 1381 0.6 36.2/36.3 29.0/28.7 80.6 67.1 40.6/38.5 68 2.3 15 208/1/60 117 LG ARNU363BRA2 3.05 BOYS ROOM 265 - 265 0.1 7.5/7.5 5.5/5.4 80.6 67.1 8.5/8.1 68 0.2 15 208/1/60 29 LG ARNU073TRC2 3.06 GIRLS ROOM 265 - 265 0.1 7.5/7.5 5.5/5.4 80.6 67.1 8.5/8.1 68 0.2 15 208/1/60 29 LG ARNU073TRC2 3.07 CLASSROOM 211 1140 350 1141 0.55 36.2/36.3 27.1/26.8 80.6 67.1 40.6/38.5 68 2.3 15 208/1/60 84 LG ARNU363BGA2 3.08 CLASSROOM 214 1380 350 1381 0.6 36.2/36.3 29.0/28.7 80.6 67.1 40.6/38.5 68 2.3 15 208/1/60 117 LG ARNU363BRA2 3.09 CLASSROOM 215 1275 350 1275 0.6 28.0/28.1 22.4/22.1 80.6 67.1 31.5/29.9 68 2.3 15 208/1/60 117 LG ARNU283BRA2 3.10 CLASSROOM 217 1215 350 1218 0.45 42.0/42.1 31.5/31.1 80.6 67.1 43.8/41.5 68 2.3 15 208/1/60 81 LG ARNU423BGA2 3.11 CLASSROOM 218 1215 350 1218 0.45 42.0/42.1 31.5/31.1 80.6 67.1 43.8/41.5 68 2.3 15 208/1/60 81 LG ARNU423BGA2 3.12 ART/PLANNING 1800 725 1801 0.6 54.0/54.1 42.6/42.1 80.6 67.1 61.4/58.2 68 3.0 15 208/1/60 117 LG ARNU543BRA2 3.13 GYM OFFICE 307 50 307 0.1 12.3/12.3 9.0/8.9 80.6 67.1 13.6/12.9 68 0.2 15 208/1/60 32 LG ARNU123TRC2 3.14 MUSIC ROOM 645 350 646 0.45 24.2/24.2 17.9/17.7 80.6 67.1 27.3/25.9 68 0.92 15 208/1/60 59 LG ARNU243BHA2 3.15 STORAGE 102 1275 100 1278 0.60 28.0/28.1 22.4/22.1 80.6 67.1 31.5/29.9 68 2.3 15 208/1/60 117 LG ARNU283BRA2 3.16 STORAGE 104 350 50 353 0.45 9.6/9.6 7.1/7.0 80.6 67.1 10.9/10.3 68 0.92 15 208/1/60 59 LG ARNU093BHA2 ELECTRICAL BOX DESIGNATION # OF PORTS FLA MOCP V/ ∅/HZ BOX WEIGHT (LBS) HRU-1 3 0.12 15 208/1/60 45 BASIS OF DESIGN MFGR. MODEL LG PRHR031A UNIT NO. NOMINAL COOLING CAPACITY (MBH) NOMINAL HEATING CAPACITY (MBH) ACTUAL COOLING CAPACITY (MBH) AMBIENT DESIGN COOLING /HEATING (°F) ACTUAL HEATING CAPACITY (MBH) UNIT MIN EER/IEER/ COP MODULE ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS NUMBER OF COMPRESSORS MCA V/ ∅/HZ MFGR. NOTES MODEL 1,2,3 1,2,3 HRU-2 4 0.16 15 208/1/60 49 LG PRHR041A ACCU-1 288 324 281.5 95/78 11/10 284.4 11.2/19.5/ 3.31 48.8 48.8 4 60 60 44.0 44.0 208/3/60 1322 LG ARUB288BTE4 1,2,3 1,2,3 1,2,3,4 HRU-3 2 0.08 15 208/1/60 40 LG 1,2,3 PRHR021A 1,2,3 1,2,3,4 HRU-4 4 0.16 15 208/1/60 49 LG PRHR041A 1,2,3 ACCU-2 HRU-5 2 0.08 15 208/1/60 40 LG 96.0 108.0 94.3 95/78 11/10 94.4 12.7/23.5/ 3.71 1 40.1 60 33.3 208/3/60 540 LG ARUB096BTE4 1,2,3,4 1,2,3 PRHR021A 1,2,3,4 1,2,3,4 HRU-6 4 0.16 15 208/1/60 49 LG PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATION. I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THESE DOCUMENT WERE PREPARED OR APPROVED BY ME, AND THAT I AM A DULY LICENSED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MARYLAND. LICENSE NO : EXPIRATION DATE: 17655 2016-01-11 1,2,3,4 PRHR041A 1,2,3 ENGINEER'S SEAL 1,2,3 HRU-7 2 0.08 15 208/1/60 40 LG 1,2,3 PRHR021A 1,2,3 1,2,3 HRU-8 HRU-9 3 0.12 2 0.08 15 15 208/1/60 208/1/60 45 LG 40 LG PRHR031A ACCU-3 408.0 459.0 389.3 95/78 11/10 436.0 10.6/19.5/ 3.45 40.3 57.0 57.0 5 60 80 80 33.4 50.2 50.2 208/3/60 1796 LG ARUB408BTE4 1,2,3 1,2,3 1,2,3 PRHR021A 1,2,3 1,2,3 HRU-10 3 0.12 15 208/1/60 45 LG PRHR031A 1,2,3,4 1,2,3 HRU-11 2 0.08 15 208/1/60 40 LG 1,2,3 PRHR021A 1,2,3 PROJECT TITLE: DARLINGTON ELEMENTARY SCHOOL HVAC SYSTEMIC RENOVATION ABBREVIATIONS: 1: REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION AND ACCESSORIES ASSOCIATED WITH UNIT. 3: PROVIDE DUCT LINER FOR RETURN DUCTWORK . 4: PROVIDE OPTIONAL OUTDOOR AIR VENTILATION KIT RC = RATED CAPACITY 2: ALL UNITS TO BE BALANCED TO HIGH SPEED FOR FANS. CC = CORRECTED CAPACITY ELECTRIC UNIT HEATER SCHEDULE UH-1 FLA BASIS OF DESIGN 1,2,3 NOTES: UNIT HEATER DESIGNATION MOCP UNIT WEIGHT (LBS) ARCHITECTS 800 WYMAN PARK DRIVE, SUITE 300 BALTIMORE, MARYLAND 21211, 410-332-1009 UNIT DESIGNATION COOLING GRIEVES WORRALL WRIGHT & O'HATNICK INCORPORATED SUPPLY FAN AHU-#.## OUTDOOR UNIT DISCHARGE TYPE AREA SERVED WELL ROOM FAN VERTICAL / HORIZONAL CFM HORIZONTAL 1100 HP 1/20 CAPACITY (MBH) MOTOR RPM 1550 51.2 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS HEATER KW FLA 15.0 41.7 MOCP 60 V/ ∅/HZ 208/3/60 SOUND ATTENUATOR SCHEDULE THERMOSTAT TYPE BASIS OF DESIGN NOTES INTEGRAL / REMOTE MFGR. REMOTE TRANE MODEL UHEC153AACA ATTENUATOR DESIGNATION SERVICE LOCATION ATTENUATOR TYPE CFM RD. / RECT. DUCT SIZE WxHxL (IN) MAX APD (IN H₂O) DYNAMIC INSERTION LOSS DB (OCTAVE BAND) 1 2 GENERATED NOISE DB (OCTAVE BAND) BASIS OF DESIGN 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 MFGR. MODEL NOTES DRAFTED BY: MGH DESIGNED BY: MGH SPB SA-1 SUPPLY RTU-1 RECT 30x20x36 4825 0.6 4 7 12 20 22 17 16 15 59 53 46 46 47 43 34 29 DYNASONIC PF-95 1 CHECKED BY: SA-2 SUPPLY DOAS-2 RECT 26x14x36 2450 0.6 4 7 12 20 22 17 16 15 59 53 46 46 47 43 34 29 DYNASONIC PF-95 1 DATE: NOTES: THERMOSTAT TYPE: SA-3 EXHAUST DOAS-2 RECT 30x12x36 2225 0.6 4 7 12 20 22 17 16 15 59 53 46 46 47 43 34 29 DYNASONIC PF-95 1 1: REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION AND ACCESSORIES FOR ELECTRIC UNIT HEATER. I = INTEGRAL SA-4 SUPPLY DOAS-1 RECT 42x16x36 5200 0.6 4 7 12 20 22 17 16 15 59 53 46 46 47 43 34 29 DYNASONIC PF-95 1 SA-5 EXHAUST DOAS-1 RECT 42x16x36 5050 0.6 4 7 12 20 22 17 16 15 59 53 46 46 47 43 34 29 DYNASONIC PF-95 1 2: SUPPORT UNIT HEATER FROM CEILING OR WALL STRUCTURE UTILIZING UNIT HEATER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED SUPPORT METHODS & HARDWARE. 3: UNIT SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH THERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION. NOTES: ATTENUATOR TYPE: 4: PROVIDE INTEGRAL DISCONNECT SWITCH. 1: REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION AND ACCESSORIES ASSOCIATED WITH SOUND ATTENUATOR. RECT. = RECTANGULAR 14043.00 A/E PROJECT NO. : 01/16/2015 REVISIONS NO 1 Revision Date 01/28/15 Revision Description Addendum 1 EXHAUST FAN SCHEDULE FAN DESIGNATION AREA SERVED EF-1 WELL ROOM CFM 200 ESP (IN H₂0) 0.5 DRIVE BELT (BD) / DIRECT (DD) DIRECT FAN TYPE HP (WATTS) BHP RMC 1/6 0.03 MOTOR RPM SOUND LEVEL (SONES) ELEC. CHAR. (V/∅/HZ) 1725 5.7 115/1/60 BASIS OF DESIGN MFGR. MODEL GREENHECK G-70-VG ACCESSORIES NOTES A,B,C,D,E 1 SHEET TITLE: ACCESSORIES: A: DISCONNECT SWITCH B: BACKDRAFT DAMPER D: BIRDSCREEN E: PROVIDE WITH FAN SPEED CONTROLLER FAN TYPES: C: PREFAB ROOF CURB SCHEDULES MECHANICAL R.M.C. = ROOF MOUNTED CENTRIFUGAL NOTES: 1: REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION, AND ACCESSORIES ASSOCIATED WITH FAN. SHEET No. MP801 DRAWING NOTE # HVAC EQUIPMENT CONNECTION SCHEDULE REFERENCE # ELECTRICAL FEEDER SCHEDULE REFERENCE MOTOR - HP AS NOTED EXISTING OR FUTURE EQUIPMENT, AS NOTED THIN/SOLID ELECTRIC HEATING EQUIPMENT; TYPE AS NOTED SURFACE METAL RACEWAY , CONDUIT ENTRANCE FROM ABOVE, FROM BELOW 2. 3. T A a 1 NEW EQUIPMENT, AS NOTED HEAVY/SOLID F , FLUORESCENT FIXTURE, CAPITAL LETTER INDICATES FIXTURE TYPE, LOWER CASE INDICATES SWITCHING, NUMBER INDICATES CIRCUIT S , SURFACE OR RECESSED MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURE THERMAL MANUAL MOTOR STARTER SWITCH DISCONNECT SWITCH - 3P-30A UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED; FUSED, NON-FUSED S MAGNETIC MOTOR STARTER; COMBINATION STARTER/DISCONNECT VFD VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE (FURNISHED BY DIV. 15, INSTALLED BY DIV. 16) CB ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKER RECESSED LIGHT FIXTURE; WALL WASH TYPE WALL MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURE C CONTACTOR, TYPE AS NOTED TC TIME CLOCK STRIP OR INDUSTRIAL FLUORESCENT FIXTURE PUSHBUTTON, FUNCTION AS NOTED; M.H. 48" AFF UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE POLE MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURE , BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARD; SURFACE MOUNTED, FLUSH MOUNTED SPD WALL MOUNTED EMERGENCY BATTERY PACK, REMOTE HEAD TRANSFORMER (INTERIOR) TRANSFORMER ON CONCRETE PAD (EXTERIOR) SD 20 AMP SWITCH. SINGLE POLE, 3-WAY, 4-WAY. SUBSCRIPT IDENTIFIES FIXTURE CONTROLLED DIMMER SWITCH - SLIDE TYPE, 1500 WATT MINIMUM, M.H. - 48" AFF SK KEYED SWITCH, M.H. 48" AFF , , Sa , S3 , S 4 TRANSFORMER (RISER DIAGRAM) N FUSE, SIZE AS INDICATED , NEMA 5-20R RECEPTACLE. M.H. 18", M.H. 6" ABOVE COUNTER HEIGHT FUSED SWITCH SINGLE POLE 20A SWITCH WITH PILOT LIGHT. M.H. 4'-0" UNFUSED SWITCH SP U E , G RECEPTACLE ON EMERGENCY (E) OR UPS (U) CIRCUIT AS NOTED BY LETTER 6-30R SIMPLEX NEMA 5-20R RECEPTACLE. M.H. 18" DUCTBANK - CONCRETE ENCASED RACEWAYS SURFACE METAL RACEWAY, TYPE AS NOTED. SQUARES INDICATE DUPLEX OUTLETS (OR SIMPLEX OUTLETS FOR PLUGMOLD) GROUND CONNECTION HH HANDHOLE, SIZE AS NOTED TELEVISION OUTLET. 'F' TYPE COAX OUTLET, SELF TERMINATING, M.H. 18" AFF # B , S S , INTERCOM STATION; M.H. 48" AFF PC PHOTOCELL F FIRE ALARM MANUAL PULL STATION. M.H. 4'-0" TO CENTER L H FIRE ALARM COMBINATION HORN AND STROBE. M.H. 80" AFF (WALL) OR CEILING MOUNTED AS SHOWN L # FIRE ALARM STROBE, # INDICATES MINIMUM CANDELA RATING, M.H. 80" AFF TO CENTER WHENEVER THE BUILDING IS OCCUPIED DURING THE WORK, EXISTING FIRE ALARM AND LIFE SAFETY SYSTEMS SHALL BE KEPT IN OPERATION. 9. NOTIFY OWNER OF ANY DAMAGED OR NON-WORKING ITEMS PRIOR TO REMOVAL. ANY EQUIPMENT DAMAGED DURING REMOVAL AND/OR RELOCATION SHALL BE REPLACED AT THE CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE WITH EQUIPMENT EQUAL TO EXISTING. 1. DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC AND GENERALLY REPRESENTATIVE OF THE WORK REQUIRED. VERIFY ALL WORK ON SITE AND REPORT ANY CONFLICTS TO THE ENGINEER FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH WORK OR CHANGES. 2. REFER TO PHASING DRAWINGS FOR OVERALL PROJECT PHASING. PLAN AND COORDINATE THE WORK, AS REQUIRED. 3. PROVIDE NEW TYPED CIRCUIT DIRECTORIES FOR ALL NEW PANELBOARDS AND ANY EXISTING PANELS IN WHICH CIRCUITS WERE MODIFIED. 4. ALL PANELBOARD AND SWITCHBOARD SCHEDULES ARE BASED ON COPPER CONDUCTORS. WHERE ALUMINUM CONDUCTORS ARE PERMITTED BY SPECIFICATIONS, CONTRACTOR SHALL ADJUST CONDUCTOR AND CONDUIT SIZES TO MAINTAIN SAME AMPACITY RATINGS. 5. ALL CONDUIT, BOXES, ETC. SHALL GENERALLY BE INSTALLED A MINIMUM OF 12” ABOVE CEILINGS. COORDINATE WITH OTHER TRADES PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 6. ALL CEILING MOUNTED DEVICES, INCLUDING FIRE STROBES, SMOKE DETECTORS, SPEAKERS, OCCUPANCY SENSORS, ETC. SHALL BE CENTERED IN 2X2 CEILING TILES, OR IN HALF OF 2X4 TILES, AS APPLICABLE. PLOTTED: 1/29/2015 11:42:01 AM HTR HEATER AFG ABOVE FINISHED GRADE IMC INTERMEDIATE METAL CONDUIT AHU AIR HANDLING UNIT KV KILOVOLTS AIC AMPS INTERRUPTING CURRENT KVA KILOVOLT-AMPERE ALT ALTERNATE KW KILOWATT AT AMPERE TRIP MFG MANUFACTURER AWG AMERICAN WIRE GAUGE MOD MOTOR OPERATED DAMPER BLDG BUILDING MTD MOUNTED C CONDUIT No. NUMBER CAT CATEGORY NFSS NON-FUSED SAFETY SWITCH CB CIRCUIT BREAKER P POLE 10. WHERE THE WORK OF THIS CONTRACT, INCLUDING THAT OF ALL OTHER DISCIPLINES, REQUIRES THE REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT OF THE CEILING, PROVIDE FOR REMOVAL AND REINSTALLATION OF ELECTRICAL DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT MOUNTED IN OR ON THE CEILING. ALTERNATELY, THE CONTRACTOR MAY PROVIDE TEMPORARY SUPPORT FOR SUCH DEVICES, INCLUDING REINSTALLATION INTO NEW CEILING. 11. ALL LOW VOLTAGE CABLING INSTALLED ABOVE CEILINGS AND NOT IN RACEWAYS SHALL BE PLENUM RATED. CKT CIRCUIT PF POWER FACTOR SD SMOKE DETECTOR CLG CEILING PNL PANEL HEAT DETECTOR, FIXED TEMPERATURE 135°F OR 195°F AS NOTED CR CONTROL RELAY PVC POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (SCHEDULE 40) HEAT DETECTOR, COMBINATION RATE OF RISE AND FIXED TEMP. 135°F OR 195°F AS NOTED DWG DRAWING PRI PRIMARY EF EXHAUST FAN ∅ PHASE EMT ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING QTY QUANTITY RTS DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR REMOTE TEST STATION (1 PER DETECTOR) ENCL ENCLOSURE RGS RIGID GALVANIZED STEEL VTS SPRINKLER VALVE TAMPER SWITCH ETR EXISTING TO REMAIN RM ROOM APS SPRINKLER DRY PIPE AIR PRESSURE SWITCH EX EXISTING R.X. REMOVE EXISTING WFS SPRINKLER WATER FLOW SWITCH FAAP FIRE ALARM ANNUNCIATOR PANEL SW SWITCH WPS SPRINKLER WATER PRESSURE SWITCH FACP FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL SWBD SWITCHBOARD CONTROL PANEL - TYPE AS INDICATED FLEX FLEXIBLE TYP TYPICAL CARD READER - M.H. 4'-0" AFF FSS FUSED SAFETY SWITCH V VOLTS MOTION DETECTOR - CEILING MOUNTED, WALL MOUNTED AT 7'-0" AFF GA GAUGE W WIRE KEYPAD - M.H. 4'-0" AFF GFI GROUND FAULT INTERRUPTING WP WEATHERPROOF MAGNETIC DOOR LOCK GND MD , K ML ES L PTE 1. PASSIVE INFRARED MOTION SENSOR FOR CARD ACCESS SYSTEM DC DOOR CONTACT SWITCH V SPEAKER VOLUME CONTROL - M.H. 4'-0" M MICROPHONE OUTLET - M.H. 18" J K KEY-INTERLOCKED WIRE DIRECT BURIED UNDERGROUND CABLE OR CONDUIT AS NOTED HOMERUN TO PANELBOARD. NUMBER OF ARROWS INDICATES THE NUMBER OF CIRCUITS EMERGENCY CIRCUIT WIRING LIGHTING POWER DENSITY: BUILDING SQUARE FOOTAGE: 24,237 square feet INSTALLED LIGHTING: 14,844 watts LIGHTING POWER DENSITY: 0.62 watts/square foot ALLOWABLE LPD (SCHOOL): 1.2 watts/square foot ALL CLASSROOMS, OFFICES, ETC. SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH LIGHTING CONTROLS TO PROVIDE MANUAL ON/AUTOMATIC OFF OPERATION. ALL PUBLIC CORRIDORS, LOBBIES, RESTROOMS, ETC. SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH LIGHTING CONTROLS TO PROVIDE AUTOMATIC ON/AUTOMATIC OFF, WITH A LOCAL SWITCH TO PROVIDE MANUAL OVERRIDE. 3. SPACES HAVE BEEN DESIGNED BASED ON THE FOLLOWING FOOTCANDLE LEVELS: CLASSROOMS: 75 FC OFFICES: 50 FC CORRIDORS: 10 FC CAFETERIA/GYMNASIUM: 50 FC JUNCTION BOX CONDUIT AND WIRE OR CABLE ROUTED WITHIN WALLS OR CEILING SPACE OR ROUTED EXPOSED ON WALLS OR CEILINGS. CROSSLINES INDICATE THE NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS IF MORE THAN TWO (NOT INCLUDING GROUND) E TRANSFORMER 2. DOOR HOLDER CONDUIT OR CONDUIT AND WIRE ROUTED IN GRADE OR BELOW SLAB DB XFMR IECC 2012 CODE COMPLIANCE: PUSH TO EXIT BUTTON (CARD ACCESS SYSTEM.) M.H. 48" AFF PIR DH GROUND ELECTRIC DOOR STRIKE ELECTRIC DOOR LOCK DUCT SMOKE DETECTORS SHALL HAVE REMOTE LED & TEST STATION INSTALLED BELOW UNIT, IN OCCUPIED SPACE. INSTALL FLUSH IN CEILING TILE, OR FLUSH IN CAVITY WALL AT 60” AFF. AIR CONDITIONING UNIT FIRE ALARM MONITORING MODULE MD 9. ACU M CR ALL FIRE ALARM WIRING SHALL BE INSTALLED IN CONCEALED METALLIC RACEWAYS (EMT, MC CABLE, ETC. PER SPECS) UNLESS SPECIFICALLY PERMITTED OTHERWISE IN SPECIFICATIONS. HORSEPOWER FIRE ALARM CONTROL RELAY S,R 8. HP R DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR; PHOTOELECTRIC TYPE UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE S = SUPPLY, R = RETURN DUCT MOUNTING SURFACE RACEWAY AND SURFACE MOUNTING BOXES SHALL ONLY BE PERMITTED ON MASONRY WALLS, WHERE CONCEALMENT IS NOT POSSIBLE. AMPERE FIRE ALARM HORN. M.H. 80" AFF TO CENTER DD 7. A H HD HD 135°FT/ROR 195°FT/ROR C:\Users\dbp\Documents\Darlington Elementary HVAC Renovation_Central File_dbp.rvt CEILING SPEAKER, WALL SPEAKER C HD HD 135°FT 195°FT KIBART, INC (c) 2007 BELL, TYPE AND MOUNTING AS NOTED, M.H. 7'-6" AFF UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE PROVIDE COVERPLATES FOR ALL DEVICES REMOVED FROM RECESSED BOXES IN WALLS OR HARD CEILINGS. PROVIDE NEW CEILING TILES WHERE REMOVAL OF DEVICES LEAVES A HOLE IN THE CEILING TILE. 8. ELECTRICAL ABBREVIATIONS CCTV CAMERA, BRACKET & HOUSING; # INDICATES TYPE PER SPEC B 6. ADD ALTERNATE #2 - LIGHTING UPGRADE 1. UNDER BASE BID, THE LIGHTING SHALL BE REMOVED AND REPLACED WITH NEW LIGHT FIXTURES AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. THE FOLLOWING AREAS WILL NOT BE UPGRADED: CLASSROOMS 201, 201A, 202, 203, 204, 211, 214, 215, 217 AND 218. 2. UNDER ADD ALTERNATE #2, THE FOLLOWING AREAS SHALL HAVE THEIR LIGHTING REMOVED AND REPLACED WITH NEW LIGHT FIXTURES: CLASSROOMS 201, 201A, 202, 203, 204, 211, 214, 215, 217 AND 218. GENERAL PROJECT NOTES GROUND ROD CLOCK OUTLET, 120VAC, M.H. 7'-6" AFF UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE CONNECT ALL NEW OR RELOCATED FIRE ALARM INITIATING DEVICES TO THE EXISTING BUILDING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SIGNAL LINE CIRCUIT (SLC). REFER TO PROJECT PHASING DRAWINGS AND/OR REQUIREMENTS FOR COORDINATION OF ALL DEMOLITION WORK WITH OVERALL PROJECT PHASING. PLYWOOD EQUIPMENT BACKBOARD. DIMENSIONS AS NOTED, FIRE RETARDANT C 5. DEMOLITION SHALL INCLUDE REMOVAL OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND ASSOCIATED COMPONENTS AND MATERIALS. DO NOT ABANDON IN PLACE ANY ITEMS UNLESS NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS. EQUIPMENT REMOVED SHALL BE OFFERED TO THE OWNER PRIOR TO DISPOSAL, AND IF DESIRED, SHALL BE STORED ON SITE, WHERE INSTRUCTED. ALL MATERIALS NOT TO BE RETAINED BY OWNER SHALL BE REMOVED FOR OFF-SITE, LEGAL DISPOSAL EMERGENCY GENERATOR DOUBLE DUPLEX NEMA 5-20R RECEPTACLE. M.H. 18" SYNCHRONOUS CLOCK OUTLET; SINGLE AND DOUBLE FACE; M.H. 8' AFF UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE THE EXISTING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SHALL REMAIN FUNCTIONAL UNTIL THE NEW SYSTEM IS FULLY INSTALLED, TESTED, APPROVED BY AHJ, AND OPERATIONAL. 11. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE ALL ASSOCIATED ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS FOR EXISTING HVAC AND PLUMBING EQUIPMENT BEING REMOVED, INCLUDING: CONDUIT, WIRING, OUTLETS, DISCONNECTING MEANS, STARTERS, SWITCHES, ETC. REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. COMBINATION VOICE & DATA OUTLET, M.H. 18" AFF , 4. 7. SPECIAL RECEPTACLE; NEMA TYPE AS NOTED. M.H. 18" UNLESS NOTED TV EXISTING CIRCUITS INTERRUPTED BY DEMOLITION OR RELOCATION WORK, BUT SERVING ITEMS INDICATED TO REMAIN, SHALL BE MADE CONTINUOUS. 10. ANY OPENINGS LEFT IN CEILINGS/WALLS SHALL BE PATCHED AND FINISHED TO MATCH EXISTING ADJACENT SURFACES. WHERE DEVICES ARE REMOVED FROM CEILING TILES, PROVIDE REPLACEMENT TILE(S) TO MATCH EXISTING. CIRCUIT BREAKER (MOLDED CASE) OCCUPANCY SENSOR, TYPE AS NOTED; ULTRASONIC (U), INFRARED (IR), OR DUAL TECHNOLOGY (DT) DURING THE COURSE OF THE PROJECT, THE BUILDING SHALL REMAIN PROTECTED BY THE EXISTING AND/OR NEW SYSTEM COMPONENTS WITH NO REDUCTION IN DETECTION OR NOTIFICATION TO OCCUPANTS. THE EXISTING FACILITY SHALL REMAIN IN OPERATION DURING CONSTRUCTION WHENEVER THE SCHOOL IS OCCUPIED BY STAFF OR STUDENTS. ALL INTERRUPTIONS TO UTILITIES OR SERVICES MUST BE COORDINATED WITH THE OWNER OR USING AGENCY TO MINIMIZE DISRUPTIONS. PROVIDE NOTICE TO THE FACILITY AND OWNER 15 DAYS IN ADVANCE OF PLANNED OUTAGES. TRANSFER SWITCH, AUTOMATIC AS INDICATED U,IR,DT 3. 6. E L REMOVE ALL EQUIPMENT INDICATED, INCLUSIVE OF ASSOCIATED CONDUIT, WIRING, BOXES, ETC. BACK TO SOURCE OR LAST REMAINING DEVICE ON SAME CIRCUIT, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, ELECTRICAL ITEMS SHOWN HEAVY/DASHED (- - - - - - ) SHALL BE REMOVED AND/OR RELOCATED. ELECTRICAL ITEMS SHOWN LIGHT/SOLID (_______) ARE EXISTING TO REMAIN. ELECTRICAL ITEMS SHOWN HEAVY/SOLID (______ ) REPRESENTS NEW WORK. SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICE; TYPE PER SPEC EMERGENCY OR NITE-LITE FIXTURE, AS NOTED , SELECTED EXISTING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM COMPONENTS SHALL BE REMOVED, WHERE INDICATED. SUCH DEVICES SUCH AS DUCT SMOKE DETECTORS, MAY BE REUSED FOR NEW WORK, PROVIDED THEIR TYPE AND RATINGS COMPLY WITH NEW WORK REQUIREMENTS. PROVIDE NEW SAMPLING TUBES FOR DUCT DETECTORS BEING REUSED. 5. DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARD EXIT SIGN, CEILING OR WALL MOUNTED - DARKENED PORTION INDICATES THE FACE OF EXIT SIGN AND THE ARROW INDICATES DIRECTIONAL FACE , 4. 2. 7. ADD ALTERNATE #3 - FIRE ALARM 1. 2. UNDER BASE BID, A NEW FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL SHALL BE PROVIDED. DEVICES REQUIRED FOR NEW HVAC EQUIPMENT SHALL BE PROVIDED AND CONNECTED TO NEW CONTROL PANEL. THE EXISTING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM AND DEVICES SHALL REMAIN. THE EXISTING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SHALL BE MONITORED BY THE NEW FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL. 1 UNDER ADD ALTERNATE #3 THE ENTIRE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM, INCLUDING ALL PANELS, DEVICES AND WIRING, SHALL BE REMOVED AND REPLACED WITH A NEW ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM, AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATION. I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THESE DOCUMENT WERE PREPARED OR APPROVED BY ME, AND THAT I AM A DULY LICENSED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MARYLAND. ALL PROJECT CONDUIT AND CABLING SHALL BE INSTALLED ABOVE FINISHED CEILINGS, WHERE POSSIBLE TO MINIMIZE VISIBILITY OF SUCH ITEMS IN AREAS WITH EXPOSED STRUCTURE. ALL CABLING INSTALLED IN EXPOSED STRUCTURE AREAS, SHALL BE IN EMT CONDUIT INSTALLED TIGHT TO DECK ABOVE, EXCEPT FOR SHORT FINAL CONNECTIONS TO FIRE ALARM DEVICES, LIGHT FIXTURES, ETC. MC CABLE SHALL BE PERMITTED WHERE INSTALLED ABOVE FINISHED CEILINGS OR CONCEALED IN PARTITION WALLS. 8. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR CEILING TYPES, FINISHES, ETC. COORDINATE ALL LIGHT FIXTURE MOUNTING, FRAME KITS, ETC. AS REQUIRED. 9. TEMPORARILY REMOVE EXISTING LAY-IN TILES AND/OR CEILING GRID SYSTEMS, AS REQUIRED TO PERFORM THE WORK OF THIS CONTRACT AND WHERE CEILINGS ARE TO REMAIN. REINSTALL ALL COMPONENTS AT COMPLETION OF THE WORK. REPLACE ANY DAMAGED COMPONENTS. ARCHITECTS 800 WYMAN PARK DRIVE, SUITE 300 BALTIMORE, MARYLAND 21211, 410-332-1009 EXISTING EQUIPMENT TO BE REMOVED, HEAVY/DASHED PROVIDE A NEW FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL. NEW PANEL SHALL MONITOR EXISTING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. ALL NEW DEVICES SHALL BE CONNECTED TO THE NEW FIRE ALARM PANEL EXISTING DEVICES THAT REMAIN SHALL REMAIN CONNECTED TO THE EXISTING SYSTEM. EXISTING SYSTEM IS GAMEWELL CONTROL PANEL. Phone (410) 494-1111 Fax (410) - 494-1112 SR # 1. 901 Dulaney Valley Rd. Suite 301 Towson, MD 21204 DESCRIPTION INFORMATION SHOWN ON THIS DRAWING PERTAINING TO EXISTING CONDITIONS HAS BEEN OBTAINED FROM EXISTING DRAWINGS OR GENERAL FIELD OBSERVATIONS AND MAY NOT INDICATE ACTUAL EXISTING CONDITIONS IN DETAIL OR DIMENSION. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR DETERMINING THE ACTUAL CONDITIONS AND EFFECT ON HIS WORK PRIOR TO FABRICATION, ROUGHIN, MATERIAL ORDERS OR PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK. SHOULD CONDITIONS BE DISCOVERED THAT PREVENT EXECUTION OF THE WORK AS INDICATED, IMMEDIATELY NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT IN WRITING FOR DIRECTION BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. CONSULTING ENGINEERS SYMBOL DESCRIPTION 1. CONSULTING ENGINEERS SYMBOL ELECTRICAL LEGEND (CONTINUATION) GRIEVES WORRALL WRIGHT & O'HATNICK INCORPORATED ELECTRICAL LEGEND KIBART, Inc. GENERAL FIRE ALARM NOTES GENERAL PROJECT DEMOLITION NOTES LICENSE NO : EXPIRATION DATE: 17655 2016-01-11 ENGINEER'S SEAL 12. ALL BRANCH CIRCUITS SHALL UTILIZE INDIVIDUAL NEUTRAL CONDUCTORS. SHARED NEUTRALS AND MULTI-WIRE CIRCUITS ARE NOT PERMITTED. 13. ALL BRANCH CIRCUITS AND FEEDERS SHALL INCLUDE AN EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR. CONDUIT IS NOT PERMITTED AS THE SOLE GROUND PATH. 14. ALL EMERGENCY AND EGRESS LIGHTING FIXTURES SHALL BE CONNECTED TO LIFE SAFETY EMERGENCY SYSTEM BRANCH CIRCUITS AHEAD OF ALL SWITCHING, UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE. PROJECT TITLE: 15. PROVIDE ACCESS PANELS FOR ALL DUCT SMOKE DETECTORS, JUNCTION BOXES, AND OTHER EQUIPMENT REQUIRING ACCESS OR ADJUSTMENT, AND LOCATED ABOVE HARD CEILINGS OR BEHIND WALL PARTITIONS, IN CHASES, ETC. DARLINGTON ELEMENTARY SCHOOL HVAC SYSTEMIC RENOVATION 16. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, ALL WIRING & CONDUIT/CABLING SHOWN ON FLOOR PLANS IS FOR DIAGRAMMATIC PURPOSES ONLY. COORDINATE EXACT INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS WITH FIELD CONDITIONS AND INSTALL PER SPECIFICATIONS. FOR LIGHT FIXTURES, WIRING SHALL NOT PASS THROUGH ANY LUMINAIRE INTEGRAL JUNCTION BOX UNLESS LUMINAIRE IS IDENTIFIED FOR "THROUGH-WIRING" 17. CONTRACTOR COMMISSIONING: a. PROVIDE ALL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS OF THE LIGHTING & LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM(S) IN ACCORDANCE WITH 2012 INTERNATIONAL ENERGY CONSERVATION CODE, SECTION 408. b. SUBMIT COMMISSIONING AUTHORITY (CxA) QUALIFICATIONS FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO THE START OF ANY WORK. CxA SHALL BE CERTIFIED BY THE BUILDING COMMISSIONING ASSOCIATION (BCxA), ASSOCIATED COMMISSIONING GROUP (ACG), OR A REGISTERED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER. 14043.00 A/E PROJECT NO. : c. COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS SHALL INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, PREPARATION OF THE COMMISSIONING PLAN, COMMISSIONING SPECS, FUNCTIONAL PERFORMANCE TESTING, COMMISSIONING REPORT, ETC. DRAFTED BY: RMK DESIGNED BY: RMK CHECKED BY: DBP 01/16/2015 DATE: d. COPIES OF ALL DOCUMENTATION SHALL BE PROVIDED TO THE OWNER, ARCHITECT AND CODE OFFICIAL. 18. NOTIFY MISS UTILITY OR NATIONAL “811” MINIMUM OF 48 HOURS PRIOR TO DIGGING. ON SITES WHERE SUCH SERVICES ARE NOT APPLICABLE, PROVIDE SERVICES OF AN UNDERGROUND UTILITY LOCATING CONTRACTOR TO LOCATE AND MARK ALL BURIED UTILITIES IN THE REGION WHERE EXCAVATION IS TO OCCUR. REVISIONS NO 19. EXISTING PUBLIC AND PRIVATE UTILITIES SHOWN HEREIN REFLECT AVAILABLE DATA, AND MAY NOT REPRESENT AS-BUILT CONDITIONS. LOCATE AND PROTECT ALL UTILITIES WHICH ARE TO REMAIN IN USE, WHETHER SHOWN OR NOT. PROVIDE AMPLE COVER AND PROTECTION OF ALL INSTALLED UTILITIES DURING THE CONSTRUCTION OF THIS PROJECT. 1 Revision Date 01/28/15 Revision Description Addendum 1 20. CONFORM TO ALL FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL REQUIREMENTS FOR STORM WATER AND SEDIMENT & EROSION CONTROL, AS APPLICABLE TO THE SITE WORK OF THIS CONTRACT, INCLUDING ALL EXCAVATION AND TRENCHING. 21. ALL DEBRIS CREATED AS A RESULT OF TRENCHING OR SITE UTILITY INSTALLATION SHALL BE LEGALLY DISPOSED OF OFF-SITE. 22. TRENCHING WORK SHALL BE LIMITED TO A MAXIMUM OF 100LF OF OPEN TRENCH AT ANY TIME. EXCEPTIONS CAN ONLY BE APPROVED BY THE STATE'S DEPARTMENT OF THE ENVIRONMENT UPON SUBMISSION OF A SEDIMENT AND EROSION CONTROL PLAN. 23. ALL UNDERGROUND CONDUITS SHALL BE SCHEDULE 40 PVC, DIRECT BURIED OR CONCRETE ENCASED, AS INDICATED. MINIMUM BURIAL DEPTHS SHALL BE PER NEC. 24. ALL BURIED CABLES/CONDUIT/DUCTBANKS, HANDHOLES, MANHOLES, EQUIPMENT PADS, ETC. SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH FINAL GRADES PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 25. FOR OUTDOOR GENERATORS, COORDINATE DIRECTION OF RADIATOR AND EXHAUST DISCHARGE TO BE AWAY FROM BUILDINGS, STRUCTURES, ETC. AS INDICATED ON PLANS. MAINTAIN MINIMUM 10 FT FRONT CLEARANCE AT RADIATOR DISCHARGE. 26. PROVIDE “WARNING-HIGH VOLTAGE” SIGNS ON ALL EXTERIOR PAD MOUNTED TRANSFORMERS, SWITCHGEAR, GENERATORS, EQUIPMENT YARD FENCES, ETC. 27. REMOVE ALL EXISTING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, AS INDICATED, INCLUDING ASSOCIATED CONCRETE PADS, FOUNDATIONS, AND CONDUIT DOWN TO A DEPTH OF 48” BELOW FINAL FINISHED GRADE. 28. PROVIDE PROPER SUPPORTS FOR ALL EXISTING LOOSE WIRING AND CONDUIT FOUND ABOVE CEILING. ELECTRICAL DRAWING INDEX Sheet Number E001 E002 E101 E102 E103 E201 E202 E301 E302 E303 E601 E602 E701 E702 Sheet Name ELECTRICAL COVER SHEET ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN DEMOLITION - FIRST FLOOR - ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION - SECOND FLOOR - ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION - ROOF - ELECTRICAL NEW WORK - FIRST FLOOR - LIGHTING NEW WORK - SECOND FLOOR - LIGHTING NEW WORK - FIRST FLOOR - POWER NEW WORK - SECOND FLOOR - POWER NEW WORK - ROOF - POWER DETAILS - ELECTRICAL DETAILS - ELECTRICAL - FIRE ALARM ANNUNCIATOR RISER - ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES - ELECTRICAL SHEET TITLE: ELECTRICAL COVER SHEET SHEET No. E001 Phone (410) 494-1111 Fax (410) - 494-1112 901 Dulaney Valley Rd. Suite 301 Towson, MD 21204 CONSULTING ENGINEERS KIBART, Inc. CONSULTING ENGINEERS NEW UTILITY TRANSFORMER UNDERGROUND ELECTRICAL SERVICE. VERIFY QUANTITY OF CONDUITS, AND ADD AS NEEDED 1 GEN. BATTERY CHARGER GENERATOR ELS-9 J FUEL TANK J CONCRETE PAD ARCHITECTS 800 WYMAN PARK DRIVE, SUITE 300 BALTIMORE, MARYLAND 21211, 410-332-1009 EMERGENCY SERVICE ENTRANCE DISCONNECT SWITCHES, & WIRE TROUGH. SEE RISER DIAGRAM ON SHEET E701. GEN. HEATER ELS-7 GRIEVES WORRALL WRIGHT & O'HATNICK INCORPORATED GENERATOR DUCTBANK. REFER TO DETAIL ON SHEET E601 VERTICAL RADIATOR DISCHARGE PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATION. I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THESE DOCUMENT WERE PREPARED OR APPROVED BY ME, AND THAT I AM A DULY LICENSED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MARYLAND. 1 LICENSE NO : EXPIRATION DATE: 17655 2016-01-11 KIBART, INC (c) 2007 C:\Users\dbp\Documents\Darlington Elementary HVAC Renovation_Central File_dbp.rvt PLOTTED: 1/29/2015 11:55:31 AM ENGINEER'S SEAL PROJECT TITLE: DARLINGTON ELEMENTARY SCHOOL HVAC SYSTEMIC RENOVATION 14043.00 A/E PROJECT NO. : DRAFTED BY: RMK DESIGNED BY: RMK CHECKED BY: DBP 01/16/2015 DATE: REVISIONS NO 1 N Revision Date 01/28/15 Revision Description Addendum 1 SITE PLAN SCALE: 1/16" = 1'-0" DRAWING NOTES: 1 14'x70' TEMPORARY ADMINISTRATION TRAILER. PROVIDE TEMPORARY ELECTRIC, 4 PHONE LINES FROM BUILDING PHONE CLOSET AND DATA LINES FROM SCHOOL DATA CLOSET. TRAILER TO HAVE 2 OFFICES AND CONFERENCE ROOM, AND ADA ACCESS RAMP. SHEET TITLE: ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN SCALE: 1/16" = 1'-0" 16 0 16 32 SHEET No. E002 RX. UH 1 RX. MDP 1 RX. UH RX. FUEL OIL PUMP 1 EX. PNL MPM SD HD 135°FT 3 SD 1 EQUIPMENT TO BE REMOVED BY DIVISION 15. REMOVE ALL ASSOCIATED ELECTRICAL WIRING AND DISCONNECTS. EXISTING CIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL BE SPARE. 2 FAN-COILED UNIT TO BE REMOVED BY DIVISION 15. REMOVE ALL ASSOCIATED ELECTRICAL WIRING AND DISCONNECTS. EXISTING CIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL BE SPARE. 3 FOR EXISTING PROJECTOR. REMOVE AND RELOCATE TO ACCOMMODATE FOR DIVISION 15 WORK UNDER BASE BID. HD 135°FT RX. FCU 2 RX. BOILER 1 EX. PNL LPB RX. PUMP 1 F SD SD MD RX. PUMP 1 SD 1 GENERAL NOTES: RX. AIR COMPRESSOR 1. ALL ELECTRICAL DEVICES SHOWN AS EXISTING IN EXISTING CEILING TO BE REMOVED AND REINSTALLED IN NEW CEILING TO ALLOW FOR MECHANICAL WORK. 3 ALTERNATE NOTES: J SD 1. REMOVE AND REINSTALL ALL DEVICES INTERFERING WITH DIVISION 15 WORK UNDER BASE BID INCLUDING CEILING MOUNTED DEVICES AND DEVICES WHERE WORK INTERFERES WITH NORMAL FUNCTION. COORDINATE WITH DIVISION 15. SD ARCHITECTS 800 WYMAN PARK DRIVE, SUITE 300 BALTIMORE, MARYLAND 21211, 410-332-1009 SD Phone (410) 494-1111 Fax (410) - 494-1112 DRAWING NOTES: RX. PUMP 1 SD GRIEVES WORRALL WRIGHT & O'HATNICK INCORPORATED J CONSULTING ENGINEERS RX. BOILER 1 SD MD 901 Dulaney Valley Rd. Suite 301 Towson, MD 21204 1 RX. EF RX. FCU 2 KIBART, Inc. CONSULTING ENGINEERS RX. CU 1 1 RX. CU 2. REMOVE LIGHTING FIXTURES IN AREAS INDICATED AND MAINTAIN EXISTING LIGHTING CIRCUITS INCLUDING WIRING AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS FOR FUTURE REUSE UNDER ADD ALT. #2. 3. REMOVE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM IN ITS ENTIRETY, INCLUDING ALL CONTROL PANELS, NAC PANELS, WIRING AND DEVICES UNDER ADD ALTERNATE #3. 1 RX. CU RX. FCU 2 N RX. CU 1 RX. CU 1 PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATION. I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THESE DOCUMENT WERE PREPARED OR APPROVED BY ME, AND THAT I AM A DULY LICENSED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MARYLAND. DEMOLITION - FIRST FLOOR - ELECTRICAL SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0" LICENSE NO : EXPIRATION DATE: 17655 2016-01-11 PLOTTED: 1/29/2015 3:07:28 PM ENGINEER'S SEAL PROJECT TITLE: KIBART, INC (c) 2007 C:\Users\dbp\Documents\Darlington Elementary HVAC Renovation_Central File_dbp.rvt DARLINGTON ELEMENTARY SCHOOL HVAC SYSTEMIC RENOVATION 14043.00 A/E PROJECT NO. : DRAFTED BY: RMK DESIGNED BY: RMK CHECKED BY: DBP 01/16/2015 DATE: REVISIONS NO 1 Revision Date 01/28/15 Revision Description Addendum 1 SHEET TITLE: DEMOLITION - FIRST FLOOR - ELECTRICAL SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0" 8 0 8 16 SHEET No. E101 SD SD J MD Phone (410) 494-1111 Fax (410) - 494-1112 901 Dulaney Valley Rd. Suite 301 Towson, MD 21204 TV CONSULTING ENGINEERS KIBART, Inc. RX. UV 1 EX. EF CONSULTING ENGINEERS RX. AHU 2 MD RX. AHU 2 RX. UV 1 1 RX. EF 1 SD EX. CLG MOUNTED DEVICES IN THIS AREA TO BE REMOVED AND REINSTALLED IN NEW CEILING UNDER BASE BID. SURFACE MOUNTED FIXTURES ON CEILING IN THIS AREA TO BE DEMOLISHED UNDER ADD ALTERNATE #2 SD SD LIGHTING IN THIS AREA TO BE REMOVED AND REINSTALLED IN NEW CEILING UNDER BASE BID. LIGHTING IN THIS AREA TO BE DEMOLISHED UNDER ADD ALTERNATE #2 SD SD MD 1 RX. CU 1 RX. UV RX. UV 1 1 RX. UV SD RX. AHU MD GRIEVES WORRALL WRIGHT & O'HATNICK INCORPORATED RX. UV 1 SD SD 2 SD SD 5 SD 2 RX. AHU SD SD MD ? J J EX. PNL LP SD 5 3 TV SD SD 2 EX. PNL L SD MD MD MD SD SD MD MD SD RX. EF 1 RX. PUMP 1 TV SD L F L F SD SD MD MD L F TV MD ? TV SD SD SD PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATION. I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THESE DOCUMENT WERE PREPARED OR APPROVED BY ME, AND THAT I AM A DULY LICENSED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MARYLAND. F F RX. CU 1 ? SD MD MD SD MD MD MD MD TV 5 SD J WORK ROOM 206 SD J SD SD LICENSE NO : EXPIRATION DATE: 17655 2016-01-11 MD SD SD J ENGINEER'S SEAL 4 SD SD 5 SD EX. PNL N MD 5 ARCHITECTS 800 WYMAN PARK DRIVE, SUITE 300 BALTIMORE, MARYLAND 21211, 410-332-1009 J TV TV SD L F F PLOTTED: 1/29/2015 11:42:06 AM RX. UV 1 RX. UV 1 RX. FACP RX. AHU 2 RX. UV 1 LIGHTING IN THIS AREA TO BE REMOVED AND REINSTALLED IN NEW CEILING UNDER BASE BID. LIGHTING IN THIS AREA TO BE DEMOLISHED UNDER ADD ALTERNATE #2 RX. UV 1 C:\Users\dbp\Documents\Darlington Elementary HVAC Renovation_Central File_dbp.rvt RX. UV 1 RX. UH 1 LIGHTING IN THIS AREA TO BE REMOVED AND REINSTALLED IN NEW CEILING UNDER BASE BID. LIGHTING IN THIS AREA TO BE DEMOLISHED UNDER ADD ALTERNATE #2 DRAWING NOTES: 1 N DEMOLITION - SECOND FLOOR - ELECTRICAL SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0" EQUIPMENT TO BE REMOVED. REMOVE ALL ASSOCIATED ELECTRICAL WIRING AND DISCONNECTS. ASSOCIATED CIRCUIT BREAKERS TO REMAIN. 2 FAN-COILED UNIT LOCATED IN CEILING TO BE REMOVED . REMOVE ALL ASSOCIATED ELECTRICAL WIRING AND DISCONNECTS. ASSOCIATED CIRCUIT BREAKERS TO REMAIN. 3 NOT USED. 4 REMOVE EXISTING SWITCH CONTROLLING CORRIDOR FIXTURES AND LINE VOLTAGE WIRING. 5 KIBART, INC (c) 2007 RX. UV 1 FOR EXISTING PROJECTOR. REMOVE AND RELOCATE TO ACCOMMODATE DIVISION 15 WORK UNDER BASE BID. PROJECT TITLE: GENERAL NOTES: DARLINGTON ELEMENTARY SCHOOL HVAC SYSTEMIC RENOVATION 1. ALL ELECTRICAL DEVICES SHOWN AS EXISTING IN EXISTING CEILING TO BE REMOVED AND REINSTALLED IN NEW CEILING TO ALLOW FOR MECHANICAL WORK. ALTERNATE NOTES: 1. REMOVE AND REINSTALL ALL DEVICES INTERFERING WITH DIVISION 15 WORK UNDER BASE BID INCLUDING CEILING MOUNTED DEVICES AND DEVICES WHERE WORK INTERFERES WITH NORMAL FUNCTION. COORDINATE WITH DIVISION 15. 14043.00 A/E PROJECT NO. : 2. REMOVE LIGHTING FIXTURES IN AREAS INDICATED AND MAINTAIN EXISTING LIGHTING CIRCUITS INCLUDING WIRING AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS FOR FUTURE REUSE UNDER ADD ALT. #2. 3. REMOVE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM IN ITS ENTIRETY, INCLUDING ALL CONTROL PANELS, NAC PANELS, WIRING AND DEVICES UNDER ADD ALTERNATE #3. DRAFTED BY: RMK DESIGNED BY: RMK CHECKED BY: DBP 01/16/2015 DATE: REVISIONS NO 1 Revision Date 01/28/15 Revision Description Addendum 1 SHEET TITLE: DEMOLITION SECOND FLOOR ELECTRICAL SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0" 8 0 8 16 SHEET No. E102 A A GYM OFFICE 105 A A Phone (410) 494-1111 Fax (410) - 494-1112 CONSULTING ENGINEERS 901 Dulaney Valley Rd. Suite 301 Towson, MD 21204 ART ROOM 108 KIBART, Inc. CONSULTING ENGINEERS CONNECT ALL FIXTURES IN THIS AREA TO ELR-8 E A A A A D A BOILER ROOM 101 D D 1 A A A 1 A A A DT IR IR A D A A STORAGE 104 D D STORAGE 102 WIR A A A A A LV A A LV E E IR CORRIDOR A 106 A E LV ELS-3 LV WIR WIR A A WIR A LV A A A A CORRIDOR 106 DT PLANNING 110 A LOUNGE 111 A A A MUSIC ROOM 107 N CRAWLSPACE 103 ARCHITECTS 800 WYMAN PARK DRIVE, SUITE 300 BALTIMORE, MARYLAND 21211, 410-332-1009 STORAGE 109 A A GRIEVES WORRALL WRIGHT & O'HATNICK INCORPORATED A NEW WORK - FIRST FLOOR - LIGHTING PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATION. I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THESE DOCUMENT WERE PREPARED OR APPROVED BY ME, AND THAT I AM A DULY LICENSED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MARYLAND. SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0" LICENSE NO : EXPIRATION DATE: 17655 2016-01-11 ENGINEER'S SEAL GENERAL NOTES: DRAWING NOTES: 1 PROVIDE WATTSTOPPER ELCU-100 EMERGENCY LIGHTING CONTROL UNIT OR EQUIVALENT TO CONTROL EMERGENCY FIXTURES DURING NORMAL OPERATION. DEVICE WILL REPOWER DEVICE ONCE EMERGENCY OPERATION IS REQUIRED. COORDINATE WITH MANUFACTURER. 1. ALL ELECTRICAL DEVICES SHOWN AS EXISTING IN EXISTING CEILING TO BE REMOVED AND REINSTALLED IN NEW CEILING TO ALLOW FOR MECHANICAL WORK. 2. ALL NEW FIXTURES TO BE REFED TO EXISTING CIRCUITS. 3. CONNECT ALL EMERGENCY EGRESS LIGHTING FIXTURES TO ELS-3 UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. KIBART, INC (c) 2007 C:\Users\dbp\Documents\Darlington Elementary HVAC Renovation_Central File_dbp.rvt PLOTTED: 1/29/2015 11:42:07 AM 4. ALL LIGHTING IN CLASSROOMS AND CORRIDORS SHALL BE CONTROLLED BY MULTI-LEVEL SWITCHING. REFER TO DETAIL - LIGHTING OCCUPANCY SENSORS W/ MULTIPLE LEVEL CONTROL ON DRAWING E601 FOR MORE INFORMATION. PROJECT TITLE: DARLINGTON ELEMENTARY SCHOOL HVAC SYSTEMIC RENOVATION LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE TYPE DESCRIPTION VOLT MOUNTING LAMPS INPUT WATTS MANUFACTURER/MODEL # A 2X4 RECESSED HIGH OUTPUT LED W/ DIFFUSE CENTER OPTIC AND WHITE FINISH. 120 RECESSED LED 3500K 5585 LU 58W FINELITE HPR-F-2X4-DCO-LED-HO-3500K-120-SC-C1 B 2X2 RECESSED FIXTURE WITH LED, A12 ACRYLIC PATTERN AND WHITE FINISH HOUSING. 120 C 2X4 SURFACE MOUNTED HIGH OUTPUT LED W/ DIFFUSE CENTER OPTIC AND WHITE FINISH. 120 48" LED GENERAL PURPOSE STRIP LIGHT WITH EMERGENCY BATTERY BACK-UP RECESSED LED 4000K 3300 LU 38W LITHONIA 2TL2-33L-FW-A12-MVOLT-D38-LP840 SURFACE LED 3500K 5585 LU 58W FINELITE HPR-F-2X4-DCO-LED-HO-3500K-120-SC-SM SURFACE LED 3500K 2000 LU 31W LITHONIA ZL2N-L48-2000LM-MDD-MVOLT-35K-BSL722-WH MVOLT SURFACE LED 3500K 2000 LU 31W LITHONIA ZL2N-L48-2000LM-MDD-MVOLT-35K-WH E CEILING MOUNTED EXIT SIGN WITH WHITE HOUSING AND RED LED MVOLT SURFACE LED RED .6W LITHONIA LQC-W-2-R F 2X2 SURFACE MOUNTED LED FIXTURE WITH WHITE FINISH MVOLT SURFACE LED 3500K 3300 LU 38W LITHONIA 2TLX2-33L-FW-A12-D38-LP835 LED 3500K 2400 LU 241W 48" LED GENERAL PURPOSE STRIP LIGHT D1 1 G 1X4 HIGH BAY LED FIXTURE WITH SURFACE MOUNTING AND SEMI-DIFFUSE ACRYLIC LENS DRAFTED BY: RMK DESIGNED BY: RMK CHECKED BY: DBP MVOLT SURFACE 01/16/2015 DATE: REVISIONS NO MVOLT D 14043.00 A/E PROJECT NO. : 1 Revision Date 01/28/15 Revision Description Addendum 1 SHEET TITLE: LITHONIA IBL-24L-WD-SD125-LP835 NEW WORK - FIRST FLOOR - LIGHTING NOTE: PROVIDE EMERGENCY BATTERY BACK-UP AS INDICATED ON E201 AND E202. SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0" 8 0 8 16 SHEET No. E201 A U A A A A A CLASSROOM 2 234 A A A A 1 E A WIR B LV A DT LV WIR E CLASSROOM 237 WIR CAN WASH 241 TYPE 'G' FIXTURES IN THIS AREA TO BE INSTALLED UNDER ADD ALTERNATE #1.. UNDER BASE BID INTERCEPT EXISTING FIXTURES AND REFEED TO ELR-1. UNDER ADD ALTERNATE #2 CONNECT FIXTURES IN THIS AREA TO ELR-2 & ELR-4. A A Phone (410) 494-1111 Fax (410) - 494-1112 901 Dulaney Valley Rd. Suite 301 Towson, MD 21204 A A CONSULTING ENGINEERS B A KIBART, Inc. STORAGE 239 CONSULTING ENGINEERS 3 KITCHEN 238 DT B LV LV 1 A TOILET 240 B E A A A CORRIDOR 236 1 LV G G G TOILET 235 WIR F F F A F IR G WORK IN THIS AREA TO BE DONE UNDER ADD ALTERNATE #2. G CORRIDOR 231 G MULTI-PURPOSE ROOM 228 1 TOILET 233 WIR A A A 1 A A A A A DT A A GIRLS 216 C A A A A A A A A A 4 RESOURCE 203 A A A A G G PLATFORM 229 D1 GRIEVES WORRALL WRIGHT & O'HATNICK INCORPORATED G A LV CLASSROOM 217 A A A A A A A A A WIR U DT A A A C 1 DT CLASSROOM 214 1 A A A DT A 1 CLASSROOM 211 A A A A A 4 RESOURCE ROOM 204 A A A WIR CHAIR STORAGE 229A D1 WIR 1 DT STORAGE 201A 1 A LV LV ELS-5 COMPUTER LAB 201 A SENSORY ROOM 222 4 B A LV 1 1 E CORRIDOR A 223 E A A E A A A IR E WIRD LVD WIR A IR E LV A A A A A A GENERAL OFFICE 208 A ENTRY 213 C A A CLASSROOM 215 A A DT LV A E WIR U A BOYS 219 DT 1 A A A A CLASSROOM 202 A A B IR NURSE 210 C A B LV WIR WIR B A WIR TOILET 209 C LV A 1 U A A D 1 DT 17655 2016-01-11 DT C A BOYS 225 1 WELL WATER ROOM 243 A A A A ENGINEER'S SEAL D 2 A LIBRARY 226 A A B A PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATION. I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THESE DOCUMENT WERE PREPARED OR APPROVED BY ME, AND THAT I AM A DULY LICENSED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MARYLAND. LICENSE NO : EXPIRATION DATE: GIRLS 224 U WORK ROOM 206 TOILET 205 WIR DT A A A A A B B A E C IR LOBBY 221 LV E C VESTIBULE 220 A A 1 B E WIR A CLASSROOM 218 A B EX.PANEL LP3 15' - 0 27/32" LV LV A CORRIDOR 212 LV LV A A IR LV A A LV A CLASSROOM 1 232 A WIR A B JANITOR 230 1 E A LV B ARCHITECTS 800 WYMAN PARK DRIVE, SUITE 300 BALTIMORE, MARYLAND 21211, 410-332-1009 E A A PRINCIPAL A 207 CONNECT FIXTURES TO ELS-1 UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. A WORK ROOM A 227 A A A A A D WIR KIBART, INC (c) 2007 C:\Users\dbp\Documents\Darlington Elementary HVAC Renovation_Central File_dbp.rvt PLOTTED: 1/29/2015 11:42:09 AM E WORK IN THIS AREA TO BE DONE UNDER ADD ALTERNATE #2 PROVIDE AND CONNECT 1P-20A CB IN EXISTING PANEL LP3 FOR FIXTURES IN THIS AREA USING 2#12, #12 GND IN 3/4"C UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. N WORK IN THIS AREA TO BE DONE UNDER ADD ALTERNATE #2. CONNECT FIXTURES TO ELR-6 UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. PROJECT TITLE: DARLINGTON ELEMENTARY SCHOOL HVAC SYSTEMIC RENOVATION NEW WORK - SECOND FLOOR - LIGHTING SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0" 14043.00 A/E PROJECT NO. : Author DRAFTED BY: DESIGNED BY: RMK CHECKED BY: DBP 01/16/2015 DATE: GENERAL NOTES: 1. ALL ELECTRICAL DEVICES SHOWN AS EXISTING IN EXISTING CEILING TO BE REMOVED AND REINSTALLED IN NEW CEILING TO ALLOW FOR MECHANICAL WORK. REVISIONS NO 1 2. ALL NEW FIXTURES TO BE REFED TO EXISTING CIRCUITS. Revision Date 01/28/15 Revision Description Addendum 1 3. CONNECT ALL EMERGENCY EGRESS LIGHTING FIXTURES TO ELS-3 UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 4. ALL LIGHTING IN CLASSROOMS AND CORRIDORS SHALL BE CONTROLLED BY MULTI-LEVEL SWITCHING. REFER TO DETAIL - LIGHTING OCCUPANCY SENSORS W/ MULTIPLE LEVEL CONTROL ON DRAWING E601 FOR MORE INFORMATION. DRAWING NOTES: SHEET TITLE: 1 PROVIDE BACKMOUNT WIREGUARD. 2 PROVIDE WATTSTOPPER ELCU-100 EMERGENCY LIGHTING CONTROL UNIT OR EQUIVALENT TO CONTROL EMERGENCY FIXTURES DURING NORMAL OPERATION. DEVICE WILL REPOWER DEVICE ONCE EMERGENCY OPERATION IS REQUIRED. COORDINATE WITH MANUFACTURER. NEW WORK - SECOND FLOOR - LIGHTING 3 LIGHTING IN THIS SPACE SHALL BE CONTROLLED BY MULTI-LEVEL SWITCHING. REFER TO DETAIL-LIGHTING OCCUPANCY SENSORS W/ MULTIPLE LEVEL CONTROL ON DRAWING E601 FOR MORE INFORMATION. 4 LIGHTING IN THIS ROOM SHALL BE DIMMABLE. FIXTURES SHALL HAVE DIMMABLE BALLASTS/DRIVERS, AND SWITCHES SHALL BE CAPABLE OF DIMMING. SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0" 8 0 8 16 SHEET No. E202 ART ROOM 108 AHU-3.12 25 STORAGE 104 GYM OFFICE 105 EX. PANEL MPM F L 1 60 SD SD SD 1 DD CD SD AHU-3.13 PANEL ELR Phone (410) 494-1111 Fax (410) - 494-1112 ATS-2 PANEL ELS 26 40 HRU-11 PROVIDE 1P-20A CB AND CONNECT TO EX. PANEL MPM WITH 2#12, #12 IN 3/4"C. 1 1 BOILER ROOM 101 1 J CONSULTING ENGINEERS PANEL MDP AHU-3.15 28 29 AHU-3.16 MD 901 Dulaney Valley Rd. Suite 301 Towson, MD 21204 F STORAGE 102 KIBART, Inc. CONSULTING ENGINEERS INTERCEPT EX. OUTLET CIRCUITS AND REFEED TO ELR-16. J EX. PANEL LPB ATS-1 39 HRU-10 1 F F L F HEAT TRACE FOR CONDENSATE IN UNCONDITIONED SPACE. COORDINATE WITH DIVISION 15. 75 DH F L 15 L 15 CORRIDOR 1 MD S D SD SD 106 1 1 F DH L STORAGE 109 30 PLANNING 110 L 30 LOUNGE 111 60 L MD 1 1 SD SD SD MUSIC ROOM 107 CORRIDOR 106 J GRIEVES WORRALL WRIGHT & O'HATNICK INCORPORATED ARCHITECTS 800 WYMAN PARK DRIVE, SUITE 300 BALTIMORE, MARYLAND 21211, 410-332-1009 CRAWLSPACE 103 AHU-3.14 27 N NEW WORK - FIRST FLOOR - POWER SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0" PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATION. I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THESE DOCUMENT WERE PREPARED OR APPROVED BY ME, AND THAT I AM A DULY LICENSED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MARYLAND. DRAWING NOTES: GENERAL NOTES: 1 FOR EXISTING PROJECTOR. 1. ALL ELECTRICAL DEVICES SHOWN AS EXISTING IN EXISTING CEILING TO BE REMOVED AND REINSTALLED IN NEW CEILING TO ALLOW FOR MECHANICAL WORK. LICENSE NO : EXPIRATION DATE: 17655 2016-01-11 ENGINEER'S SEAL ALTERNATE NOTES: PLOTTED: 1/29/2015 11:42:10 AM 1. REPLACE ALL FIRE ALARM DEVICES WITH NEW ADDRESSABLE DEVICES UNDER ADD ALT.#3. PROVIDE NAC PANELS AS NECESSARY. PROJECT TITLE: KIBART, INC (c) 2007 C:\Users\dbp\Documents\Darlington Elementary HVAC Renovation_Central File_dbp.rvt DARLINGTON ELEMENTARY SCHOOL HVAC SYSTEMIC RENOVATION 14043.00 A/E PROJECT NO. : DRAFTED BY: RMK DESIGNED BY: RMK CHECKED BY: DBP 01/16/2015 DATE: REVISIONS NO 1 Revision Date 01/28/15 Revision Description Addendum 1 SHEET TITLE: NEW WORK - FIRST FLOOR - POWER SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0" 8 0 8 16 SHEET No. E301 1 Phone (410) 494-1111 Fax (410) - 494-1112 901 Dulaney Valley Rd. Suite 301 Towson, MD 21204 CONSULTING ENGINEERS KIBART, Inc. CONSULTING ENGINEERS EX. EF AHU-1.01 STORAGE 239 CLASSROOM 237 15 EWH-5 5 54 R 55 EWH-6 15 KITCHEN 238 15 15 1 60 TOILET 15 240 INTERCEPT EXISTING OUTLET CIRCUITS IN THIS AREA & CIRCUIT TO PANEL ELR. TRACE & VERIFY THE SIZE OF CIRCUITS. REFER TO DRAWING E702 FOR MORE INFORMATION. 4 HRU-1 30 15 1 CAN WASH 241 R AHU-1.02 2 S 1 75 CLASSROOM 2 234 CORRIDOR 236 6 1 AHU-1.03 30 3 TOILET 235 6 PLATFORM 229 1 15 MULTI-PURPOSE ROOM 228 AHU-1.04 1 GRIEVES WORRALL WRIGHT & O'HATNICK INCORPORATED OUTDOOR STORAGE 242 ARCHITECTS 800 WYMAN PARK DRIVE, SUITE 300 BALTIMORE, MARYLAND 21211, 410-332-1009 15 TOILET 233 4 60 1 1 6 4 CORRIDOR 231 AHU-3.01 14 S CLASSROOM 217 7 AHU-3.10 23 AHU-3.07 20 GIRLS 216 18 AHU-2.05 5 ELS-2 5 AHU-3.02 15 EWH-2 15 STORAGE 201A 1 1 HRU-9 38 CLASSROOM 218 PLOTTED: 1/29/2015 11:43:49 AM C:\Users\dbp\Documents\Darlington Elementary HVAC Renovation_Central File_dbp.rvt KIBART, INC (c) 2007 30 8 1 9 15 1 GENERAL OFFICE 208 AHU-2.02 10 TOILET 205 AHU-2.03 11 3 15 6 AHU-1.06 LOBBY 221 60 4 WORK ROOM 206 NURSE 210 S 15 1 17655 2016-01-11 EX. PNL LPS 1 EWH-4 53 ENGINEER'S SEAL 57 UH-1 30 5 30 15 15 ROUTE CONDUIT ABOVE CEILINGS, COORDINATE WITH MECHANICAL EX. PNL N 1 1 15 BOYS 225 7 5 1 EMERGENCY SERVICE ENTRANCE DISCONNECT SW. REFER TO SHEET E002 & E701 FOR MORE INFORMATION. AHU-1.07 EWH-3 52 AHU-3.03 16 AHU-1.08 8 LIBRARY 226 WELL WATER ROOM 243 PROJECT TITLE: 15 TOILET 209 15 31 HRU-2 32 HRU-3 GIRLS 224 HRU-6 35 1 PRINCIPAL 207 15 2 18 AHU-3.05 7 EX. PNL LP3 LICENSE NO : EXPIRATION DATE: 30 VESTIBULE 220 33 HRU-4 1 24 AHU-3.11 1 CLASSROOM 202 15 4 ELS-2 CORRIDOR 212 ENTRY 213 BOYS 219 AHU-1.05 5 15 1 CLASSROOM 215 4 CORRIDOR 223 1 HRU-5 34 60 22 AHU-3.09 60 RESOURCE ROOM 204 1 60 5 SENSORY ROOM 222 15 36 HRU-7 12 AHU-2.04 60 HRU-8 37 CORRIDOR 212 CLASSROOM 1 232 PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATION. I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THESE DOCUMENT WERE PREPARED OR APPROVED BY ME, AND THAT I AM A DULY LICENSED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MARYLAND. 15 EX. PNL LP 5 EX. PNL LPS 2 17 AHU-3.04 15 60 51 JANITOR 230 4 AHU-3.08 21 1 60 5 6 15 CLASSROOM 214 CHAIR STORAGE 229A 75 CLASSROOM 211 4 15 COMPUTER LAB 201 RESOURCE 203 AHU-3.06 19 1 30 15 DARLINGTON ELEMENTARY SCHOOL HVAC SYSTEMIC RENOVATION WORK ROOM 227 EWH-7 56 AHU-2.01 9 EWH-1 50 INTERCEPT EXISTING OUTLET CIRCUITS IN THIS AREA & CIRCUIT TO PANEL ELR. TRACE & VERIFY THE SIZE OF CIRCUITS. REFER TO DRAWING E702 FOR MORE INFORMATION. REFEED EX. CIRCUITS IN THIS AREA BACK TO EXISTING PANEL LP3. REFER TO DRAWING E702 FOR MORE INFORMATION. 14043.00 A/E PROJECT NO. : N DRAFTED BY: RMK DESIGNED BY: RMK NEW WORK - SECOND FLOOR - POWER CHECKED BY: DBP SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0" DATE: 01/16/2015 REVISIONS NO 1 GENERAL NOTES: Revision Date 01/28/15 Revision Description Addendum 1 DRAWING NOTES: 1 1. ALL ELECTRICAL DEVICES SHOWN AS EXISTING IN EXISTING CEILING TO BE REMOVED AND REINSTALLED IN NEW CEILING TO ALLOW FOR DIVISION 15 WORK UNDER BASE BID. COORDINATE WITH DIVISION 15. 1 FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL. CONNECT PANEL AND ALL ASSOCIATED BOOSTER PANELS TO EMERGENCY CIRCUIT, ELS-2. REFER TO PANEL SCHEDULE FOR MORE INFORMATION. 2. INTERCEPT EXISTING CCTV SYSTEM HEADEND EQUIPMENT CIRCUIT AND REFEED TO PANEL ELR. REFER TO DRAWING E702 FOR MORE INFORMATION. 2 FIRE ALARM ANNUNCIATOR PANEL AND LCD TO BE ADDED UNDER ADD ALTERNATE #3. REFER TO DETAIL - GRAPHIC FIRE ALARM ANNUNCIATOR - LED TYPE ON DRAWING E601. 3. INTERCEPT EXISTING SECURITY SYSTEM CONTROL PANEL CIRCUIT AND REFEED TO PANEL ELR. REFER TO DRAWING E702 FOR MORE INFORMATION. 3 HVAC SHUTDOWN SWITCH TO BE ADDED UNDER ADD ALTERNATE #3. REFER TO DETAIL - HVAC SHUTDOWN SWITCH ON DRAWING E601. 4 FOR EXISTING PROJECTOR. REINSTALL AFTER COMPLETION OF DIVISION 15 WORK UNDER BASE BID. 5 REINSTALL EXISTING TV OUTLET REMOVED TO ACCOMMODATE DIVISION 15 WORK UNDER BASE BID. 6 PROVIDE DEVICE WITH WIREGUARD 7 FOR FIRE/SMOKE DAMPER. COORDINATE WITH DIVISION 15. 8 GENERATOR REMOTE ANNUNCIATOR PANEL. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH OWNER. 9 VOICE/EVACUATION MIC PANEL TO BE ADDED UNDER ADD ALTERNATE #3. REFER TO DETAIL - GRAPHIC FIRE ALARM ANNUNCIATOR- LED TYPE ON DRAWING E601. ALTERNATE NOTES: 1. REPLACE ALL FIRE ALARM DEVICES WITH NEW ADDRESSABLE DEVICES AND PROVIDE NAC PANELS UNDER ADD ALT. #3. 2. REMOVE AND REINSTALL ALL DEVICES INTERFERING WITH DIVISION 15 WORK UNDER BASE BID. COORDINATE WITH DIVISION 15. 1 SHEET TITLE: NEW WORK - SECOND FLOOR - POWER SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0" 8 0 SHEET No. 8 16 E302 WHITE/NEUTRAL RED (LINE) NEUT WHT HOT BLK BALLAST NORMAL (TYP) POWER PACK 18" MIN BALLAST BATTERY RED (LOAD) TURN DOWN REBAR INTO FOOTERS ON ALL SIDES #6 REBAR (TYPICAL) @ 9" SPACING 1-1/4" PVC DUCT FOR REMOTE MONITORING PANEL CABLE RED BLK BLU 4" MIN. CLEARANCE FROM EQUIPMENT (TYP. ALL SIDES) LEAVE 3"-0' SLACK IN CABLE FOR CONNECTION TO EQUIP. GROUND BUS. 24"± TURN REBAR UP/DOWN IN RETAINING WALL MARKER TAPE CHAMFER ALL EDGES 2' 1" PVC DUCT FOR WATER JACKET HEATER CIRCUIT GRAY 1" PVC DUCT FOR BATTERY CHARGER CIRCUIT MANUAL ON LV.SWITCH (MOMENTARY) BLU CONTROL OUTPUT BLK COMMON RED FOR FIXTURES WITH NITE LITE INVERTER BALLAST (ON 24 HOURS) G 1" SPARE PVC DUCT TO ATS ENCLOSURE GROUND ROD 3/4" X 10'-0" LONG (TYP. OF 2) 1" PVC DUCT FOR ENGINE START/STOP WIRING 6" ABOVE FINISHED GRADE VAPOR BARRIER G G #4 REBAR 12" O.C. BOTH WAYS G #4/0 BCSD GROUND CONDUCTOR (TYP.) 18" BELOW GRADE 1" PVC SLEEVE COORDINATE LOCATION WITH EQUIPMENT +24 VDC (1) 4" PVC SPARE CONDUIT (POWER) EXOTHERMIC WELD (TYP.) OCCUPANCY SENSOR NOTE: COORDINATE CONDUIT PENETRATIONS WITH REBAR & EQUIPMENT ADDITIONAL SENSORS (AS APPLICABLE) RED +24 VDC BLK COMMON BLU CONTROL OUTPUT TURN DOWN FOOTERS ON 4 SIDES Phone (410) 494-1111 Fax (410) - 494-1112 LENGTH & WIDTH AS REQUIRED. FOR SWGR 901 Dulaney Valley Rd. Suite 301 Towson, MD 21204 4" GRADE CONSULTING ENGINEERS WATT STOPPER BZ150 UNIVERSAL VOLTAGE POWER PACK 24" KIBART, Inc. 6" CONSULTING ENGINEERS UPHILL GRADE DETAIL - CONCRETE PAD & RETAINING WALL (2) 4" PVC (POWER) NO SCALE OCCUPANCY SENSOR DETAIL - GENERATOR CONDUITBANK NO SCALE DETAIL - LIGHTING OCCUPANCY SENSORS W/ MULTIPLE CONTROL VOICE EVAC AUDIO CIRCUIT NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE CIRCUIT #12 AWG (1 PER FLOOR MINIMUM) NAC TROUBLE CIRCUIT TO 1 FACP VOICE EVAC AUDIO AMPLIFIER 24VAC BLUE LEXAN HSG MONITORING MODULE FOR ALARM AUD SMOKE DETECTOR (TYPICAL) HD HEAT DETECTOR SD (TYPICAL) L TYPICAL F NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE REMOTE MIC. CAB CONTROL RELAY FOR POWER & GAS SHUTOFF F HVAC FIRE ALARM GRAPHIC ANNUNCIATOR PANEL WHITE LETTERS (TYP) PUSH LCD 54" 66" SHUT DOWN SLC 120VAC CLEAR, HINGED LEXAN COVER LIFT HERE TYPICAL AIR HANDLER AUDIO AMP RED MAINTAINED PUSHBUTTON (TURN TO RESET) SLC R SLC NAC 120VAC 24VAC DOOR HOLDER CIRCUIT SLC NAC HVAC SHUTDOWN SWITCH VOICE EVAC. AUDIO SPKR SET AT 2 WATTS (TYPICAL) TWISTED PAIR SIGNAL LINE CIRCUIT GRIEVES WORRALL WRIGHT & O'HATNICK INCORPORATED TO NAC DEVICES ARCHITECTS 800 WYMAN PARK DRIVE, SUITE 300 BALTIMORE, MARYLAND 21211, 410-332-1009 NO SCALE DH FACP F TYPICAL MANUAL STATION UTP 4-PR 24GA CAT 3 TO PHONE SYSTEM DH AHU DD R DD M R FAAP R FLOOR DETAIL - HVAC SHUTDOWN SWITCH NO SCALE KITCHEN HOOD EXTING. SYSTEM REMOTE ANNUNCIATOR PANEL RTS DETAIL - FIRE ALARM ANNUNCIATOR MOUNTING PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATION. I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THESE DOCUMENT WERE PREPARED OR APPROVED BY ME, AND THAT I AM A DULY LICENSED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MARYLAND. LICENSE NO : EXPIRATION DATE: 17655 2016-01-11 NO SCALE ENGINEER'S SEAL RELAY FOR SMOKE DAMPER CLOSURE DOOR HOLDERS & CONTROL RELAY FOR RELEASE RELAY FOR AHU SHUTDOWN REMOTE TEST STATION IN WALL OR CEILING DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR(S) FOR AHU SHUTDOWN (TYPICAL) NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE CIRCUIT POWER EXTENDER PANEL (QTY AS REQUIRED) DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR FOR SMOKE DAMPER NOTE: SYSTEM IS FULLY ADDRESSABLE TYPE; NOT ALL DEVICES INDICATED ON RISER. REFER TO PLANS FOR LOCATIONS & DEVICE TYPES/RATINGS. DETAIL - PARTIAL FIRE ALARM KIBART, INC (c) 2007 C:\Users\dbp\Documents\Darlington Elementary HVAC Renovation_Central File_dbp.rvt PLOTTED: 1/29/2015 11:43:50 AM NO SCALE PROJECT TITLE: DARLINGTON ELEMENTARY SCHOOL HVAC SYSTEMIC RENOVATION GENERATOR SERVICE ENTRANCE PANEL NEUTRAL BUS N-G BOND 14043.00 A/E PROJECT NO. : ISOLATED GROUND BUS EXTERNAL TO SERVICE EQUIPMENT N G DRAFTED BY: RMK DESIGNED BY: RMK CHECKED BY: DBP 01/16/2015 DATE: GROUND BUS REVISIONS NO 1 BUILDING STEEL Revision Date 01/28/15 Revision Description Addendum 1 GROUND CONDUCTOR #3/0 AWG COPPER G G G JUMPER G M EXOTHERMIC WELD INCOMING WATER SERVICE WATER METER GROUND ROD MECH GROUND CLAMP (TYP.) SHEET TITLE: BUILDING FOOTER 500MCM BCSD IN FOOTER (MIN. 20 LF) DETAIL - MAIN DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM GROUNDING NO SCALE DETAILS ELECTRICAL SHEET No. E601 2119 SHURESVILLE RD Phone (410) 494-1111 Fax (410) - 494-1112 Y ROOF ARCHITECTS 800 WYMAN PARK DRIVE, SUITE 300 BALTIMORE, MARYLAND 21211, 410-332-1009 SCALE: NONE GRIEVES WORRALL WRIGHT & O'HATNICK INCORPORATED N 901 Dulaney Valley Rd. Suite 301 Towson, MD 21204 CONSULTING ENGINEERS FIRE ALARM ANNUNCIATOR DARLINGTON ELEMENTARY SCHOOL R KIBART, Inc. 18" CONSULTING ENGINEERS 1 1 Y GENERATOR REMOTE ANNUNCIATOR PANEL R 1 24" 1 1 G 1 KEYED DOOR LOCK PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATION. I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THESE DOCUMENT WERE PREPARED OR APPROVED BY ME, AND THAT I AM A DULY LICENSED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MARYLAND. REMOTE VOICE EVAC PNL LICENSE NO : EXPIRATION DATE: FACP YOU ARE HERE N HVAC SHUTDOWN SWITCH SECOND FLOOR PLOTTED: 1/29/2015 11:43:52 AM Y C:\Users\dbp\Documents\Darlington Elementary HVAC Renovation_Central File_dbp.rvt SYSTEM NORMAL Y SUPV Y SYSTEM TROUBLE R MANUAL ALARM R SMOKE DETECTOR R HEAT DETECTOR Y DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR G GENERATOR RUNNING Y GENERATOR TROUBLE ENGINEER'S SEAL SCALE: NONE 1 KIBART, INC (c) 2007 G 17655 2016-01-11 BOILER RM R PROJECT TITLE: L N FIRST FLOOR Y R ROOF/PENTHOUSE Y R SECOND FLOOR Y R FIRST FLOOR DARLINGTON ELEMENTARY SCHOOL HVAC SYSTEMIC RENOVATION SCALE: NONE 14043.00 A/E PROJECT NO. : DRILL DRAFTED BY: RMK DESIGNED BY: RMK CHECKED BY: DBP 01/16/2015 DATE: REVISIONS NO 1 Revision Date 01/28/15 Revision Description Addendum 1 LAMP TEST ALUMINUM FRAME W/FULL PIANO HINGE LEGEND EXIT POINT LEXAN COVER OVER GRAPHIC PANEL SHEET TITLE: DETAILS ELECTRICAL - FIRE ALARM ANNUNCIATOR SHEET No. E602 PNL N SECOND FLOOR PNL LPB PNL MPM PNL MDP Phone (410) 494-1111 Fax (410) - 494-1112 901 Dulaney Valley Rd. Suite 301 Towson, MD 21204 PNL LPS2 CONSULTING ENGINEERS PNL LPS1 KIBART, Inc. PNL LP3 CONSULTING ENGINEERS PNL LP REMOVE EXISTING MDP. 800A, 120/208V, 3P, 4W, GE SPECTRA 1 FIRST FLOOR 4#3, #8 GROUND IN 1-1/4" CONDUIT RISER DIAGRAM - DEMOLITION 2 SETS 4#250MCM, #2 GROUND IN 2-1/2" CONDUIT GRIEVES WORRALL WRIGHT & O'HATNICK INCORPORATED 3P-100A SE RATED ECB PNL LP PNL LP3 PNL LPS1 PNL LPS2 PNL N DIESEL GENERATOR 175kW/219kVA, 120/208V WIRE TROUGH ECB ARCHITECTS 800 WYMAN PARK DRIVE, SUITE 300 BALTIMORE, MARYLAND 21211, 410-332-1009 3P-500A SE RATED ECB ECB CONCRETE PAD 3P-600A EXTEND FEEDER AS SHOWN, MATCH EXISTING FEEDER SIZE SECOND FLOOR 2 SETS 4#350MCM, #1 GROUND IN 3" CONDUIT PNL LPB PNL MPM PNL MDP ATS-1 3P-100A PNL ELS ATS-2 3P-600A 4#3, #8 GROUND IN 1-1/4" CONDUIT PNL ELR 2 PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATION. I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THESE DOCUMENT WERE PREPARED OR APPROVED BY ME, AND THAT I AM A DULY LICENSED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MARYLAND. LICENSE NO : EXPIRATION DATE: 2 SETS 4#250MCM, #2 GROUND IN 2-1/2" CONDUIT 17655 2016-01-11 ENGINEER'S SEAL FIRST FLOOR 1 NEW MDP. 1200A, 3P, 4W RISER DIAGRAM - NEW WORK KIBART, INC (c) 2007 C:\Users\dbp\Documents\Darlington Elementary HVAC Renovation_Central File_dbp.rvt PLOTTED: 1/29/2015 11:43:53 AM DRAWING NOTES: 1 NEW GROUND ROD E SYSTEM. SEE DETAIL GROUND PER NEC AND SPECIFICATION SECTION 16060. 2 GROUND GENERATOR FRAME AND ISOLATE GENERATOR NEUTRAL-GROUND IN A\T FOR NONSEPARATELY DERIVED SYSTEM. REFER TO DETAIL MAIN DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM GROUNDING ON DRAWING E601. PROJECT TITLE: DARLINGTON ELEMENTARY SCHOOL HVAC SYSTEMIC RENOVATION 14043.00 A/E PROJECT NO. : DRAFTED BY: RMK DESIGNED BY: DBP CHECKED BY: DJF 01/16/2015 DATE: REVISIONS NO 1 Revision Date 01/28/15 Revision Description Addendum 1 SHEET TITLE: RISER - ELECTRICAL SHEET No. E701 HOA AUX. CONT. NON FUSED FUSED FUSE SIZE THERMAL SWITCH EMERG. NEMA CIRCUIT # POWER ENCL. COMMENTS 1 AHU-1.01 4.5 FLA 208V/1ɸ X 1 - 1 2 AHU-1.02 0.92 FLA 208V/1ɸ X 1 - 1 3 AHU-1.03 2.3 FLA 208V/1ɸ X 1 - 1 4 AHU-1.04 2.3 FLA 208V/1ɸ X 1 - 2 5 AHU-1.05 2.3 FLA 208V/1ɸ X 1 - 2 6 AHU-1.06 0.15 FLA 208V/1ɸ X 1 - 2 7 AHU-1.07 3.0 FLA 208V/1ɸ X 1 - 3 8 AHU-1.08 0.2 FLA 208V/1ɸ X 1 - 3 9 AHU-2.01 0.2 FLA 208V/1ɸ X 1 - X 4 10 AHU-2.02 0.92 FLA 208V/1ɸ X 1 - X 4 11 AHU-2.03 0.2 FLA 208V/1ɸ X 1 - X 4 12 AHU-2.04 2.3 FLA 208V/1ɸ X 1 - 5 13 AHU-2.05 0.56 FLA 208V/1ɸ X 1 - 5 14 AHU-3.01 0.2 FLA 208V/1ɸ X 1 - 6 15 AHU-3.02 0.2 FLA 208V/1ɸ X 1 - 6 16 AHU-3.03 2.3 FLA 208V/1ɸ X 1 - 6 17 AHU-3.04 2.3 FLA 208V/1ɸ X 1 - 6 18 AHU-3.05 0.2 FLA 208V/1ɸ X 1 - 7 19 AHU-3.06 0.2 FLA 208V/1ɸ X 1 - 7 20 AHU-3.07 2.3 FLA 208V/1ɸ X 1 - 8 21 AHU-3.08 2.3 FLA 208V/1ɸ X 1 - 8 22 AHU-3.09 2.3 FLA 208V/1ɸ X 1 - 8 23 AHU-3.10 2.3 FLA 208V/1ɸ X 1 - 7 24 AHU-3.11 2.3 FLA 208V/1ɸ X 1 - 7 25 AHU-3.12 3.0 FLA 208V/1ɸ X 1 - 9 26 AHU-3.13 0.2 FLA 208V/1ɸ X 1 - 9 27 AHU-3.14 0.92 FLA 208V/1ɸ X 1 - 9 28 AHU-3.15 2.3 FLA 208V/1ɸ X 1 - 9 29 AHU-3.16 0.92 FLA 208V/1ɸ X 1 - 9 30 HRU-1 0.12 FLA 208V/1ɸ X 1 - 1 31 HRU-2 0.16 FLA 208V/1ɸ X 1 - 2 DRAWING NOTES: DWG. NO. 1 PROVIDE 2P-15A CIRCUIT BREAKER IN EXISTING PANEL LPS1 USING 2#12, #12 GROUND IN 3/4" CONDUIT. CONNECT EQUIPMENT TO SAME CIRCUIT BREAKER. 2 PROVIDE 2P-15A CIRCUIT BREAKER IN EXISTING PANEL LPS1 USING 2#12, #12 GROUND IN 3/4" CONDUIT. CONNECT EQUIPMENT TO SAME CIRCUIT BREAKER. 3 PROVIDE 2P-15A CIRCUIT BREAKER IN EXISTING PANEL LPS1 USING 2#12, #12 GROUND IN 3/4" CONDUIT. CONNECT EQUIPMENT TO SAME CIRCUIT BREAKER. 4 PROVIDE 2P-15A CIRCUIT BREAKER IN EXISTING PANEL LP3 USING 2#12, #12 GROUND IN 3/4" CONDUIT. CONNECT EQUIPMENT TO SAME CIRCUIT BREAKER. 5 6 32 X 1 208V/1ɸ X 1 - 4 34 HRU-5 0.08 FLA 208V/1ɸ X 1 - 5 35 HRU-6 0.16 FLA 208V/1ɸ X 1 - 6 36 HRU-7 0.08 FLA 208V/1ɸ X 1 - 7 37 HRU-8 0.12 FLA 208V/1ɸ X 1 - 8 38 HRU-9 0.08 FLA 208V/1ɸ X 1 - 7 39 HRU-10 0.12 FLA 208V/1ɸ X 1 - 9 HRU-11 ACCU-1 - MODULE 1 ACCU-1 - MODULE 2 0.08 FLA 44 FLA 44 FLA 208V/1ɸ 208V/3ɸ 208V/3ɸ X 1 3P-60A 3R 3P-60A 3R 208V/3ɸ 3P-60A 3R - 44 ACCU-3 - MODULE 1 33 FLA 208V/3ɸ 3P-60A 3R MDP-20 45 ACCU-3 - MODULE 2 50 FLA 208V/3ɸ 3P-100A 3R MDP-26 46 ACCU-3 - MODULE 3 50 FLA 208V/3ɸ 3P-100A 3R MDP-32 47 DOAS-1 209 FLA 208V/3 ɸ - - ELR-23 48 DOAS-2 105 FLA 208V/3 ɸ - - MDP-7 49 RTU-1 119 FLA 208V/3 ɸ - - ELR-17 50 EWH-1 2.0 KVA 208V/1ɸ - - - - MDP-27 51 EWH-2 2.0 KVA 208V/1ɸ - - - - MDP-27 52 EWH-3 2.0 KVA 208V/1ɸ - - - - MDP-27 53 54 55 56 EWH-4 EWH-5 EWH-6 EWH-7 2.0 KVA 2.0 KVA 2.0 KVA 2.0 KVA 208V/1ɸ 208V/1ɸ 208V/1ɸ 208V/1ɸ - - - - - - - 57 UH-1 41.7 FLA 208V/3ɸ - 58 EF-1 1/6 HP 115V/1ɸ - - X - - - - PROVIDE 2P-15A CIRCUIT BREAKER IN EXISTING PANEL LP USING 2#12, #12 GROUND IN 3/4" CONDUIT. CONNECT EQUIPMENT TO SAME CIRCUIT BREAKER. PROVIDE 2P-15A CIRCUIT BREAKER IN EXISTING PANEL LP USING 2#12, #12 GROUND IN 3/4" CONDUIT. CONNECT EQUIPMENT TO SAME CIRCUIT BREAKER. PROVIDE 2P-15A CIRCUIT BREAKER IN EXISTING PANEL LP USING 2#12, #12 GROUND IN 3/4" CONDUIT. CONNECT EQUIPMENT TO SAME CIRCUIT BREAKER. 1 PROVIDE 3P-60A CB IN EXISTING PANEL LP3 X CKT NO. 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 FOR BRANCH BREAKERS FRAME POLES TRIP 100 3 100 ---- ---------- ------100 3 20 ---- ---------- ------100 20 1 100 20 1 225 3 150 ---- ---------- ------225 3 225 ---- ---------- ------100 20 1 100 20 1 100 20 1 100 1 ---100 1 ---100 1 ---100 1 ---- EXISTING PANEL LP3 ------------------SPARE ------------------SPARE SPARE RTU-1 ------------------DOAS-1 ------------------SPARE SPARE SPARE SPACE SPACE SPACE SPACE EMERGENCY PANEL - LIFE SAFETY SURFACE MOUNTED PANEL ELS MDP-8 33 FLA PROVIDE 2P-15A CIRCUIT BREAKER IN EXISTING PANEL LP USING 2#12, #12 GROUND IN 3/4" CONDUIT. CONNECT EQUIPMENT TO SAME CIRCUIT BREAKER. PROVIDE 2P-15A CIRCUIT BREAKER IN EXISTING PANEL MPM USING 2#12, #12 GROUND IN 3/4" CONDUIT. CONNECT EQUIPMENT TO SAME CIRCUIT BREAKER. MDP-2 ACCU-2 EMERGENCY PANEL - LEGALLY REQUIRED SURFACE MOUNTED PANEL ELR 120/208 VOLT 3 PHASE 9 9 - 43 1 8 3 - 0.16 FLA 42 PLOTTED: 1/29/2015 11:43:54 AM 208V/1ɸ HRU-4 41 C:\Users\dbp\Documents\Darlington Elementary HVAC Renovation_Central File_dbp.rvt 0.08 FLA 33 40 KIBART, INC (c) 2007 HRU-3 7 1 USING 3#6,#10 GND IN 1"C. CKT NO. 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 FOR LIGHTING-ADMIN & GYM LIGHTING-1ST FLR CORRIDOR LIGHTING - 2ND FLR CORRIDOR GEN. HEATER CKT GEN. BATTERY CHARGERS CKT SPACE SPACE SPARE SPARE SPARE # SETS 1 ---------------------1 ------1 ---------------------------- 120/208 VOLT 3 PHASE BRANCH BREAKERS FRAME POLES TRIP 100 20 1 100 20 1 100 20 1 100 20 1 100 20 1 100 1 ---100 1 ---100 20 1 100 20 1 100 20 1 4 WIRE # SETS 1 1 1 1 1 ---------------- # 4 -------3 --3 ---------- WIRING SIZE 3 ---------------------1/0 ------4/0 ---------------------------- 4 WIRE # 2 2 2 2 2 ------ 4 WIRE CKT NO. 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43 45 47 # 4 --3 --4 ------3 --4 --4 ----- PANEL ELR ------------------DOAS-2 ------------------PANEL ELS ------------------SPARE ------------------SPARE EWH-1,2,3 ------------------EX. PANEL LPS1&2 ------------------EX. PANEL MPM SPACE ---------- BRANCH BREAKERS FRAME POLES TRIP 600 3 600 ---- ------1 ---- ------225 3 150 ---- ---------- ------225 3 200 ---- ---------- ------100 3 20 ---- ---------- ------100 20 1 100 3 30 ---- ---------- ------225 3 225 ---- ---------- ------225 3 225 ---- ---------- ------100 3 ------- ------- # SETS 2 ------1 ------1 ------------------1 ------1 ------1 ------------- ------------------10 ------4/0 ------4/0 ------------- 1 1/4" ---------------------1 1/2" ------2" ---------------------------- CKT NO. 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 FOR BRANCH BREAKERS FRAME POLES TRIP 100 20 1 100 20 1 100 20 1 100 20 1 100 20 1 100 20 1 100 20 1 100 20 1 100 20 1 100 20 1 100 1 ---100 1 ---100 1 ---100 1 ---100 20 1 100 20 1 100 20 1 100 1 ---100 1 ---100 1 ---100 1 ---- LIGHTING - GYM (ADD ALT#1) LIGHTING - GYM (ADD ALT#1) LIGHTING - ADMIN. REC-ADMIN. REC-ADMIN. EX. CCTV SYSTEM EX. SECURITY SYSTEM REC-MECH./BLR ROOM REC-GYM REC-LIBRARY SPACE SPACE SPACE SPACE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPACE SPACE SPACE SPACE # SETS 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ---------------------------------- # 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 ------------ WIRING SIZE 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 ---------------------------------- COND. GND 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 ---------------------------------- 3/4" 3/4" 3/4" 3/4" 3/4" 3/4" 3/4" 3/4" 3/4" 3/4" ---------------------------------- COND. GND 12 12 12 12 12 ---------------- 3/4" 3/4" 3/4" 3/4" 3/4" ---------------- CKT NO. 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 FOR FACP FA NAC SPACE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE BRANCH BREAKERS FRAME POLES TRIP 100 20 1 100 20 1 100 1 ---100 20 1 100 20 1 100 20 1 100 20 1 100 20 1 100 20 1 100 20 1 # SETS 1 1 ------------------------- # 2 2 --------- WIRING SIZE 12 12 ------------------------- GND 12 12 ------------------------- COND. # SETS 1 ------1 ---------------1 ------1 ------1 ------1 ---------------- # 3 --3 -----3 --3 --3 --3 ------ WIRING SIZE 6 ------6 ---------------6 ------4 ------4 ------3 ---------------- GND 10 ------10 ---------------10 ------8 ------8 ------8 ---------------- 3/4" 3/4" ------------------------- 1200 AMP BUS 1200 AMP MAIN BREAKER 42,000 A.I.C. WIRING SIZE 350MCM ------1/0 ------3/0 COND. GND 8 ---------------------6 ------4 ---------------------------- 225 AMP BUS 200 AMP MAIN BREAKER 22,000 A.I.C. WIRING SIZE 12 12 12 12 12 ---------------- PROVIDE PHASE LOSS PROTECTION SHUNT-TRIP RELAY SURFACE MOUNTED PANEL MDP 120/208 VOLT 3 PHASE FOR 600 AMP BUS 600 AMP MAIN BREAKER 25,000 A.I.C. ARCHITECTS 800 WYMAN PARK DRIVE, SUITE 300 BALTIMORE, MARYLAND 21211, 410-332-1009 SIZE COMB. FUSED SW. Phone (410) 494-1111 Fax (410) - 494-1112 VOLT/∅ 901 Dulaney Valley Rd. Suite 301 Towson, MD 21204 SIZE CONSULTING ENGINEERS DESCRIPTION CONSULTING ENGINEERS # GRIEVES WORRALL WRIGHT & O'HATNICK INCORPORATED SEPARATE DISC. SWITCH STARTER KIBART, Inc. HVAC SYSTEM ELECTRICAL CONNECTION SCHEDULE COND. GND 1 ------6 ------6 ------------------10 ------4 ------4 ------------- 3" ------1 1/2" ------2 1/2" ------------------3/4" ------2 1/2" ------2 1/2" ------------- CKT NO. 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 FOR ACCU-1 ------------------ACCU-1 ------------------SPARE ------------------ACCU-3 ------------------ACCU-3 ------------------ACCU-3 ------------------EX. PANEL LP ------------------SPARE ------------------- BRANCH BREAKERS FRAME POLES TRIP 100 3 60 ---- ---------- ------100 3 60 ---- ---------- ------100 3 20 ---- ---------- ------100 3 60 ---- ---------- ------80 100 3 ---- ---------- ------100 3 80 ---- ---------- ------100 3 100 ---- ---------- ------100 3 60 ---- ---------- ------- COND. 1" ------1" ---------------1" ------1" ------1" ------1 1/4" ---------------- PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATION. I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THESE DOCUMENT WERE PREPARED OR APPROVED BY ME, AND THAT I AM A DULY LICENSED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MARYLAND. LICENSE NO : EXPIRATION DATE: 17655 2016-01-11 ENGINEER'S SEAL 1 X X DISCONNECTING MEANS SHALL BE PROVIDED BY DIVISION 15. DISCONNECTING MEANS SHALL BE PROVIDED BY DIVISION 15. PROJECT TITLE: DISCONNECTING MEANS SHALL BE PROVIDED BY DIVISION 15. DARLINGTON ELEMENTARY SCHOOL HVAC SYSTEMIC RENOVATION 1 - CONNECT TO EXISTING 2P-20A CB IN EXISTING PANEL N USING 2#12, #12 GND IN 3/4"C DISCONNECTING MEANS PROVIDED BY DIVISION 15. - PROVIDE AND CONNECT 2P-20A CB IN EXISTING PANEL N USING 2#12, #12 GND IN 3/4"C DISCONNECTING MEANS PROVIDED BY DIVISION 15. - PROVIDE AND CONNECT 2P-20A CB IN EXISTING PANEL N USING 2#12, #12 GND IN 3/4"C DISCONNECTING MEANS PROVIDED BY DIVISION 15. X PROVIDE AND CONNECT 2P-20A CB IN EXISTING PANEL LP3 USING 2#12, #12 GND IN 3/4"C DISCONNECTING MEANS PROVIDED BY DIVISION 15. - - - PROVIDE AND CONNECT 3P-60A CB IN EXISTING PANEL N USING 3#6, #10 GND IN 1" C DISCONNECTING MEANS PROVIDED BY DIVISION 15. 3R - - PROVIDE AND CONNECT 1P-15A CB IN EXISTING PANEL N USING 2#12,#12 GND IN 3/4" C 14043.00 A/E PROJECT NO. : DRAFTED BY: RMK DESIGNED BY: RMK CHECKED BY: DBP 01/16/2015 DATE: REVISIONS NO 1 Revision Date 01/28/15 Revision Description Addendum 1 SHEET TITLE: SCHEDULES ELECTRICAL SHEET No. E702